SPECIAL PROVISIONS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
PROPOSAL AND CONTRACT
FOR
FRANKLIN BLVD COMPLETE STREET
IN
CITY OF SACRAMENTO
FEDERAL AID PROJECT NO: 5002(219)
CITY PROJECT NO: T15165500
BID NO: B25151111002
Fo
r use with City of Sacramento Standard Specifications for Public Construction Dated November, 2020, State of California Standard Specifications 2023, Davis Bacon Wage Rates Dated July 26, 2024 or State of California Prevailing Wage Rates (Higher Rate Prevails) and Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates.
___________________________________________________________________________ For Pre-Bid Information Contact:
Megan Johnson, Project Manager
[email protected]
Bids to be received before
2:00 P.M., Wednesday September 4, 2024
1st Floor (Drop Box), New City Hall
915 I Street, Sacramento, CA 95814
Pre-Bid Meeting:
Thursday, August 22, 2024 at 1:30 P.M
Virtual Meeting – See page 3 for link
Engineer’s Construction Estimate: $19,960,000
Construction Time: 270 Working Days
Bid Opening Information
Bids are to be received by 2:00PM at New City Hall, 915 I Street on the first floor Security Desk.
Bids will be opened virtually at 2:30 via a web meeting.
Join from a PC, Mac, iPad, iPhone or Android device:
Please click this URL to join. https://cityofsacramento-org.zoom.us/j/93077455918
Description: This is a reoccurring meeting for the City of Sacramento Bid Opening. Bids received on or before the due date and time scheduled for this date will be read. You may share this appointment/link with any interested parties. Please mute your microphones/phones for the duration of the bid opening/reading.
There will be a short period at the end of the call to ask for a repeat of any information.
If you have questions about Bid Openings contact Wendy Klock-Johnson at [email protected] ; or 916 808-7509. For questions about specific bids; please contract the listed bid contact directly.
Or One tap mobile:
+16699006833,,93077455918# US (San Jose)
+12532158782,,93077455918# US (Tacoma)
Or join by phone:
Dial(for higher quality, dial a number based on your current location):
US: +1 669 900 6833 or +1 253 215 8782 or +1 346 248 7799 or +1 929 205 6099 or +1 301 715 8592 or +1 312 626 6799
Webinar ID: 930 7745 5918
International numbers available: https://cityofsacramento-org.zoom.us/u/acfxKNwPM
******************************************************
Important Special Notice
******************************************************
B
idders are advised that, as required by federal law, the City of Sacramento is implementing new Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) requirements. Section 2, "Proposal Requirements and Conditions," under subsection titled "Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE)" and Section 5, "General," under subsection titled "Performance of Subcontractors" of these Special Provisions cover the DBE requirements.
******************************************************
PRE-BID MEETING
All bidders are encouraged, but not required, to attend the pre-bid meeting. At this meeting, requirements pertaining to “Disadvantaged Business Enterprise” (DBE) Program will be reviewed and any questions pertaining to the project will be answered. This meeting is also to inform DBEs of subcontracting and material supply opportunities.
The conference will be held at 1:30PM on August 22 nd virtually using Microsoft Teams. Please see M
icrosoft Teams meeting login information below:
Microsoft Teams Meeting
J
oin on your computer, mobile app or room device
Join the meeting now
Meeting ID: 213 126 980 088
Passcode: doW3QP
Or call in (audio only)
+1 213-373-7064,,569303276# U nited States, Los Angeles Find a local number
Phone conference ID: 569 303 276#
F
or information regarding the DBE Program, contact Jose Ledesma at [email protected]
DBE GOAL FOR THIS PROJECT IS SET AT 23%.
CITY OF SACRAMENTO
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
FEDERAL AID PROJECT NO.: 5002(219)
CITY CONTRACT NO.: T15165500
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Sealed proposals and bids for the work entitled:
FRANKLIN BLVD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT
(PN: T15165500)
w
ill be received by the City Clerk of the City of Sacramento at the Office of the City Clerk, 915 I Street (New City Hall), 1st Floor Security Desk, up to the hour of 2:00 P.M., June 12, 2024 and will be publicly op
ened and read at 2:30 P.M., or as soon thereafter as business allows, via a virtual ZOOM meeting.
General Project Description:
This project provides for, in general, reducing the number of travel lanes from four to two, constructing curb, gutter, and sidewalk, curb ramps, roadway rehabilitation, re-striping, adding class IV protected bike lanes, installing new drain inlets, leads and maintenance holes, adjusting water meters and valves to grade, installing traffic signals, roadside signs, landscaping and street lights as shown on the plans.
THIS PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO THE “BUY AMERICA” PROVISIONS OF THE SURFACE TRANSPORTATION ASSISTANCE ACT OF 1982 AS AMENDED BY MAP-21.
The Contractor shall possess a license or a combination of classes required by the categories and type of work included in this contract at the time this contract is awarded.
Bids are required for the entire work described herein. This contract is subject to the State contract nondiscrimination and compliance requirements pursuant to the Government Code Section 12990.
All such proposals received, and any work performed thereunder must comply with the requirements of Title 3 of the Sacramento City Code.
Bid protests must be filed and maintained in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3.60.460 through
3.60.560 of the Sacramento City Code. Bid protests that do not comply with Sections 3.60.460 through
3.60.560 of the Sacramento City Code shall be invalid and shall not be considered. A bid protest fee of $750.00 is required at the time of filing to be considered valid in accordance with City of Sacramento Resolution No. 2003-231 dated April 29, 2003. As used herein, the term "bid protest" includes any bid protest that (1) claims that one or more bidders on this contract should be disqualified or rejected for any
reason, or (2) contests a City staff recommendation to award this contract to a particular bidder, or (3) contests a City staff recommendation to disqualify or reject one or more bidders on this contract. A copy of Sections 3.60.460 through 3.60.560 of the Sacramento City Code may be obtained from the Contract Manager, or from the City Clerk, located at 5th Floor, New City Hall, 915 I Street, Sacramento, CA 95814.
Plans, Specifications, and copies of the Sealed Proposal Forms and accompanying documents for bidding this project can only be obtained at Planet Bids:
http://www.planetbids.com/portal/portal.cfm?CompanyID=15300
Bids must be submitted on printed forms supplied in the Contract Documents. Bids must be enclosed in an envelope marked:
SEALED PROPOSAL AND BIDS
FOR
FRANKLIN BLVD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT
(PN: T15165500)
Technical questions should be directed to the Department of Public Works-Engineering Services Division, to the attention of the Project Manager, Megan Johnson, 915 I Street, Room 2000, Sacramento, California, 95814, at [email protected] or via the Planet Bids Q&A tab online.
The successful bidder shall furnish a payment bond and a performance bond for 100% of the contract amount.
The City of Sacramento hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation.
Pursuant to Section 1773 of the Labor Code, the general prevailing wage rates in the county, or counties, in which the work is to be done have been determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations. These wages are set forth in the General Prevailing Wage Rates for this project, available from the California Department of Industrial Relations’ Internet web site at http://www.dir.ca.gov. The Federal minimum wage rates for this project as predetermined by the United States Secretary of Labor are set forth in the books issued for bidding purposes entitled "Proposal and Contract," and in copies of this book that may be examined at the offices described above where project plans, special provisions, and proposal forms may be seen. Addenda to modify the Federal minimum wage rates, if necessary, will be issued to holders of "Proposal and Contract" books. Future effective general prevailing wage rates, which have been predetermined and are on file with the California Department of Industrial Relations are referenced but not printed in the general prevailing wage rates.
Attention is directed to the Federal minimum wage rate requirements in the project specifications and contract documents. If there is a difference between the minimum wage rates predetermined by the Secretary of Labor and the general prevailing wage rates determined by the Director of the California
Department of Industrial Relations for similar classifications of labor, the Contractor and subcontractors shall pay not less than the higher wage rate. The Department will not accept lower State wage rates not specifically included in the Federal minimum wage determinations. This includes "helper" (or other classifications based on hours of experience) or any other classification not appearing in the Federal wage determinations. Where Federal wage determinations do not contain the State wage rate determination otherwise available for use by the Contractor and subcontractors, the Contractor and subcontractors shall pay not less than the Federal minimum wage rate, which most closely approximates the duties of the employees in question.
The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) provides a toll-free "hotline" service to report bid rigging activities. Bid rigging activities can be reported Monday through Friday, between 8:00am and 5:00pm, Eastern Time, Telephone No. 1-800-424-9071. Anyone with knowledge of bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the "hotline" to report these activities. The "hotline" is part of the DOT's continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the DOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected.
Department of Industrial Relations Registration and Reporting Requirements (SB 854)
Labor Code Section 1725.5 (enacted by SB 854) requires all contractors bidding on this contract, all subcontractors listed in a bid for this contract, and any contractor or subcontractor performing any work under this contract, to be currently registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR), as specified in Labor Code Section 1725.5. Labor Code Section 1771.1 (enacted by SB 854) provides that a contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal (subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code), or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. Every bidding contractor shall list the contractor’s current DIR registration number, and the current DIR registration number of all listed subcontractors, on the Subcontractor and Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Participation Verification Form included in the contractor’s bid.
Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.1(b): (1) any bid received from a contractor that is not currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5 shall be rejected as non-responsive; and (2) any bid listing one or more subcontractors on the bidder’s Subcontractor and Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Participation Verification Form that are not currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5, shall be rejected as non- responsive, unless the listing was an inadvertent error and any of the conditions specified in Labor Code Section 1771.1(c) apply.
This contract also is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR. For all contracts awarded on or after April 1, 2015, California Labor Code Section 1771.4 (enacted by SB 854) requires the contractor and all subcontractors to furnish electronic payroll records directly to the Labor Commissioner (in addition to City staff via the City’s electronic system).
CITY OF SACRAMENTO
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
FRANKLIN BLVD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT
Fe
deral Aid Project No.: 5002(219)
City Project No.: T15165500
THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTAINED HEREIN HAVE BEEN PREPARED BY OR UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE FOLLOWING REGISTERED ENGINEERS:
C
ivil:
_
__________________________________
Leo Rubio, Registered Civil Engineer
Electrical:
_______________________________________
Kristin Calia, Registered Civil Engineer
Landscape:
__________________________________
Jose Leal, Registered Landscape Architect
1 Table of Contents
S
PECIAL PROVISIONS ................................................................................................................................................................ i SECTION NO. 1 - SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS ................................................................................................................. 5 SECTION NO. 2 - PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS ............................................................................... 7
2.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................................. 7
2.2 FEDERAL LOBBYING RESTRICTIONS ............................................................................................................ 7
2.3 COMMUNITY WORKFORCE TRAINING REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................... 8
2.4 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE) ....................................................................................... 8
2.5 Demonstration of Good Faith Efforts .................................................................................................................... 18 SECTION NO. 3 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT ........................................................................................ 22
3.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 22
3.2 BID OPENING ..................................................................................................................................................... 22
3.3 BID RIGGING ...................................................................................................................................................... 22
3.4 CONTRACT AWARD ......................................................................................................................................... 23
3.5 CONTRACTOR LICENSE .................................................................................................................................. 23
3.6 CHANGED CONDITIONS .................................................................................................................................. 23 SECTION NO. 4 - BEGINNING OF WORK, TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES .................... 25 SECTION NO. 5 - GENERAL..................................................................................................................................................... 25
5.1 FEMALE AND MINORITY GOALS .................................................................................................................. 25
5.2 NONDISCRIMINATION ..................................................................................................................................... 26
5.3 PREVAILING WAGE .......................................................................................................................................... 27
5.4 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE .......................................................................................................... 27
5.5 GOLD SHOVEL STANDARD PROGRAM ........................................................................................................ 30
5.6 BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................... 30
5.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................................................................... 31
5.8 REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES ................................................................... 31
5.9 SUBCONTRACTOR AND DBE RECORDS ...................................................................................................... 32
5.10 SUBCONTRACTING .................................................................................................................................... 32
5.11 PROMPT PAYMENT..................................................................................................................................... 33
5.12 PAYMENTS ................................................................................................................................................... 34
5.13 FEDERAL TRAINEE PROGRAM ................................................................................................................ 34
5.14 TITLE VI ASSURANCES .............................................................................................................................. 36
5.15 PROHIBITION OF CERTAIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND VIDEO SURVEILLANCE E
QUIPMENT AND SERVICES .................................................................................................................. 38
5.16 USE OF UNITED STATES-FLAG VESSELS .............................................................................................. 39 SECTION NO. 6 - (BLANK) ....................................................................................................................................................... 39 SECTION NO. 7 - WORKER’S COMPENSATION AND INSURANCE .............................................................................. 39
7.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION .......................................................................................................................... 39
7.2 COMPREHENSIVE AUTO AND GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE ........................................................ 39
7.3 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ....................................................................................................................... 40
7.4 WORKER'S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATE ................................................................................................ 40
7.5 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN INSURANCE ........................................................................................................... 40 SECTION NO. 8 - MATERIALS (BLANK) .............................................................................................................................. 40 SECTION NO. 9 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................... 40
9.1 ORDER OF WORK .............................................................................................................................................. 40
9.2 COMPLETION TIME .......................................................................................................................................... 41
9.3 TIME OF AWARD ............................................................................................................................................... 41
9.4 PROVIDING BONDS AND SURETY ................................................................................................................ 41
9.5 PRE-BID INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS....................................................................... 41
9.6 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE .................................................................................................................... 42
9.7 FINAL PAY QUANTITY .................................................................................................................................... 42
9.8 EQUIPMENT TO BE SUPPLIED ........................................................................................................................ 42
9.9 HANDLING AND REMOVAL OF HAZARDOUS OR CONTAMINATED MATERIALS ............................. 42
9.10 COORDINATION .......................................................................................................................................... 43
9.11 PROJECT SCHEDULING SUMMARY ........................................................................................................ 45
9.12 PROTECTION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS ...................................................................................... 47
9.13 TRAFFIC HANDLING AND CONVENIENCE ............................................................................................ 48
9.14 USE OF SLIP-FORM MACHINES FOR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION .................................................. 50
9.15 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND HANDLING FOR CONSTRUCTION STAKING ........................................... 50
9.16 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION ............................................................................................................................. 50
9.17 REMOVAL OF ON-STREET PARKING ...................................................................................................... 51
2 9.18 EQUIPMENT LIST AND DRAWINGS SUBMITTALS ............................................................................... 52
9.19 PROOF OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT ......................................................................................... 52
9.20 BACKFILLING OF VOIDS ........................................................................................................................... 52
9.21 PAVEMENT CUTTING AND RESTORATION ........................................................................................... 52
9.22 PROTECTION OF TREES ............................................................................................................................. 53
9.23 TREE TRIMMING ......................................................................................................................................... 53
9.24 STOP WORK IF CULTURAL RESOURCES ARE DISCOVERED ............................................................ 55
9.25 HEALTH AND SAFETY ............................................................................................................................... 56
9.26 PERMITS AND STAGING AREA ................................................................................................................ 56
9.27 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL ..................................................................................................... 56
9.28 PROJECT SPECIFIC MITIGATION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................. 57
9.29 MIGRATORY BIRDS AND RAPTORS ........................................................................................................ 57 SECTION NO. 10 - ITEMS OF THE BID PROPOSAL ........................................................................................................... 58 ITEM NO. 1 - MOBILIZATION ................................................................................................................................ 58 ITEM NO. 2 - TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEM ........................................................................................................ 58 ITEM NO. 3 - STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) .................................................... 63 ITEM NO. 4 - ABANDON PIPE ................................................................................................................................ 67 ITEM NO. 5 - REMOVE TREE ................................................................................................................................. 68 ITEM NO. 6 - REMOVE THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPE ........................................................................... 68 ITEM NO. 7 - REMOVE THERMOPLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING ................................................................ 69 ITEM NO. 8 - REMOVE CONCRETE (SIDEWALK, DRIVEWAY, DRIVEWAY CONFORM) .......................... 69 ITEM NO. 9 - REMOVE CURB AND GUTTER ...................................................................................................... 70 ITEM NO. 10 - REMOVE TYPE 4 CURB MEDIAN................................................................................................ 71 ITEM NO. 11 - REMOVE ROADSIDE SIGN AND POST....................................................................................... 71 ITEM NO. 12 - REMOVE FENCE ............................................................................................................................ 72 ITEM NO. 13 - REMOVE WATER METER AND SERVICE ................................................................................. 72 ITEM NO. 14 - REMOVE FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY ...................................................................................... 72 ITEM NO. 15 - REMOVE STORM DRAIN PIPE ..................................................................................................... 72 ITEM NO. 16 - REMOVE DRAIN INLET ................................................................................................................ 72 ITEM NO. 17 - REMOVE DRAIN ............................................................................................................................ 73 ITEM NO. 18 - RELOCATE ROADSIDE SIGN ....................................................................................................... 73 ITEM NO. 19 - RELOCATE FENCE AND GATE ................................................................................................... 73 ITEM NO. 20 - RELOCATE PARKING LOT RAILING ......................................................................................... 74 ITEM NO. 21 - RELOCATE SEWER CLEANOUT ................................................................................................. 74 ITEM NO. 22 - REMOVE AIR RELEASE VALVE ................................................................................................. 74 ITEM NO. 23 - ADJUST WATER METER BOX TO GRADE ................................................................................ 74 ITEM NO. 24 - ADJUST WATER VALVE BOX TO GRADE ................................................................................ 75 ITEM NO. 25 - ADJUST PULL BOX TO GRADE ................................................................................................... 75 ITEM NO. 26 - ADJUST SEWER CLEAN OUT BOX TO GRADE ........................................................................ 75 ITEM NO. 27 - ADJUST SEWER MAINTENANCE HOLE TO GRADE ............................................................... 75 ITEM NO. 28 - ADJUST STORM DRAIN INLET TO GRADE............................................................................... 76 ITEM NO. 29 - ADJUST STORM DRAIN MAINTENANCE HOLE TO GRADE ................................................. 76 ITEM NO. 30 - MODIFY STORM DRAIN MAINTENANCE HOLE ..................................................................... 76 ITEM NO. 31 - ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND GRADING .............................................................................. 77 ITEM NO. 32 - COLD PLANE ASPHALT ............................................................................................................... 78 ITEM NO. 33 - CLASS 2 AGGREGATE BASE ....................................................................................................... 78 ITEM NO. 34 - HOT MIX ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT – SAWCUT AREAS ........................................ 79 ITEM NO. 35 - HOT MIX ASPHALT (3/4” TYPE A) .............................................................................................. 79 ITEM NO. 36 - DIGOUTS (6”) .................................................................................................................................. 79 ITEM NO. 37 - TYPE 3 CURB .................................................................................................................................. 80 ITEM NO. 38 - TYPE 4 CURB .................................................................................................................................. 80 ITEM NO. 39 - TYPE 14 CURB ................................................................................................................................ 80 ITEM NO. 40 - TYPE 14A CURB ............................................................................................................................. 80 ITEM NO. 41 - CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 1 ........................................................................................................ 80 ITEM NO. 42 - CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 2 ........................................................................................................ 81 ITEM NO. 43 - PCC SIDEWALK DRIVEWAY AND DRIVEWAY CONFORMS ................................................ 81 ITEM NO. 44 - PCC PLANTER STRIP DRIVEWAY AND DRIVEWAY CONFORMS ....................................... 82 ITEM NO. 45 - DRIVEWAY CONFORM (HMA) .................................................................................................... 82 ITEM NO. 46 - 4” PCC SIDEWALK ......................................................................................................................... 83 ITEM NO. 47 - CONCRETE CURB RAMP – SINGLE PAN ................................................................................... 83 ITEM NO. 48 - CONCRETE CURB RAMP – DUAL PAN ...................................................................................... 84 ITEM NO. 49 - CONCRETE CURB RAMP – DOUBLE FLARE ............................................................................ 85 ITEM NO. 50 - CONCRETE CURB RAMP – SINGLE COMBINATION ............................................................... 86 ITEM NO. 51 - DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE .......................................................................................... 86 ITEM NO. 52 - TYPE B DROP INLET ..................................................................................................................... 87 ITEM NO. 53 - MODIFIED TYPE B INLET (WITH TRAP & SUMP).................................................................... 88
3 ITEM NO. 54 - ROLLED CURB DROP INLET ....................................................................................................... 88 ITEM NO. 55 - 48” STORM DRAIN MAINTENANCE HOLE ............................................................................... 89 ITEM NO. 56 - 60” SADDLE TYPE STORM DRAIN MAINTENANCE HOLE .................................................... 89 ITEM NO. 57 - 48” STORM DRAIN MAINTENANCE HOLE (WITH TRAP & SUMP)....................................... 90 ITEM NO. 58 - STANDARD MANHOLE COVER 1-C ........................................................................................... 90 ITEM NO. 59 - 10” PVC SDR 35 PIPE ..................................................................................................................... 90 ITEM NO. 60 - INSTALL WATER METER AND SERVICE .................................................................................. 92 ITEM NO. 61 - INSTALL FIRE HYDRANT LEAD AND FIRE HYDRANT ......................................................... 93 ITEM NO. 62 - INSTALL FIRE HYDRANT WITH NEW TAP............................................................................... 94 ITEM NO. 63 - INSTALL AIR RELEASE VALVE .................................................................................................. 94 ITEM NO. 64 - INSTALL WATER METER BOX ................................................................................................... 95 ITEM NO. 65 - 12” STORM DRAIN PIPE ................................................................................................................ 95 ITEM NO. 66 - 15” STORM DRAIN PIPE ................................................................................................................ 97 ITEM NO. 67 - MODIFIED ROLLED CURB DROP INLET (WITH TRAP AND SUMP) ..................................... 99 ITEM NO. 68 - DITCH BOX ................................................................................................................................... 100 ITEM NO. 69 - MODIFIED TYPE B INLET (WITH SIDE OPENING) ................................................................ 100 ITEM NO. 70 - REINFORCED CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 2 ............................................................................ 101 ITEM NO. 71 - THROUGH SIDEWALK DRAIN .................................................................................................. 101 ITEM NO. 72 - ROADSIDE SIGN .......................................................................................................................... 101 ITEM NO. 73 - ROADSIDE SIGN (ONE POST) .................................................................................................... 102 ITEM NO. 74 - THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPE ........................................................................................ 103 ITEM NO. 75 - THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC MARKING ................................................................................... 103 ITEM NO. 76 - COLORED PAVEMENT FOR BIKE LANES (GREEN) .............................................................. 103 ITEM NO. 77 - PAVEMENT MARKERS ............................................................................................................... 104 ITEM NO. 78 - MEDIAN NOSE DELINEATOR ................................................................................................... 104 ITEM NO. 79 - LANDSCAPE PAVING AND PAVING SPECIALTIES ............................................................... 104 ITEM NO. 80 - ART GATEWAY ELEMENTS ...................................................................................................... 107 ITEM NO. 81 - ART WALL .................................................................................................................................... 112 ITEM NO. 82 - SITE FURNISHINGS ..................................................................................................................... 112 ITEM NO. 83 - IRRIGATION WATER CONNECTION ........................................................................................ 113 ITEM NO. 84 - IRRIGATION SYSTEM ................................................................................................................. 113 ITEM NO. 85 - LANDSCAPE IMPORT FILL MATERIAL ................................................................................... 121 ITEM NO. 86 - TREE PLANTING .......................................................................................................................... 123 ITEM NO. 87 - PLANTING SHRUB AND GROUNDCOVER AREAS ................................................................ 124 ITEM NO. 88 - TURF (SOD) ................................................................................................................................... 126 ITEM NO. 89 - ROOT BARRIER ............................................................................................................................ 126 ITEM NO. 90 - RESTORING EXISTING LANDSCAPE PLANTERS .................................................................. 127 ITEM NO. 91 - LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE (6 MONTHS) ............................................................................ 128 ITEM NO. 92 - STREET LIGHTING MODIFICATION ........................................................................................ 129 ITEM NO. 93 - TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION (FRANKLIN BLVD / SUTTERVILLE ROAD) .............. 130 ITEM NO. 94 - RRFB INSTALLATION (FRANKLIN BLVD/18TH AVE) ............................................................ 130 ITEM NO. 95 - TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION (FRANKLIN BLVD/21 ST AVE) ...................................... 130 ITEM NO. 96 - PHB MODIFICATION (FRANKLIN BLVD/ATLAS AVE) ......................................................... 131 ITEM NO. 97 - TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION (FRANKLIN BLVD/26TH AVE) ...................................... 131 ITEM NO. 98 - TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION (FRANKLIN BLVD / FRUITRIDGE ROAD) ................. 132 ITEM NO. 99 - FIBER OPTIC INSTALLATION ................................................................................................... 132 ITEM NO. 100 - ELECTRICAL SERVICE CONNECTIONS ................................................................................ 133 SECTION NO. 11 - ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS WHICH APPLY TO ALL ELECTRICAL ITEMS .......................... 134
11.1 Electrical Cost Break-down........................................................................................................................... 134
11. 2 CITY EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND SALVAGED ..................................................................... 135
11.3 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION ......................................................................................................... 135
11.4 STREETLIGHT INSTALLATION .............................................................................................................. 137
11.5 FIBER OPTIC INTERCONNECT INSTALLATION .................................................................................. 137
11.6 POTHOLING BY DRILLING ...................................................................................................................... 137
11.7 PLACE SIGNS ON MASTARMS ................................................................................................................ 138
11.8 TRAFFIC SIGN TO PLACE ........................................................................................................................ 139
11.9 CONDUIT MATERIAL ............................................................................................................................... 140
11.10 CONDUIT INSTALLATION ....................................................................................................................... 141
11.11 CONDUCTORS ............................................................................................................................................ 143
11.12 COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................ 143
11.13 CCTV CAMERA SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................... 145
11.14 CATEGORY 6 OUTDOOR ETHERNET COMMUNICATION CABLE ..................................................... 147
11.15 CATEGORY 6 COMMUNICATION CABLE CONNECTOR ..................................................................... 147
11.16 DETECTOR CONDUCTOR LOOP ............................................................................................................... 147
11.17 DETECTOR HANDHOLES .......................................................................................................................... 150
11.18 DETECTOR LEAD-IN CABLE ..................................................................................................................... 150
4 11.19 EMERGENCY VEHICLE DETECTOR SYSTEM – GPS PRIORITY CONTROL SYSTEM ..................... 151
11.20 FIBER OPTIC ................................................................................................................................................. 152
11.21 FOUNDATIONS TO BE ABANDONED ........................................................................................................ 156
11.22 MASTARM STREETLIGHT ......................................................................................................................... 156
11.23 METERED ELECTRICAL SERVICE FOR STREET LIGHTING ............................................................... 157
11.24 METERED ELECTRICAL SERVICE FOR TRAFFIC SIGNALS ............................................................... 159
11.25 ORNAMENTAL STREETLIGHT ................................................................................................................. 161
11.26 PULL BOXES ................................................................................................................................................ 166
11.27 R ECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON (RRFB)........................................................................... 168
11.28 TRAFFIC SIGNALS AND FITTINGS .......................................................................................................... 168
11.29 TRAFFIC SIGNAL TURN-ON PROCESS .................................................................................................... 173
11.30 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CABINET AND CONTROLLER SYSTEM – DELIVERY AND TESTING AND INS
PECTION AND GUARANTEE ........................................................................................................... 173
11.31 VIDEO DETECTION SYSTEM – ECONOLITE VISION ............................................................................ 175
11.32 WIRING .......................................................................................................................................................... 183 SECTION NO. 12 - CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS ................... 185 Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts (FHWA 1273) .................................................. 185 Final Report of Utilization of Disadvantaged Businesses (Exhibit 17-F) ................................................................. 185 Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) Certification Status (Exhibit 17-O) ..................................................... 185 SECTION NO. 13 - BID PROPOSAL FORMS ....................................................................................................................... 186 Bid Proposal Form .................................................................................................................................................... 186 Bid Proposal Guarantee ............................................................................................................................................ 186 Drug Free Workplace Policy and Affidavit .............................................................................................................. 186 List of Subcontractors ............................................................................................................................................... 186 Non-Discrimination in Employee Benefits Ordinance Certification ......................................................................... 186 Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire .................................................................................................................... 186 Equal Employment Opportunity Certification .......................................................................................................... 186 Public Contract Code Section 10285.1 Statement ..................................................................................................... 186 Public Contract Code Section 10162 Questionnaire ................................................................................................. 186 Public Contract Code Section 10232 Statement ........................................................................................................ 186 Non Collusion Affidavit ........................................................................................................................................... 186 Debarment and Suspension Certification .................................................................................................................. 186 Nonlobbying Certification for Federal-Aid Contracts .............................................................................................. 186 Disclosure of Lobbying Activities Form and Instructions ........................................................................................ 186 Local Agency Bidder - DBE Commitment (Exhibit 15-G(1)) .................................................................................. 186 Local Agency Bidder - DBE Information (Exhibit 15-G(2)) .................................................................................... 186 DBE Information – Good Faith Efforts (Exhibit 15-H) ............................................................................................ 186 Duns Form ................................................................................................................................................................ 186 Title VI Language ..................................................................................................................................................... 186 SECTION NO. 14 - CONTRACT FORMS .............................................................................................................................. 187 Agreement................................................................................................................................................................. 187 Payment Bond ........................................................................................................................................................... 187 Performance Bond .................................................................................................................................................... 187 Worker's Compensation Certification ....................................................................................................................... 187 Construction & Demolition Debris Recycling Requirements ................................................................................... 187 Guarantee .................................................................................................................................................................. 187 SECTION NO. 15 - SCHEDULE OF WAGES DATED APRIL 12, 2024 ............................................................................. 188 SECTION NO. 16 - LABOR COMPLIANCE .......................................................................................................................... 189 APPENDIX A - COMMUNITY WORKFORCE AND TRAINING AGREEMENT ........................................................... 190 APPENDIX B – PROJECT FUNDING SIGNAGE DETAILS ............................................................................................... 191 A
PPENDIX C – BID PROTEST POLICY ............................................................................................................................... 192
5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS
FOR
FRANKLIN BLVD COMPLETE STREET PROJECT
FEDERAL PROJECT NO.: 5002(218/219)
(PN: T15165500)
SECTION NO. 1 - SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS
The contract shall be administered in accordance with Sections 1 through 8 of the City Standard Specifications for Public Construction, City of Sacramento, dated November 2020. The work to be performed under this contract shall be in accordance with the Special Provisions contained herein. The General Requirements of this contract shall be governed by these Special Provisions first, followed by Section 1 through Section 8 of the City Standard Specifications. Other standards or specifications specified in these Special Provisions govern only the applicable technical specifications for the items of work referenced.
In case of conflict in the technical provisions or requirements, the following order of precedence shall govern:
A. Change Orders, Field Directives, Addendums, etc
B. Special Provisions
C. Plans
D. City Standard Specifications
E. State Standard Specifications
F. Other referenced specifications
G. State Standard Plans
Definitions of Terms
Whenever in the City Standard Specification, State Standard Specifications, Special Provisions, Notice to Contractors, Proposal, Contract or other contract documents the following abbreviations and terms are used, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows:
DEFINITIONS AND TERMS
As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms have the following meaning:
Department or Department of Public Works: The City of Sacramento, Department of Public Works.
Director or Director of Transportation: Director of Public Works, City of Sacramento.
Engineer: The Director of Public Works of the City of Sacramento, State of California, acting either directly or through properly authorized agents, such agents acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them.
6 Laboratory: The established laboratory of the Materials and Research Department of the Department of Transportation of the State of California or laboratories authorized by the Engineer to test materials and work involved in the contract.
State or State of California: The City of Sacramento.
Transportation Building Sacramento: City Hall, City of Sacramento, State of California.
State Highway Engineer: The Director of Public Works of the City of Sacramento, State of California.
State Standard Specifications: Means the 2023 edition of the Standard Specifications of the State of California, Department of Transportation.
City Standard Specifications: Means the November 2020 edition of the City of Sacramento Standard Specifications.
Attorney General: City Attorney, City of Sacramento
Required Meetings: Means that all bidders are encouraged to attend required meetings, however bidders who do not attend shall be responsible for all information disseminated.
7 S
ECTION NO. 2 - PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
2.1 GENERAL
The bidder's attention is directed to the provisions in Section 2, "Proposal Requirements and Conditions," of these Contract Specifications for the requirements and conditions which the bidder must observe in the preparation of the proposal form and the submission of the bid.
Each proposal shall have listed therein the portion of the work that will be done by each subcontractor listed. A sheet for listing the subcontractors is included in the Proposal.
In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 7106, a Noncollusion Affidavit is included in the Proposal. Signing the Proposal shall also constitute signature of the Noncollusion Affidavit.
The contractor, sub recipient or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR part 26 in the award and administration of US DOT assisted contracts.
Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate. Each subcontract signed by the bidder must include this assurance.
2.2 FEDERAL LOBBYING RESTRICTIONS
Section 1352, Title 31, United States Code prohibits Federal funds from being expended by the recipient or any lower tier sub recipient of a Federal-aid contract to pay for any person for influencing or attempting to influence a Federal agency or Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal-aid contract, the making of any Federal grant or loan, or the entering into of any cooperative agreement.
If any funds other than Federal funds have been paid for the same purposes in connection with this Federal-aid contract, the recipient shall submit an executed certification and, if required, submit a completed disclosure form as part of the bid documents.
A certification for Federal-aid contracts regarding payment of funds to lobby Congress or a Federal agency is included in the Proposal. Exhibit 10-Q, “Disclosure of Lobbying Activities,” with instructions for completion of the Standard Form is also included in the Proposal. Signing the Proposal shall constitute signature of the Certification.
The above referenced certification and disclosure of lobbying activities shall be included in each subcontract and any lower-tier contracts exceeding $100,000. All disclosure forms, but not certifications, shall be forwarded from tier to tier until received by the Engineer.
The Contractor, subcontractors and any lower-tier contractors shall file a disclosure form at the end of each calendar quarter in which there occurs any event that requires disclosure or that materially affects the accuracy of the information contained in any disclosure form previously filed by the Contractor, subcontractors and any lower-tier contractors. An event that materially affects the accuracy of the information reported includes:
8 (
1) A cumulative increase if $25,000 or more in the amount paid or expected to be paid for influencing or attempting to influence a covered Federal action; or
(2) A change in the person(s) or individual(s) influencing or attempting to influence a covered Federal action; or
(3) A change in the officer(s), employees(s), or Member(s) contacted to influence or attempt to influence a covered Federal Action.
2.3 COMMUNITY WORKFORCE TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
This project is subject to the requirements of the City’s Local Hire and Community Workforce Training Program and the City’s Community Workforce Training Agreement (CWTA), included to this solicitation in section 14 “Contract Forms”. A summary of the CWTA requirements is also provided in Section 14. By submitting a bid, the Contractor acknowledges that it has read and understands all the requirements, terms, and conditions of the complete CWTA attached, and has included all costs associated with compliance with the CWTA in its bid, if applicable. The CWTA is applicable if the total bid amount submitted by the Contractor or contractors awarded construction contracts exceeds one million dollars ($1,000,000).
If the CWTA applies, the Contractor must execute Addendum A to the CWTA (“Agreement to be Bound”) and provide an executed original to the City before a Notice to Proceed will be issued.
Contractor must also include the provisions of this section in every subcontract for Work covered by the CWTA. No subcontractor for Work covered by the CWTA may perform Work prior to executing Addendum A and providing the executed original to the City. By submitting a bid, Contractor represents that if the bid amount exceeds $1,000,000, the Contractor will execute the Agreement to be Bound if awarded the contract.
2.4 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE)
The contractor, subrecipient or subcontractor shall take necessary and reasonable steps to ensure that DBEs have opportunity to participate in the contract (49 CFR 26). To ensure equal participation of DBEs provided in 49 CFR 26.5, the Agency shows a contract goal for DBEs. The prime contractor shall make work available to DBEs and select work parts consistent with available DBE subcontractors and suppliers.
The prime contractor shall meet the DBE goal shown elsewhere in these special provisions or demonstrate that they made adequate Good Faith Efforts (GFE) to meet this goal. An adequate GFE means that the bidder must show that it took all necessary and reasonable steps to achieve a DBE goal that, by their scope, intensity, and appropriateness to the objective, could reasonably be expected to meet the DBE goal.
If the DBE goal is not met, the contractor needs to complete and submit the DBE GFE documentation as described in Local Assistance Procedures Manual (LAPM) Chapter 9, Section
9.8 within 5 (five) days of bid opening.
It is the prime contractor’s responsibility to verify that the DBE firm is certified as a DBE on the date of bid opening by using the California Unified Certification Program (CUCP) database and
9 p
ossesses the most specific available North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) codes and Work Code applicable to the type of work the firm will perform on the contract.
Additionally, the prime contractor is responsible to document this verification by printing out the CUCP data for each DBE firm. A list of DBEs certified by the CUCP can be found at:
https://dot.ca.gov/programs/civil-rights/dbe-search.
DBE participation will only count toward the California Department of Transportation’s federally mandated statewide overall DBE goal if the DBE performs a commercially useful function under 49 CFR 26.55.
Credit for materials or supplies the prime contractor purchases from DBEs counts towards the goal in the following manner:
• 100 percent counts if the materials or supplies are obtained from a DBE manufacturer. • 60 percent counts if the materials or supplies are obtained from a DBE regular dealer. • Only fees, commissions, and charges for assistance in the procurement and delivery of materials or supplies count if obtained from a DBE that is neither a manufacturer nor regular dealer. 49 CFR 26.55 defines "manufacturer" and "regular dealer."
The prime contractor receives credit towards the goal if they employ a DBE trucking company that performs a commercially useful function as defined in 49 CFR 26.55(d) as follows:
• The DBE must be responsible for the management and supervision of the entire trucking operation for which it is responsible on a particular contract, and there cannot be a contrived arrangement for the purpose of meeting DBE goals.
• The DBE must itself own and operate at least one fully licensed, insured, and operational truck used on the contract.
• The DBE receives credit for the total value of the transportation services it provides on the Contract using trucks it owns, insures, and operates using drivers it employs. • The DBE may lease trucks from another DBE firm, including an owner-operator who is certified as a DBE. The DBE who leases trucks from another DBE receives credit for the total value of the transportation services the lessee DBE provides on the Contract. • The DBE may also lease trucks from a non-DBE firm, including from an owner-operator.
The DBE that leases trucks equipped with drivers from a non-DBE is entitled to credit for the total value of transportation services provided by non-DBE leased trucks equipped with drivers not to exceed the value of transportation services on the contract provided by DBE- owned trucks or leased trucks with DBE employee drivers. Additional participation by non-DBE owned trucks equipped with drivers receives credit only for the fee or commission it receives as a result of the lease arrangement. • The DBE may lease trucks without drivers from a non-DBE truck leasing company. If the DBE leases trucks from a non-DBE truck leasing company and uses its own employees as drivers, it is entitled to credit for the total value of these hauling services. • A lease must indicate that the DBE has exclusive use of and control over the truck. This does not preclude the leased truck from working for others during the term of the lease with the consent of the DBE, so long as the lease gives the DBE absolute priority for use
10 o
f the leased truck. Leased trucks must display the name and identification number of the DBE.
A. Nondiscrimination Statement
The contractor, subrecipient or subcontractor will never exclude any person from participation in, deny any person the benefits of, or otherwise discriminate against anyone in connection with the award and performance of any contract covered by 49 CFR 26 on the basis of race, color, sex, or national origin. In administering the Local Agency components of the DBE Program Plan, the contractor, subrecipient or subcontractor will not, directly, or through contractual or other arrangements, use criteria or methods of administration that have the effect of defeating or substantially impairing accomplishment of the objectives of the DBE Program Plan with respect to individuals of a particular race, color, sex, or national origin.
B. Contract Assurance
Under 49 CFR 26.13(b): The contractor, subrecipient or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR 26 in the award and administration of federal- aid contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate, which may include, but is not limited to:
(1) Withholding monthly progress payments;
(2) Assessing sanctions;
(3) Liquidated damages; and/or
(4) Disqualifying the contractor from future bidding as non-responsible.
C. Prompt Progress Payment
In accordance with California Business and Professions Code section 7108.5, the prime contractor or subcontractor shall pay to any subcontractor, not later than seven days after receipt of each progress payment, unless otherwise agreed to in writing, the respective amounts allowed the contractor on account of the work performed by the subcontractors, to the extent of each subcontractor’s interest therein. In the event that there is a good faith dispute over all or any portion of the amount due on a progress payment from the prime contractor or subcontractor to a subcontractor, the prime contractor or subcontractor may withhold no more than 150 percent of the disputed amount. Any violation of this requirement shall constitute a cause for disciplinary action and shall subject the licensee to a penalty, payable to the subcontractor, of 2 percent of the amount due per month for every month that payment is not made.
In any action for the collection of funds wrongfully withheld, the prevailing party shall be entitled to his or her attorney’s fees and costs. The sanctions authorized under this requirement shall be separate from, and in addition to, all other remedies, either civil, administrative, or criminal. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors.
D. Prompt Payment of Withheld Funds to Subcontractors
The Agency may hold retainage from the prime contractor and shall make prompt and regular incremental acceptances of portions, as determined by the Agency, of the contract work, and pay retainage to the prime contractor based on these acceptances. The Agency shall designate one of
11 t
he methods below in the contract to ensure prompt and full payment of any retainage kept by the prime contractor or subcontractor to a subcontractor. The Agency shall include either Method 1, Method 2, or Method 3 below and delete the other two.
Method 1: No retainage will be held by the Agency from progress payments due to the prime contractor. Prime contractors and subcontractors are prohibited from holding retainage from subcontractors. Any delay or postponement of payment may take place only for good cause and with the Agency’s prior written approval. Any violation of these provisions shall subject the violating contractor or subcontractor to the penalties, sanctions, and other remedies specified in Section 7108.5 of the California Business and Professions Code and Section 10262 of the California Public Contract Code. This requirement shall not be construed to limit or impair any contractual, administrative, or judicial remedies, otherwise available to the contractor or subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the contractor, deficient subcontractor performance and/or noncompliance by a subcontractor.
This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors.
Method 2: No retainage will be held by the Agency from progress payments due to the prime contractor. Any retainage kept by the prime contractor or by a subcontractor must be paid in full to the earning subcontractor within seven (7) days after the subcontractor’s work is satisfactorily completed. Any delay or postponement of payment may take place only for good cause and with the Agency’s prior written approval. Any violation of these provisions shall subject the violating contractor or subcontractor to the penalties, sanctions, and remedies specified in Section 7108.5 of the California Business and Professions Code and Section 10262 of the California Public Contract Code. This requirement shall not be construed to limit or impair any contractual, administrative, or judicial remedies, otherwise available to the contractor or subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the contractor, deficient subcontractor performance and/or noncompliance by a subcontractor.
This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors.
Method 3: The Agency shall hold retainage from the prime contractor and shall make prompt and regular incremental acceptances of portions, as determined by the Agency of the contract work and pay retainage to the prime contractor based on these acceptances. The prime contractor or subcontractor shall return all monies withheld in retention from all subcontractors within seven (7) days after receiving payment for work satisfactorily completed and accepted including incremental acceptances of portions of the contract work by the Agency. Any delay or postponement of payment may take place only for good cause and with the Agency’s prior written approval. Any violation of these provisions shall subject the violating prime contractor or subcontractor to the penalties, sanctions, and other remedies specified in Section 7108.5 of the California Business and Professions Code and Section 10262 of the California Public Contract Code. This requirement shall not be construed to limit or impair any contractual, administrative, or judicial remedies otherwise available to the contractor or subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the contractor; deficient subcontractor performance and/or noncompliance by a subcontractor. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors.
Any violation of these provisions of Prompt Progress Payment and Prompt Payment of Withheld Funds to Subcontractors shall subject the violating prime contractor or subcontractor to the penalties, sanctions and other remedies specified therein. These requirements shall not be
12 c
onstrued to limit or impair any contractual, administrative, or judicial remedies otherwise available to the prime contractor or subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the prime contractor, deficient subcontract performance, or noncompliance by a subcontractor.
E. Termination and Replacement of DBE Subcontractors
The prime contractor shall utilize the specific DBEs listed to perform the work and supply the materials for which each is listed unless the contractor obtains the Agency’s written consent. The prime contractor shall not terminate or replace a listed DBE for convenience and perform the work with their own forces or obtain materials from other sources without prior written authorization from the Agency. Unless the Agency’s prior written consent is provided, the contractor shall not be entitled to any payment for work or material unless it is performed or supplied by the listed DBE on the Exhibit 15-G Construction Contract DBE Commitment form, included in the Bid.
Termination of DBE Subcontractors
After a contract with a specified DBE goal has been executed, termination of a DBE may be allowed for the following, but not limited to, justifiable reasons with prior written authorization from the Agency:
1. Listed DBE fails or refuses to execute a written contract based on plans and specifications for the project.
2. The Local Agency stipulated that a bond is a condition of executing the subcontract and the listed DBE fails to meet the Local Agency’s bond requirements.
3. Work requires a contractor's license and listed DBE does not have a valid license under Contractors License Law or is not properly registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations as a public works contractor.
4. Listed DBE fails or refuses to perform the work or furnish the listed materials (failing or refusing to perform is not an allowable reason to remove a DBE if the failure or refusal is a result of bad faith or discrimination).
5. Listed DBE's work is unsatisfactory and not in compliance with the contract.
6. Listed DBE is ineligible to work on the project because of suspension or debarment.
7. Listed DBE becomes bankrupt or insolvent or exhibits credit unworthiness.
8. Listed DBE voluntarily withdraws with written notice from the Contract
9. Listed DBE is ineligible to receive credit for the type of work required.
10. Listed DBE owner dies or becomes disabled resulting in the inability to perform the work on the Contract.
11. The Agency determines other documented good cause.
To terminate a DBE or to terminate a portion of a DBE's work, the contractor must use the following procedures:
1. Send a written notice to the DBE of Contractor’s intent to use other forces or material sources and include one or more justifiable reasons listed above. Simultaneously send a copy of this written notice to the Agency. The written notice to the DBE must request they provide any response within five (5) business days to both the Contractor and the Agency by either
13 a
cknowledging their agreement or documenting their reasoning as to why the use of other forces or sources of materials should not occur.
2. If the DBE does not respond within 5 business days, Contractor may move forward with the request as if the DBE had agreed to Contractor’s written notice.
3. Submit Contractor’s DBE termination request by written letter to the Agency and include:
• One or more above listed justifiable reasons along with supporting documentation. • Contractor’s written notice to the DBE regarding the request, including proof of transmission and tracking documentation of Contractor’s written notice. • The DBE's response to Contractor’s written notice, if received. If a written response was not provided, provide a statement to that effect.
The Agency shall respond in writing to Contractor’s DBE termination request within 5 business days.
Replacement of DBE Subcontractors
After receiving the Agency’s written authorization of DBE termination request, the Contractor must obtain the Agency’s written agreement for DBE replacement. The Contractor must find or demonstrate GFEs to find qualified DBE replacement firms to perform the work to the extent needed to meet the DBE commitment.
The following procedures shall be followed to request authorization to replace a DBE firm:
1. Submit a request to replace a DBE with other forces or material sources in writing to the Agency which must include:
a. Description of remaining uncommitted work items made available for replacement DBE solicitation and participation.
b. The proposed DBE replacement firm's business information, the work they have agreed to perform, and the following:
i. Quote for bid item work and description of work to be performed. ii. Proposed subcontract agreement and written confirmation of agreement to perform on the Contract.
iii. Revised Subcontracting Request form
iv. Revised Exhibit 15-G: Construction Contract DBE Commitment
2. If Contractor has not identified a DBE replacement firm, submit documentation of the Contractor’s GFEs to use DBE replacement firms within 7 days of Agency's authorization to terminate the DBE. The Contractor may request the Agency's approval to extend this submittal period to a total of 14 days. Submit documentation of actions taken to find a DBE replacement firm, such as:
• Search results of certified DBEs available to perform the original DBE work i
dentified and/or other work the Contractor had intended to self-perform, to the extent needed to meet the DBE commitment.
14 • Solicitations of DBEs for performance of work identified. • Correspondence with interested DBEs that may have included contract details and r
equirements Negotiation efforts with DBEs that reflect why an agreement was not reached.
• If a DBE's quote was rejected, provide Contractor’s reasoning for the rejection, s
uch as why the DBE was unqualified for the work, or why the price quote was unreasonable or excessive.
• Copies of each DBE's and non-DBE's price quotes for work identified, as the A
gency may contact the firms to verify solicitation efforts and determine if the DBE quotes are substantially higher.
• Additional documentation that supports the GFE
Th
e Agency shall respond in writing to the Contractor’s DBE replacement request within five (5) business days. The Contractor must submit a revised Subcontracting Request form if the replacement plan is authorized by the Agency.
F. Commitment and Utilization
The Agency’s DBE program must include a monitoring and enforcement mechanism to ensure that DBE commitments reconcile to DBE utilization.
The bidder shall complete and sign Exhibit 15-G: Construction Contract DBE Commitment included in the contract documents regardless of whether DBE participation is reported. The bidder shall provide written confirmation from each DBE that the DBE is participating in the Contract. LAPM Exhibit 9-I: DBE Confirmation or equivalent form and DBE’s quote must be submitted. The written confirmation must be submitted no later than 4pm on the 5th day after bid opening. If a DBE is participating as a joint venture partner, the bidder shall submit a copy of the joint venture agreement.
If the DBE Commitment form, Exhibit 15-G, is not submitted with the bid, it must be completed and submitted by all bidders to the Agency within five (5) days of bid opening. If the bidder does not submit the DBE Commitment form within the specified time, the Agency will find the bidder’s bid nonresponsive.
The prime contractor shall use each DBE subcontractor as listed on Exhibit 15-G: Construction Contract DBE Commitment unless they receive written authorization for a termination or replacement from the Agency.
The Agency shall request the prime contractor to:
1. Notify the Resident Engineer or Inspector of any changes to its anticipated DBE participation.
2. Provide this notification before starting the affected work
3. Maintain records including:
• Name and business address of each 1s
t-tier subcontractor.
15 • Name and business address of each DBE subcontractor, DBE vendor, and DBE t
rucking company, regardless of tier.
• Date of payment and total amount paid to each DBE (see Exhibit 9-F: Monthly D
isadvantaged Business Enterprise Payment)
If the prime contractor is a DBE contractor, they shall include the date of work performed by their own forces and the corresponding value of the work.
Before the 15th of each month, the prime contractor shall submit a Monthly DBE Trucking Verification (LAPM Exhibit 16-Z1) form.
If a DBE is decertified before completing its work, the DBE must notify the prime contractor in writing of the decertification date. If a business becomes a certified DBE before completing its work, the business must notify the prime contractor in writing of the certification date. The prime contractor shall submit the notifications. Upon work completion, the prime contractor shall complete a Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) Certification Status Change, Exhibit 17- O, form and submit the form within 30 days of contract acceptance.
Upon work completion, the prime contractor shall complete Exhibit 17-F: Final Report – Utilization of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE), First-Tier Subcontractors and submit it within 90 days of contract acceptance. The Agency will withhold $10,000 until the form is submitted. The Agency releases the withhold upon submission of the completed form.
G. Running Tally of Attainments
For projects that are awarded on or after September 1, 2023:
Exhibit 9-F is no longer required. Instead, by the 15th of the month following the month of any payment(s), the prime contractor must now submit Exhibit 9-P to the Local Agency administering the contract. If the Contractor does not make any payments to subcontractors, supplier(s) and/or manufacturers they must report “no payments were made to subs this month” and write this visibly and legibly on Exhibit 9-P.
H. Commercially Useful Function
DBEs must perform a commercially useful function (CUF) under 49 CFR 26.55 when performing work or supplying materials listed on the DBE Commitment form. The DBE value of work will only count toward the DBE commitment if the DBE performs a CUF. A DBE performs a CUF when it is responsible for execution of the work on the contract and is carrying out its responsibilities by actually performing, managing, and supervising the work involved. If a DBE does not perform or exercise responsibility for at least 30% of the total cost of its contract with its own work force, or the DBE subcontracts a greater portion of the work of a contract than would be expected on the basis of normal industry practice for the type of work involved, it will be presumed that the DBE is not performing a CUF. Additionally, the DBE must also be responsible, with respect to materials and supplies used on the contract, for negotiating price, determining quality and quantity, ordering the material and installing (where applicable), and paying for the material itself.
16 Th
e Contractor must perform CUF evaluation for each DBE company working on a federal-aid contract, with or without a DBE goal. Perform a CUF evaluation at the beginning of the DBE’s work and continue to monitor the performance of CUF for the duration of the project.
The Contractor must provide written notification to the AGENCY at least 15 days in advance of each DBE's initial performance of work or supplying materials for the Contract. The notification must include the DBE's name, work the DBE will perform on the contract, and the location, date, and time of where their work will take place.
Within 10 (ten) days of a DBE initially performing work or supplying materials on the contract, the Contractor shall submit to the LPA the initial evaluation and validation of DBE performance of a CUF using the LAPM 9-J: Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Commercially Useful Function Evaluation. Include the following information with the submittal:
• Subcontract agreement with the DBE
• Purchase orders
• Bills of lading
• Invoices
• Proof of payment
Th
e Contractor must monitor all DBE’s performance of CUF by conducting quarterly evaluations and validations throughout their duration of work on the contract using the LAPM 9- J: DBE Commercially Useful Function Evaluation. The Contractor must submit to the AGENCY these quarterly evaluations and validations by the 5th of the month for the previous three (3) m
onths of work.
The Contractor must notify the AGENCY immediately if the Contractor believes the DBE may not be performing a CUF.
The AGENCY will verify DBEs performance of CUF by reviewing the initial and quarterly submissions of LAPM 9-J: DBE Commercially Useful Function Evaluation, submitted supporting information, field observations, and through any additional AGENCY evaluations.
The AGENCY must evaluate DBEs and their CUF performance throughout the duration of a Contract. The AGENCY will provide written notice to Contractor and DBE at least two (2) business days prior to any evaluation. The Contractor and DBE must participate in the evaluation.
Upon completing the evaluation, the AGENCY must share the evaluation results with the Contractor and DBE. An evaluation could include items that must be remedied upon receipt. If the AGENCY determines the DBE is not performing a CUF the Contractor must suspend performance of the noncompliant work.
The Contractor and DBEs must submit any additional CUF related records and documents within five (5) business days of AGENCY’s request such as:
• Proof of ownership or lease and rental agreements for equipment • Tax records
• Employee rosters
17 • Certified payroll records
• Inventory rosters
F
ailure to submit required DBE Commercially Useful Function Evaluation forms or requested records and documents can result in withholding of payment for the value of work completed by the DBE.
If the Contractor and/or the AGENCY determine that a listed DBE is not performing a CUF in performance of their DBE committed work, immediately suspend performance of the noncompliant portion of the work. The AGENCY may deny payment for the noncompliant portion of the work. The AGENCY will ask the Contractor to submit a corrective action plan (CAP) to the AGENCY within five (5) days of the noncompliant CUF determination. The CAP must identify how the Contractor will correct the noncompliance findings for the remaining portion of the DBE's work. The AGENCY has five (5) days to review the CAP in conjunction with the prime contractor’s review. The Contractor must implement the CAP within five (5) days of the AGENCY's approval. The AGENCY will then authorize the prior noncompliant portion of work for the DBE's committed work.
If corrective actions cannot be accomplished to ensure the DBE performs a CUF on the Contract, then the Contractor may have good cause to request termination of the DBE.
I. Use of Joint Checks
A joint check may be used between the Contractor or lower-tier subcontractor and a DBE subcontractor purchasing materials from a material supplier if the contractor obtains prior approval from the LPA for the proposed use of joint check upon submittal of the LAPM 9-K:
DLA Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) Joint Check Agreement Request form.
To use a joint check, the following conditions must be met:
• All parties, including the Contractor, must agree to the use of a joint check. • Entity issuing the joint check acts solely to guarantee payment. • DBE must release the check to the material supplier.
• LPA must authorize the request before implementation. • Any party to the agreement must provide requested documentation within 10 days of the LP
A's request for the documentation.
• Agreement to use a joint check must be short-term, not to exceed 1 year, allowing s
ufficient time needed to establish or increase a credit line with the material supplier.
A request for a joint check agreement may be initiated by any party. If a joint check is used, the DBE remains responsible for all elements of 49 CFR 26.55(c)(1).
Failure to comply with the above requirements disqualifies DBE participation and results in no credit and no payment to the Contractor for DBE participation.
18 A
joint check may not be used between the Contractor or subcontractor and a DBE regular dealer, bulk material supplier, manufacturer, wholesaler, broker, trucker, packager, manufacturer’s representative, or other persons who arrange or expedite transactions.
2.5 Demonstration of Good Faith Efforts
The obligation of the bidder/offeror is to make good faith efforts. The bidder/offeror can demonstrate that it has done so either by meeting the contract goal or documenting good faith efforts. The administering Local Agency reviews all DBE commitment information submitted as a result of bid when a contract goal is assigned. When reviewing a good faith effort submission, the Local Agency reviews several factors in determining whether a bidder has demonstrated adequate good faith efforts to meet the contract goal.
DBE information that bidders must submit within 5 calendar days of bid opening includes but is not limited to:
1. The bidder/offeror’s overall DBE commitment.
2. Items of work the bidder/offeror has made available to DBE firms. The bidder/offeror identifies and describes those items of work the bidder/offeror might otherwise perform with the bidder/offeror’s own forces and those items that have been broken down into economically feasible units to facilitate DBE participation. For each item listed, the bidder/offeror must show the dollar value and percentage of the total contract. It is the bidder/offeror’s responsibility to demonstrate that sufficient work to meet the goal was made available to DBE firms.
3. Names of certified DBEs, dates on which they were solicited to bid on the project, and the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) and California Work Category codes that the DBEs are certified in. The bidder/offeror must include the items of work offered. The bidder/offeror must describe the methods used for following up initial solicitations to determine with certainty if the DBEs were interested, and the dates of the follow-up. The bidder/offeror must attach supporting documents such as copies of letters, memos, facsimiles sent, telephone logs, telephone billing statements, and other evidence of solicitation. The bidder/offeror is reminded to solicit certified DBEs through all reasonable and available means and provide sufficient time to allow DBEs to respond.
4. Name of selected firm and its status as a DBE for each item of work made available. The bidder/offeror must include name, address, and telephone number of each DBE that provided a quote and their price quote. If the firm selected for the item is not a DBE, the bidder/offeror must provide the reasons for the selection.
5. Name and date of each publication in which the bidder/offeror requested DBE participation for the project. The bidder/offeror must attach copies of the published advertisements. Names of agencies and dates on which they were contacted to provide assistance in contacting, recruiting, and using DBE firms. If the agencies were contacted in writing, the bidder/offeror must provide copies of supporting documents.
6. List of efforts made to provide interested DBEs with adequate information about the plans, specifications, and requirements of the contract to assist them in responding to a solicitation. If the bidder/offeror has provided information, they must identify the name of the DBE assisted, the nature of the information provided, and date of contact. The bidder/offeror must provide copies of supporting documents, as appropriate.
7. List of efforts made to assist interested DBEs in obtaining bonding, lines of credit, insurance, necessary equipment, supplies, and materials, excluding supplies and equipment that the DBE subcontractor purchases or leases from the bidder/offeror or its
19 a
ffiliate. If such assistance is provided by the bidder/offeror, they must identify the name of the DBE assisted, nature of the assistance offered, and date assistance was provided.
Provide copies of supporting documents, as appropriate.
8. Written documentation of the bidder/offeror’s commitment to use a DBE subcontractor whose participation it submits to meet a contract goal.
9. Written confirmation from each listed DBE firm that it is participating in the contract in the kind and amount of work provided in the bidder/offeror’s commitment.
10. Written documentation of reason(s) for rejecting DBE quotes.
11. Any additional data to support demonstration of good faith efforts.
The bidder/offeror can use Caltrans LAPM Exhibit 15-H: PROPOSER/CONTRACTOR GOOD FAITH EFFORTS, and any agency-approved forms to provide such information listed above. In its determination, the Local Agency ensures the completeness and accuracy of documents such as the contact lists, publication proof, solicitation letters, fax/email transmissions, and quotes from DBEs and non-DBEs.
For trucking bid items, the Local Agency will verify the DBE trucking firm is certified to perform the work. The Local Agency will contact the bidder to determine how it used the DBE’s quote to arrive at its commitment amount. The Local Agency will question the bidder on how many and what types of trucks are needed to do the work and the number of trucks owned by the DBE trucker. The Local Agency will get copies of the current registration(s) or non-operating permit(s) for each truck. The Local Agency will ask the bidder if the DBE trucker will be brokering any trucks, if so, verify the certification, registration(s) and non-use permit(s) and brokerage fee credit for non-DBE trucks.
For DBE bulk suppliers the Local Agency will verify the DBE has enough trucks or existing lease agreements for enough trucks to perform the work. The Local Agency will also have the DBE sign a written declaration declaring their drivers will be driving the leased trucks if the DBE operates any leased trucks. The Agency will get clarification on the origin and destination of the materials to be supplied. The Agency will question the bidder on who will be paying for the material.
Once a determination is made the Local Agency writes a letter with its findings and supporting data to the bidder. Should the good faith effort of a bidder be rejected the Local Agency will include in their decision letter the areas of deficiency by the bidder. This may include, but not limited to, bidder comparison of DBE quotes accepted by another bidder/proposer, list of available DBEs based on the work codes and work area in the California Unified Certification Program (CUCP) database.
Per Chapter 9.8 (Good Faith Efforts) of the Local Assistance Procedure Manual (LAPM), Caltrans provides review and feedback on the Local Agency’s determinations of the bidder/proposer’s GFE for consultant contracts greater than $500,000 and construction contracts greater than $2 million. Caltrans’ Office of Civil Rights (OCR), Contract Evaluation Branch (CEB) can assist the local agencies by reviewing their evaluations. The CEB reviews the GFE determination of the Local Agency and analyzes the bidders/proposer’s GFE submittal to the Local Agency. The CEB will draft a memo either concurring or not concurring with their determination. The CEB will provide feedback on improving the local agencies’ GFE evaluation when applicable.
20 D
esign-Build (DB) and Construction Manager General Contractor (CMGC) contracts require a slightly different Good Faith Effort documentation process. Instructions to Proposers of the RFP directs all proposers to submit a DBE Performance Plan which includes the following DBE information:
1. An estimated dollar amount to be awarded to DBE firms.
2. Identification of the areas of work to be subcontracted to DBE firms, specifying the areas DBE firms have been selected and the areas DBE firms are anticipated to be used. It is the proposer’s responsibility to demonstrate sufficient work to facilitate DBE participation was made or will be made available to DBE firms.
3. A description of the good faith efforts the proposer has made as of the date of the proposal and good faith efforts the proposer will make in the future to meet the DBE goals.
The DBE Performance Plan, (must at minimum demonstrate the proposer’s intent to meet the contract goal) when fully implemented, results in the proposer meeting the DBE goal, unless the proposer can demonstrate afterwards that they made good faith efforts throughout the contract period. In addition to the DBE Performance Plan, proposers submit good faith efforts documentation demonstrating their efforts to achieve the DBE goal up to the proposal due date.
Administrative Remedies for noncompliance
The following is the applicable process if the contractor fails or refuses to comply with the substitution process in the specified time. The Local Agency must provide a warning to the contractor. If the first warning is provided verbally, the resident engineer or contract manager must document the warning in their daily contract reports.
If the prime contractor replaces a listed DBE without written approval from the resident engineer, payment for the items of work committed to the DBE must be temporarily withheld from the next progress payment. The Local Agency will send the prime contractor written notice of the improper substitution and payment withhold. In addition, if the DBE is also a subcontractor required to be listed at bid time by the Fair Practices Act, the substitution process must comply with Sections 4100 through 4114 of California Public Contract Code, “Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act”.
If the substitution is found to be in violation of the Fair Practices Act, the Local Agency’s hearing officer may assess the prime contractor a penalty of up to 10 percent of the subcontract amount. Any temporary withholds become permanent when a violation is confirmed. Federally funded contracts require the contractor to report a DBE firm that becomes certified or decertified during the course of the project. A DBE subcontractor that becomes decertified during the course of the project must notify the contractor in writing with the date of decertification. In the same manner, a subcontractor that becomes a certified DBE during the course of the project must notify the contractor in writing with the date of certification. The prime contractor must notify the resident engineer if the contractor becomes aware of a DBE obtaining or losing its certification during construction.
The contractor must still honor contractual commitments with a DBE firm performing work on the contract even if the DBE loses its certification during construction. No substitution is
21 r
equired. For reporting purposes only, DBE credit for the Local Agency will be limited to payments made while the firm was certified.
Good Faith Efforts when a DBE is replaced on a contract The Local Agency will require a contractor to make good faith efforts to replace a DBE that is terminated or otherwise failed to complete its work on a contract with another certified DBE, to the extent needed to meet the contract goal. Contractors are required to notify the contract’s resident engineer or contract manager immediately of the DBE’s inability or unwillingness to perform or provide reasonable documentation.
The contractor is required to obtain prior written approval of the substitute DBE from the contract administrator. These approvals come from either the resident engineer or contract manager for the agency’s contracts. Should the contractor be unsuccessful in replacing the committed DBE with another DBE, then it is the responsibility of the resident engineer or contract manager to ensure the contractor has submitted sufficient documentation of good faith efforts. If the contractor is able to replace the committed DBE with another DBE, the resident engineer or contract manager must collect copies of the new or amended subcontracts.
The contractor is required to notify the original DBE of their intent to use other forces or material sources and provide the reasons. The contractor needs to provide the DBE with 5 business days to respond to their notice and advise the contractor and the Local Agency of the reasons why the use of other forces or sources of materials should not occur. The contractor’s request to use other forces or material sources must include:
• One or more of the reasons listed in the preceding paragraph; • Notices from the contractor to the DBE regarding the request; and • Notices from the DBE to the contractor regarding the request.
If the Local Agency authorizes the termination or substitution of a listed DBE, make good faith efforts to find another DBE. The substitute DBE must (1) perform at least the same dollar amount of work as the original DBE under the contract to the extent needed to meet the DBE goal and (2) be certified as a DBE with the work code applicable to the type of work the DBE will perform on the contract at the time of the contractor’s request for substitution. The contractor needs to submit their documentation of good faith efforts within 7 days of the contractor’s request for authorization of the substitution. The Local Agency may authorize a 7- day extension of this submittal period at the contractor’s request. Refer to 49 CFR 26 app A for guidance regarding evaluation of good faith efforts to meet the DBE goal.
Unless the Local Agency authorizes a request to terminate or substitute a listed DBE, the Local Agency does not pay for work unless it is performed or supplied by the DBE listed on the DBE Commitment form. The contractor may be subject to other sanctions under 49 CFR 26.
It is the responsibility of the Local Agency’s construction staff to either approve or deny any good faith efforts submitted in an attempt to substitute a DBE on a contract. A copy of the GFE and all relevant documentation, including the approval or denial of the GFE are to be kept in the contract file and reported to the contract administration branch or staff for tracking.
DBE Prime Credit
22 I
f the bidder is a DBE firm, the Local Agency will review the firm’s DBE certification. The Local Agency will review the work codes assigned to the DBE firm and compare the codes to the bid items on the contract. The DBE bidder must be certified to perform/provide at least 30 percent of the work on the project. On average the DBE prime most likely has met the DBE goal with their own forces.
Subcontracts
The Local Agency’s contracts will require the contractor awarded a federal-aid contract to make a copy of all DBE subcontracts available upon request. The subcontractor shall ensure that all subcontracts or an agreement with DBEs to supply labor or materials require that the subcontract and all lower tier subcontractors be performed in accordance with this part's provisions.
SECTION NO. 3 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
3.1 GENERAL
The bidder's attention is directed to the provisions in Section 3, "Award and Execution of Contract," of the City Standard Specifications and these special provisions for the requirements and conditions concerning award and execution of contract.
Bid protests are to be delivered to the following address: City of Sacramento, City Clerk’s Office, New City Hall, 915 I St, 5th Floor, Sacramento, CA 95814
Th
e award of the contract, if it be awarded, will be to the lowest responsible bidder whose bid complies with all the requirements prescribed.
The contract shall be executed by the successful bidder and shall be returned, together with the contract bonds, to the City so that it is received within 15 calendar days after award of contract by City. Failure to do so shall be just cause for forfeiture of the proposal guaranty. The executed contract documents shall be delivered to the following address: Jose Ledesma, City of Sacramento, Department of Public Works, 915 I Street, Room 2000 Sacramento, CA 95814.
The City shall not provide hard copies of the plans and specifications. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to print or have printed their own copies of these documents.
3.2 BID OPENING
The Agency publicly opens and reads bids at the time and place shown on the Notice to Contractors.
3.3 BID RIGGING
The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) provides a toll-free hotline to report bid rigging activities. Use the hotline to report bid rigging, bidder collusion, and other fraudulent activities.
The hotline number is (800) 424- 9071. The service is available 24 hours 7 days a week and is confidential and anonymous. The hotline is part of the DOT's effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the DOT Inspector General.
23 3
.4 CONTRACT AWARD
If the Agency awards the contract, the award is made to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder.
3.5 CONTRACTOR LICENSE
The Contractor must be properly licensed as a contractor from contract award through Contract acceptance (23 CFR 635.110).
General engineering contractor and electrical contractor tasks as defined by the California Business and Professional Code, the California Code of Regulations, and the California Contractors State License Board (CCSLB). The Contractor shall have a current and active Class A – General Engineering Contractor License issued by the CCSLB at the time of the bid submittal and throughout the construction period.
The Contractor, and/or subcontractors performing electrical contractor tasks, shall also have a current and active Class C10 – Electrical Contractor License issued by the CCSLB at the time of the bid submittal and throughout the construction period. The Contractor shall include the license numbers, names of licensees, and any cited violations and violation investigations by the CCSLB within three years prior to the date of the bid submittal in the bid proposal. Failure to include this information will cause the bid to be deemed non-responsive.
3.6 CHANGED CONDITIONS
a. Differing Site Conditions
1. During the progress of the work, if subsurface or latent physical conditions are encountered at the site differing materially from those indicated in the contract or if unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the contract, are encountered at the site, the party discovering such conditions shall promptly notify the other party in writing of the specific differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed.
2. Upon written notification, the engineer will investigate the conditions, and if it is determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, excluding anticipated profits, will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly. The engineer will notify the contractor of the determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted.
3. No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the contractor will be allowed unless the contractor has provided the required written notice. b. Suspensions of Work Ordered by the Engineer
1. If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended or delayed by the engineer in writing for an unreasonable period of time (not originally anticipated, customary, or inherent to the construction industry) and the contractor believes that additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a result of such suspension or delay, the contractor shall submit to the engineer in writing a
24 r
equest for adjustment within 7 calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment.
2. Upon receipt, the engineer will evaluate the contractor's request. If the engineer agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by conditions beyond the control of and not the fault of the contractor, its suppliers, or subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather, the engineer will make an adjustment (excluding profit) and modify the contract in writing accordingly. The contractor will be notified of the engineer's determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted.
3. No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the contractor has submitted the request for adjustment within the time prescribed.
4. No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance would have been suspended or delayed by any other cause, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract.
c. Significant Changes in the Character of Work
1. The engineer reserves the right to make, in writing, at any time during the work, such changes in quantities and such alterations in the work as are necessary to satisfactorily complete the project. Such changes in quantities and alterations shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the contractor agrees to perform the work as altered.
2. If the alterations or changes in quantities significantly change the character of the work under the contract, whether such alterations or changes are in themselves significant changes to the character of the work or by affecting other work cause such other work to become significantly different in character, an adjustment, excluding anticipated profit, will be made to the contract. The basis for the adjustment shall be agreed upon prior to the performance of the work. If a basis cannot be agreed upon, then an adjustment will be made either for or against the contractor in such amount as the engineer may determine to be fair and equitable.
3. If the alterations or changes in quantities do not significantly change the character of the work to be performed under the contract, the altered work will be paid for as provided elsewhere in the contract.
4. The term “significant change” shall be construed to apply only to the following circumstances:
• When the character of the work as altered differs materially in kind or nature f
rom that involved or included in the original proposed construction; or • When a major item of work, as defined elsewhere in the contract, is increased i
n excess of 125 percent or decreased below 75 percent of the original contract quantity. Any allowance for an increase in quantity shall apply only to that portion in excess of 125 percent of original contract item quantity, or in case of a decrease below 75 percent, to the actual amount of work performed.
25 SECTION NO. 4 - BEGINNING OF WORK, TIME OF COMPLETION AND
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
The Contractor shall begin work within 15 calendar days of the date on the Notice to Proceed.
The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion before the expiration of TWO HUNDRED SEVENTY (270) WORKING DAYS beginning on the date of the Notice to Proceed.
Should said work not be completed to the satisfaction of the City within said time, The Contractor shall pay to the City of Sacramento a sum of NINE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($9,500) as liquidated damages for each calendar day delay in finishing the work and final acceptance of the work by the City.
SECTION NO. 5 - GENERAL
5.1 FEMALE AND MINORITY GOALS
To comply with Section II, "Nondiscrimination," of "Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts," the following are for female and minority utilization goals for Federal- aid construction contracts and subcontracts that exceed $10,000:
The nationwide goal for female utilization is 6.9 percent.
The goals for minority utilization (45 Fed Reg 65984 (10/3/1980)) are as follows:
MINORITY UTILIZATION GOALS
Economic Area Goal
(Percent
)
174 Redding CA:
Non-SMSA (Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area) Counties:
CA Lassen; CA Modoc; CA Plumas; CA Shasta; CA Siskiyou; CA Tehama
6.8 175 Eureka, CA
Non-SMSA Counties:
CA Del Norte; CA Humboldt; CA Trinity
6.6 176 San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose, CA:
SMSA Counties:
7120 Salinas-Seaside-Monterey, CA CA Monterey
7360 San Francisco-Oakland
CA Alameda; CA Contra Costa; CA Marin; CA San Francisco; CA San Mateo 7400 San Jose, CA
CA Santa Clara, CA 7485 Santa Cruz, CA CA Santa Cruz
7500 Santa Rosa CA Sonoma
8720 Vallejo-Fairfield-Napa, CA CA Napa; CA Solano
Non-SMSA Counties:
28.9 25.6
19.6 14.9
9.1 17.1
26 C
A Lake; CA Mendocino; CA San Benito 23.2
177 Sacramento, CA:
SMSA Counties:
6920 Sacramento, CA
CA Placer; CA Sacramento; CA Yolo Non-SMSA Counties
CA Butte; CA Colusa; CA El Dorado; CA Glenn; CA Nevada; CA Sierra; CA Sutter; CA Yuba
16.1 14.3
178 Stockton-Modesto, CA:
SMSA Counties:
5170 Modesto, CA CA Stanislaus 8120 Stockton, CA CA San Joaquin Non-SMSA Counties
CA Alpine; CA Amador; CA Calaveras; CA Mariposa; CA Merced; CA Tuolumne
12.3 24.3
19.8 179 Fresno-Bakersfield, CA SMSA Counties:
0680 Bakersfield, CA CA Kern
2840 Fresno, CA CA Fresno
Non-SMSA Counties:
CA Kings; CA Madera; CA Tulare
19.1 26.1
23.6 180 Los Angeles, CA:
SMSA Counties:
0360 Anaheim-Santa Ana-Garden Grove, CA CA Orange
4480 Los Angeles-Long Beach, CA CA Los Angeles
6000 Oxnard-Simi Valley-Ventura, CA CA Ventura
6780 Riverside-San Bernardino-Ontario, CA CA Riverside; CA San Bernardino
7480 Santa Barbara-Santa Maria-Lompoc, CA CA Santa Barbara Non-SMSA Counties
CA Inyo; CA Mono; CA San Luis Obispo
11.9 28.3
21.5 19.0
19.7 24.6
181 San Diego, CA: SMSA Counties
7320 San Diego, CA CA San Diego
Non-SMSA Counties CA Imperial
16.9 18.2
For the last full week of July during which work is performed under the contract, the prime contractor and each non material-supplier subcontractor with a subcontract of $10,000 or more must complete Form FHWA PR-1391 (Appendix C to 23 CFR 230). Submit the forms by August 15.
5.2 NONDISCRIMINATION
Attention is directed to the following Notice that is required by Chapter 5 of Division 4 of Title 2, California Code of Regulations.
NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR NONDISCRIMINATION PROGRAM
27 (
GOV. CODE, SECTION 12990)
Your attention is called to the "Nondiscrimination Clause", set forth in Section 7-1.02I(2), "Nondiscrimination," of the State Standard Specifications, which is applicable to all nonexempt state contracts and subcontracts, and to the "Standard California Nondiscrimination Construction Contract Specifications" set forth therein. The Specifications are applicable to all nonexempt state construction contracts and subcontracts of $5,000 or more.
5.3 PREVAILING WAGE
Attention is directed to Section 7-1.02K(2), "Wages," of the State Standard Specifications.
The possibility of wage increases is one of the elements to be considered by the Contractor in determining the bid and will not under any circumstances be considered as the basis of a claim against the City on the contract.
The general prevailing wage rates determined by the Director of Industrial Relations, for the county or counties in which the work is to be done, are available at the City of Sacramento. These wage rates are not included in the Proposal and Contract for the project. Changes, if any, to the general prevailing wage rates will be available at the same location.
Payment of prevailing wage must be documented through submission of certified payroll records for the prime contractor and lower tier subcontractors.
Electronic Web submittal of Labor Compliance Reports began effective May 1, 2007.
Each contractor and every lower-tier subcontractor is required to submit certified payrolls and labor compliance documentation electronically at the discretion of and in the manner specified by the City of Sacramento.
Electronic submittal will be a web-based system, accessed on the World Wide Web by a web browser. Each contractor and subcontractor will be given a Log On identification and password to access the City of Sacramento reporting system.
Use of the system may entail additional data entry of weekly payroll information including; employee identification, labor classification, total hours worked and hours worked on this project, wage and benefit rates paid, etc. The contractor’s payroll and accounting software might be capable of generating a ‘comma delimited file’ that will interface with the software.
This requirement will be ‘flowed down’ to every lower-tier subcontractor and vendor required to provide labor compliance documentation.
5.4 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE
The Contractors attention is directed to Sections 6-6 of the City Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall provide for the safety of traffic and the public in conformance with the provisions in Sections 7-1.03 “Public Convenience and 7-1.04, "Public Safety," of the State Standard Specifications and these special provisions.
28 Th
e contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and approval a plan showing traffic control measures for vehicles, pedestrians and bicycles affected by the construction work. Traffic control plans shall be submitted prior to the commencement of any work. For emergency purposes, the responsible person in charge of the work must be reachable by phone 24 hours a day during the progress of the work. A 24-hour phone number shall be indicated on the permit application.
At the end of each working day if a difference in excess of 0.2 foot exists between the elevation of the existing pavement and the elevation of any excavation within 8 feet of the traveled way, material shall be placed and compacted against the vertical cuts adjacent to the traveled way.
During excavation operations, native material may be used for this purpose, however, once the placing of the structural section commences, structural material shall be used. The material shall be placed to the level of the elevation of the top of existing pavement and tapered at a slope of 4:1 or flatter to the bottom of the excavation. Full compensation for placing the material on a 4:1 slope, regardless of the number of times it is required, and subsequent removing or reshaping of the material to the lines and grades shown on the plans shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for the material involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. No payment will be made for material placed in excess of that required for the structural section.
Spillage resulting from hauling operations along or across any public traveled way shall be removed immediately by the Contractor at his expense.
Construction operations shall be conducted in such a manner as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to abutting property owners.
Roadway excavation and the construction of embankments shall be conducted in such a manner as to provide a relatively smooth and even surface satisfactory for use by public traffic at all times.
Skid resistance steel plates or other approved methods shall be used to cover all open excavations in the roadways and sidewalks at all times during construction.
Concrete removal shall be staged to present the least amount of disruption to the general public.
Removal of all curb ramps at one intersection at the same time shall not be allowed. Only one ramp can be taken out of service at any given intersection at a time to ensure adequate pedestrian access through and around the intersection. The contractor may take more than one ramp at an intersection only if a temporary ADA accessible path of travel through the work zone is provided.
The Contractor shall form, place concrete, and re-open each new curb ramp to full and safe pedestrian use by 5:00 p.m. on Friday of the same week demolition/removal is performed unless previously agreed to by the Engineer.
To the greatest extent practical, curb ramp locations shall be open for pedestrian use on weekends and holidays. For the purpose of this project “full and safe pedestrian use” means removal of all formwork, restoration of pavement or placement of properly compacted temporary patch material in front of ramp, removal of construction debris and elimination of all other barriers to pedestrian travel.
29 Th
e Contractor shall install delineators between a lane open to public traffic and an excavation, obstacle, or storage area when the following conditions exist:
A. Excavations . – The near edge of the excavation is 12 feet or less from the edge of the lane, except:
1. Excavations covered with sheet steel or concrete covers of adequate thickness to prevent accidental entry by traffic or the public.
2. Excavations less than 1 foot deep.
3. Trenches less than 1 foot wide for irrigation pipe or electrical conduit, or excavations less than 1foot in diameter.
4. Excavations parallel to the lane for the purpose of pavement widening or reconstruction.
5. Excavations in side slopes, where the slope is steeper than 1:4 (vertical: horizontal).
6. Excavations protected by existing barrier or railing.
B. Temporarily Unprotected Permanent Obstacles . – The work includes the installation of a fixed obstacle together with a protective system, such as a sign structure together with protective railing, and the Contractor elects to install the obstacle prior to installing the protective system; or the Contractor, for the Contractor's convenience and with permission of the Engineer, removes a portion of an existing protective railing at an obstacle and does not replace such railing complete in place during the same day.
C. Storage Areas. – Material or equipment is stored within 12 feet of the lane and the storage is not otherwise prohibited by the provisions of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.
The approach end of temporary delineators, installed in conformance with the provisions in this section "Public Safety and Convenience" and in Section 7-1.04, "Public Safety," of the State Standard Specifications, shall be offset a minimum of 15 feet from the edge of the traffic lane open to public traffic. The temporary delineators shall be installed on a skew toward the edge of the traffic lane of not more than 1 foot transversely to 10 feet longitudinally with respect to the edge of the traffic lane. If the 15 feet minimum offset cannot be achieved, the temporary delineators shall be installed on the 10 to 1 skew to obtain the maximum available offset between the approach end of the delineators and the edge of the traffic lane.
When traffic cones or delineators are used to delineate a temporary edge of a traffic lane, the line of cones or delineators shall be considered to be the edge of the traffic lane, however, the Contractor shall not reduce the width of an existing lane to less than 12 feet without written approval from the Engineer.
When work is not in progress on a trench or other excavation that required closure of an adjacent lane, the traffic cones or portable delineators used for the lane closure shall be placed off of and adjacent to the edge of the traveled way. The spacing of the cones or delineators shall be not more than the spacing used for the lane closure.
Suspended loads or equipment shall not be moved nor positioned over public traffic or pedestrians.
30 U
nless paid for by Traffic Control Systems– Base Repair items covered elsewhere within these specifications, full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section "Public Safety," including furnishing and installing temporary delineators, shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
5.5 GOLD SHOVEL STANDARD PROGRAM
On July 20, 2018, the City of Sacramento became the first municipality in California to become a Gold Shovel Certified Community. As such, the City of Sacramento is highly encouraging its contractors bidding on City projects to become Gold Shovel Certified. The Gold Shovel Standard Certification was developed to ensure that hired contractors adhere to the safest excavation standards. To learn more about the Gold Shovel Standard certification process, please visit the following website: www.goldshovelstandard.org.
5.6 BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS
Buy America Requirements apply to steel and iron, manufactured products, and construction materials permanently incorporated into the project.
Steel and Iron Materials
All steel and iron materials must be melted and manufactured in the United States except:
1. Foreign pig iron and processed, pelletized, and reduced iron ore may be used in the domestic production of the steel and iron materials [60 Fed Reg 15478 (03/24/1995)];
2. If the total combined cost of the materials produced outside the United States does not exceed the greater of 0.1 percent of the total contract amount or $2,500, materials produced outside the United States may be used if authorized.
Furnish steel and iron materials to be incorporated into the work with certificates of compliance and certified mill test reports. Mill test reports must indicate where the steel and iron were melted and manufactured. All melting and manufacturing processes for these materials, including an application of a coating, must occur in the United States. Coating includes all processes that protect or enhance the value of the material to which the coating is applied.
Manufactured Products
Iron and steel used in precast concrete manufactured products must meet the requirements of the above section (Steel and Iron Materials) regardless of the amount used. Iron and steel used in other manufactured products must meet the requirements of the above section (Steel and Iron Materials) if the weight of steel and iron components constitute 90 percent or more of the total weight of the manufactured product.
Construction Materials
Buy America requirements apply to the following construction materials that are or consist primarily of:
1. Non-ferrous metals
2. Plastic and polymer-based products such as:
a. Polyvinylchloride
31 b
. Composite Building Materials
3. Glass
4. Fiber optic cable (including drop cable)
5. Optical fiber
6. Lumber
7. Engineered wood
8. Drywall
All manufacturing processes for these materials as defined in 2 CFR 184.6 must occur in the United States.
Where one or more of these construction materials have been combined by a manufacturer with other materials through a manufacturing process, Buy America requirements do not apply unless otherwise specified.
Furnish construction materials to be incorporated into the work with certificates of compliance with each project delivery. Manufacturer’s certificate of compliance must identify where the construction material was manufactured and attest specifically to Buy America compliance.
All manufacturing processes for these materials must occur in the United States. Buy America requirements do not apply to the following:
1. Tools and construction equipment used in performing the work.
2. Temporary work that is not incorporated into the finished project.
Waivers
If Buy America waivers are granted, use the following language to include in the contract:
The following steel and iron products, manufactured products, or construction materials have received an approved Buy America waiver for this contract, and therefore, are not subject to Buy America requirements:
1. _______________________
2. _______________________
5.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
The Local Agency uses a Quality Assurance Program (QAP) to ensure a material is produced to comply with the Contract. The Local Agency may examine the records and reports of tests the prime contractor performs if they are available at the job site. Schedule work to allow time for QAP.
5.8 REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
When the presence of asbestos or hazardous substances are not shown on the plans or indicated in the specifications and the Contractor encounters materials which the Contractor reasonably believes to be asbestos or a hazardous substance as defined in Section 25914.1 of the Health and Safety Code, and the asbestos or hazardous substance has not been rendered harmless, the Contractor may continue work in unaffected areas reasonably believed to be safe. The Contractor shall immediately cease work in the affected area and report the condition to the Engineer in writing.
32 I
n conformance with Section 25914.1 of the Health and Safety Code, removal of asbestos or hazardous substances including exploratory work to identify and determine the extent of the asbestos or hazardous substance will be performed by separate contract.
If delay of work in the area delays the current controlling operation, the delay will be considered a right of way delay and the Contractor will be compensated for the delay in conformance with the provisions in Section 8-1.07, "Delays," of the State Standard Specifications.
5.9 SUBCONTRACTOR AND DBE RECORDS
Use each DBE subcontractor as listed on the List of Subcontractors form and the Local Agency Bidder DBE Commitment (Construction Contracts), Exhibit 15-G, forms unless you receive authorization for a substitution.
The Agency requests the Contractor to:
1. Notify the Engineer of any changes to its anticipated DBE participation
2. Provide this notification before starting the affected work Maintain records including:
1. Name and business address of each 1st-tier subcontractor
2. Name and business address of each DBE subcontractor, DBE vendor, and DBE trucking company, regardless of tier
3. Date of payment and total amount paid to each business If you are a DBE contractor, include the date of work performed by your own forces and the corresponding value of the work.
Before the 15th of each month, submit a Monthly DBE Trucking Verification form.
If a DBE is decertified before completing its work, the DBE must notify you in writing of the decertification date. If a business becomes a certified DBE before completing its work, the business must notify you in writing of the certification date. Submit the notifications. On work completion, complete a Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) Certification Status Change, Exhibit 17-O, form. Submit the form within 30 days of contract acceptance.
Upon work completion, complete a Final Report – Utilization of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE), First-Tier Subcontractors, Exhibit 17-F, form. Submit it within 90 days of contract acceptance. The Agency withholds $10,000 until the form is submitted. The Agency releases the withhold upon submission of the completed form.
5.10 SUBCONTRACTING
No subcontract releases the Contractor from the contract or relieves the Contractor of their responsibility for a subcontractor's work.
If the Contractor violates Pub Cont Code § 4100 et seq., the City of Sacramento may exercise the remedies provided under Pub Cont Code § 4110. The City of Sacramento may refer the violation to the Contractors State License Board as provided under Pub Cont Code § 4111.
33 T
he Contractor shall perform work equaling at least 30 percent of the value of the original total bid with the Contractor’s own employees and equipment, owned or rented, with or without operators.
Each subcontract must comply with the contract.
Each subcontractor must have an active and valid State contractor's license with a classification appropriate for the work to be performed (Bus & Prof Code, § 7000 et seq.).
Submit copies of subcontracts upon request by the Engineer.
Before subcontracted work starts, submit a Subcontracting Request form.
Do not use a debarred contractor; a current list of debarred contractors is available at the Department of Industrial Relations' Web site.
Upon request by the Engineer, immediately remove and do not use a subcontractor who fails to prosecute the work satisfactorily.
Each subcontract and any lower tier subcontract that may in turn be made shall include the "Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts" in Section 12 of these special provisions. Noncompliance shall be corrected. Payment for subcontracted work involved will be withheld from progress payments due, or to become due, until correction is made. Failure to comply may result in termination of the contract.
5.11 PROMPT PAYMENT
A. FROM THE AGENCY TO THE CONTRACTORS
The Local Agency shall make all project progress payment within 30 days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted payment request from the Contractor on a construction contract. If the Local Agency fails to pay promptly, the Local Agency shall pay interest to the Contractor, which accrues at the rate of 10 percent per annum on the principal amount of a money judgment remaining unsatisfied and pro-rated as necessary. Upon receipt of the payment request, the Local Agency shall act in accordance with both of the following:
1. The Local Agency shall review each payment request as soon as feasible after receipt to verify it is a proper payment request.
2. The Local Agency must return any payment request deemed improper by the Local Agency to the Contractor as soon as feasible, but not later than seven (7) days, after receipt. A request returned pursuant to this paragraph shall include documentation setting forth in writing the reasons why it is an improper payment request.
B. SUBMITTAL OF EXHIBIT 9-P
For projects awarded on or after September 1, 2023:
The Contractor must submit Exhibit 9-P to the Local Agency administering the contract by the 15th of the month following the month of any payment(s). If the Contractor does not make any payments to subcontractors, supplier(s) and/or manufacturers they must report “no payments were made to subs this month” and write this visibly and legibly on Exhibit 9-P.
34 Th
e Local Agency must verify all Exhibit 9-P information, monitor compliance with prompt payment requirements for DBE and non-DBE firms, and address any shortfall to the DBE commitment and prompt payment issues until the end of the project. The Local Agency must email a copy of Exhibit 9-P to mailto:[email protected] before the end of the month after receiving the Exhibit 9-P from the Contractor.
5.12 PAYMENTS
Attention is directed to Section 8, “Measurement and Payment” of the City Standard Specifications and these special provisions.
After acceptance of the contract pursuant to the provisions in Section 8 of the City Standard Specifications, the amount, if any, payable for a contract item of work in excess of the maximum value for progress payment purposes herein above listed for the item, will be included for payment in the first estimate made after acceptance of the contract.
No partial payment will be made for any materials on hand which are furnished but not incorporated in the work.
5.13 FEDERAL TRAINEE PROGRAM
For the Federal training program, the number of trainees or apprentices is 13 This section applies if a number of trainees or apprentices is shown on the Notice of Bidders.
As part of the prime contractor’s equal opportunity affirmative action program, provide on-the- job training to develop full journeymen in the types of trades or job classifications involved.
The prime contractor has primary responsibility for meeting this training requirement.
If the prime contractor subcontracts a contract part, they shall determine how many trainees or apprentices are to be trained by the subcontractor. Include these training requirements in each subcontract.
Where feasible, 25 percent of apprentices or trainees in each occupation must be in their 1st year of apprenticeship or training.
Distribute the number of apprentices or trainees among the work classifications on the basis of the prime contractor’s needs and the availability of journeymen in the various classifications within a reasonable recruitment area.
Before starting work, the prime contractor shall submit to the City of Sacramento:
a. Number of apprentices or trainees to be trained for each classification. b. Training program to be used.
c. Training starting date for each classification
The prime contractor shall obtain the City of Sacramento approval for this submitted information before the prime contractor starts work. The City of Sacramento credits the prime contractor for each apprentice or trainee the prime contractor employs on the job who is currently enrolled or becomes enrolled in an approved program.
The primary objective of this section is to train and upgrade minorities and women toward journeyman status. The prime contractor shall make every effort to enroll minority and women
35 a
pprentices or trainees, such as conducting systematic and direct recruitment through public and private sources likely to yield minority and women apprentices or trainees, to the extent they are available within a reasonable recruitment area and show that they have made the efforts. In making these efforts, the prime contractor shall not discriminate against any applicant for training.
The prime contractor shall not employ as an apprentice or trainee an employee:
1. In any classification in which the employee has successfully completed a training course leading to journeyman status or in which the employee has been employed as a journeyman
2. Who is not registered in a program approved by the US Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training
The prime contractor shall ask the employee if the employee has successfully completed a training course leading to journeyman status or has been employed as a journeyman. The prime contractor’s records must show the employee's answers to the questions.
In the training program, the prime contractor shall establish the minimum length and training type for each classification. The City of Sacramento and FHWA approves a program if one of the following is met:
1. It is calculated to:
• Meet the equal employment opportunity responsibilities. • Qualify the average apprentice or trainee for journeyman status in the classification i
nvolved by the end of the training period.
2. It is registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, and it is administered in a way consistent with the equal employment responsibilities of Federal-aid highway construction contracts
The prime contractor shall obtain the State's approval for their training program before they start work involving the classification covered by the program.
The prime contractor shall provide training in the construction crafts, not in clerk-typist or secretarial-type positions. Training is allowed in lower-level management positions such as office engineers, estimators, and timekeepers if the training is oriented toward construction applications. Training is allowed in the laborer classification if significant and meaningful training is provided and approved by the division office. Off-site training is allowed if the training is an integral part of an approved training program and does not make up a significant part of the overall training.
The City of Sacramento reimburses the prime contractor 80 cents per hour of training given an employee on this contract under an approved training program:
1. For on-site training
2. For off-site training if the apprentice or trainee is currently employed on a Federal-aid project and prime contractor does at least one of the following:
a. Contribute to the cost of the training.
b. Provide the instruction to the apprentice or trainee. c. Pay the apprentice's or trainee's wages during the off-site training period.
36 3
. If the prime contractor complies with this section.
Each apprentice or trainee must:
1. Begin training on the project as soon as feasible after the start of work involving the apprentice's or trainee's skill.
2. Remain on the project as long as training opportunities exist in the apprentice's or trainee's work classification or until the apprentice or trainee has completed the training program.
Furnish the apprentice or trainee a:
1. Copy of the training plan approved by the U.S, Department of Labor or a training plan for trainees approved by both Caltrans and FHWA
2. Certification showing the type and length of training satisfactorily completed.
Maintain records and submit reports documenting contractor’s performance under this section.
5.14 TITLE VI ASSURANCES
During the performance of this Agreement, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter collectively referred to as CONTRACTOR) agrees as follows:
a. Compliance with Regulations: CONTRACTOR shall comply with the regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation, Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the REGULATIONS), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this agreement. b. Nondiscrimination: CONTRACTOR, with regard to the work performed by it during the AGREEMENT, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, sex, national origin, religion, age, or disability in the selection and retention of sub-applicants, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. CONTRACTOR shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the agreement covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations.
c. Solicitations for Sub-agreements, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by CONTRACTOR for work to be performed under a Sub- agreement, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential sub-applicant or supplier shall be notified by CONTRACTOR of the CONTRACTOR’S obligations under this Agreement and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin.
d. Information and Reports: CONTRACTOR shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the recipient or FHWA to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations or directives. Where any information required of CONTRACTOR is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, CONTRACTOR shall so certify to the recipient or FHWA as appropriate and shall set forth what efforts CONTRACTOR has made to obtain the information.
37 e
. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of CONTRACTOR’s noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this agreement, the recipient shall impose such agreement sanctions as it or the FHWA may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to:
a. withholding of payments to CONTRACTOR under the Agreement within a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 90 days; and/or b. cancellation, termination or suspension of the Agreement, in whole or in part. f. Incorporation of Provisions: CONTRACTOR shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (6) in every sub-agreement, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto.
CONTRACTOR shall take such action with respect to any sub-agreement or procurement as the recipient or FHWA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance, provided, however, that, in the event CONTRACTOR becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a sub- applicant or supplier as a result of such direction, CONTRACTOR may request the recipient enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the State, and, in addition, CONTRACTOR may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States.
During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the “contractor”) agrees to comply with the following non- discrimination statutes and authorities, including, but not limited to:
Pertinent Non-Discrimination Authorities:
• Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. § 2000d et seq., 78 stat. 252), prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin); and 49 CFR Part 21. • The Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, (
42 U.S.C. § 4601), (prohibits unfair treatment of persons displaced or whose property has been acquired because of Federal or Federal-aid programs and projects); • Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1973, (23 U.S.C. § 324 et seq.), prohibits discrimination on t
he basis of sex;
• Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (29 U.S.C. § 794 et seq.), as amended, (
prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability); and 49 CR Part 27; • The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, (42 U.S.C. § 6101 et seq.), prohibits d
iscrimination on the basis of age);
• Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, (49 U.S.C. § 471, Section 47123), as a
mended, (prohibits discrimination based on race, creed, color, national origin, or sex); • The Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987, (PL 100-209), (Broadened the scope, coverage a
nd applicability of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, The Age Discrimination Act of 1975 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, by expanding the definition of the terms “programs or activities” to include all of the programs or activities of the Federal-aid recipients, sub-recipients and contractors, whether such programs or activities are Federally funded or not);
• Titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act, which prohibit discrimination of t
he basis of disability in the operation of public entities, public and private transportation
38 s
ystems, places of public accommodation, and certain testing entities (42 U.S.C. §§ 12131 – 12189) as implemented by Department of Transportation regulations 49 C.F.R. parts 37 and 38;
• The Federal Aviation Administration’s Non-discrimination statute (49 U.S.C. § 47123) (
prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, and sex); • Executive Order 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority P
opulations and Low- Income Populations, which ensures discrimination against minority populations by discouraging programs, policies, and activities with disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority and low-income populations;
• Executive Order 13166, Improving Access to Services for Persons with Limited English P
roficiency, and resulting agency guidance, national origin discrimination includes discrimination because of limited English proficiency (LEP). To ensure compliance with Title VI, you must take reasonable steps to ensure that LEP persons have meaningful access to your programs (70 Fed. Reg. at 74087 to 74100); • Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended, which prohibits you from d
iscriminating because of sex in education programs or activities (20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq).
5.15 PROHIBITION OF CERTAIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND VIDEO
SURVEILLANCE EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES
In response to significant national security concerns, the agency shall check the prohibited vendor list before making any telecommunications and video surveillance purchase because recipients and subrecipients of federal funds are prohibited from obligating or expending loan or grant funds to:
• Procure or obtain;
• Extend or renew a contract to procure or obtain; or
• Enter into a contract (or extend or renew a contract) to procure or obtain equipment, s
ervices, or systems that uses covered telecommunications equipment or services as a substantial or essential component of any system, or as critical technology as part of any system.
The prohibited vendors (and their subsidiaries or affiliates) are:
• Huawei Technologies Company;
• ZTE Corporation;
• Hytera Communications Corporation;
• Hangzhou Hikvision Digital Technology Company;
• Dahua Technology Company; and
• Subsidiaries or affiliates of the above-mentioned companies I
n implementing the prohibition, the agency administering loan, grant, or subsidy programs shall prioritize available funding and technical support to assist affected businesses, institutions and organizations as is reasonably necessary for those affected entities to transition from covered communications equipment and services, to procure replacement equipment and services, and to ensure that communications service to users and customers is sustained.
39 Th
e contractors should furnish telecommunications and video surveillance equipment with a certificate of compliance. The certificate must state telecommunications and video surveillance equipment was not procured or obtained from manufacturers identified in the above list.
5.16 USE OF UNITED STATES-FLAG VESSELS
The CONTRACTOR agrees-
1. To utilize privately owned United States-flag commercial vessels to ship at least 50 percent of the gross tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carries, dry cargo liners, and tankers) involved, whenever shipping any equipment, material, or commodities pursuant to this contract, to the extent such vessels are available at fair and reasonable rates for United States-flag commercial vessels.
2. To Furnish within 20 days following the date of loading for shipments originating within the United State or within 30 working days following the date of loading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated “on-board” commercial ocean bill-of-lading in English for each shipment of cargo described in paragraph (1) of this section to both the Contracting Officer (through the prime contractor in the case of subcontractor bills-of-lading) and to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime Administration, Washington, DC 20590.
3. To insert the substance of the provisions of this clause in all subcontracts issued pursuant to this contract.
SECTION NO. 6 - (BLANK)
SECTION NO. 7 - WORKER’S COMPENSATION AND INSURANCE
7.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION
Full Worker's Compensation Insurance and Employer's Liability policy or provide evidence of ability to undertake self-insurance. Limits of coverage shall be at least $1,000,000 for any one person. In the event Contractor is self-insured, he shall furnish a Certificate of Permission to Self- Insure by the Department of Industrial Relations Administration of Self-Insurance, Sacramento.
7.2 COMPREHENSIVE AUTO AND GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
Contractor must provide sufficient broad coverage to include:
• Comprehensive Auto and General Liability Insurance
• Products and Completed Operation Liability
• Broad Form Property Damage Liability
• Contractual Liability
• Personal Injury Liability
Th
e amount of the policy shall be no less than $1,000,000 Single Limit per occurrence, insured by an admitted insurer or insurers as defined by the California Insurance Code, providing that the City of Sacramento, its officers, employees and agents are to be Named Insured under the policy, and the policy shall stipulate that this insurance will operate as Primary insurance and that no other
40 i
nsurance effected by City or other named Insured will be called on to contribute to a loss covered thereunder.
7.3 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
Contractor shall have City's standard Certificate of Insurance completed and filed with the Department of Public Works prior to the execution of the execution of this Agreement. Said policies shall provide that no cancellation, major change in coverage, or expiration may be effected by the insurance company or the insured during the term of this Agreement, without first giving to City thirty (30) calendar days written notice prior to the effective date of such cancellation or change in coverage.
7.4 WORKER'S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATE
Contractor shall have this certification completed and filed with the Department of Public Works prior to the execution of the Agreement.
"I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for worker's compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of the Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract."
7.5 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN INSURANCE
If at any time during the performance of this Contract the Contractor fails to maintain any item of the required insurance in full force and effect, Contractor shall immediately discontinue all work under the Contract and City will withhold all Contract payments due or that become due until notice is received by City that such insurance has been restored in full force and effect and that the premiums therefore have been paid for a period satisfactory to the Division of Risk Management of the City of Sacramento.
Any failure to maintain any item of the required insurance will be sufficient cause for termination of the Contract.
SECTION NO. 8 - MATERIALS (BLANK)
SECTION NO. 9 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
9.1 ORDER OF WORK
Order of work shall conform to the provisions in Section 5-1.05 ”Order of Work,” of the State Standard Specifications and these special provisions.
The first Order of Work shall be for the Contractor to place the order for the electrical equipment, street lights, traffic signal poles and poles for pedestrian activated signals. The Engineer shall be furnished a statement from the vendor that the order for the electrical equipment has been received and accepted by the vendor. No other work will be allowed prior to ordering electrical equipment street lights, traffic signal poles and poles for pedestrian activated signals.
41 C
ontractor shall install the new service pedestal or modify the existing service pedestal as the first order of construction work. The Contractor shall notify the City Inspector upon completion of the service cabinet installation, so that the service cabinet is ready for SMUD power connection at the early stages of construction. Once SMUD powers the service cabinet, the main breaker shall be locked out to avoid any electrical hazard while terminating wires at the load side of the distribution breakers. The key should be kept with the City Inspector or a qualified electrician provided by the Contractor.
Full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section "Order of Work," including portable changeable message signs, and submittals and revisions of traffic handling, and detour plans shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for Traffic Control System and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
9.2 COMPLETION TIME
The time limit for the completion of all items of work is two hundred seventy (270) Working days, commencing on the date set forth in the written Notice to Proceed issued by the City to the Contractor. The Contractor shall pay a sum in the amount of NINE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($9,500.00) as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, for each calendar day delay after the expiration of two hundred seventy (270) working days.
The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a weekly statement showing the number of working days charged to the contract for the preceding week and the number of working days charged to date.
The Contractor will be allowed fifteen (15) calendar days in which to file a written protest setting forth in what respect the Contractor disagrees with the working day statement, otherwise the working day statement of the Engineer shall be deemed to have been accepted by the Contractor as correct.
9.3 TIME OF AWARD
Section 3-2, “Time of Award,” of the Standard Specifications is hereby amended for this project.
Time of Award for this contract shall be made within Sixty (60) calendar days after opening of the proposals to the lowest responsible bidder.
9.4 PROVIDING BONDS AND SURETY
The Contractor shall provide signed agreement and surety bonds within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of notice to award by the City and prior to award by the City Council. The Contractor shall be reimbursed for all surety bond costs should the City Council not award a contract.
9.5 PRE-BID INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
No oral representations or interpretation will be made to any bidder as to the meaning of the contract documents. Requests for interpretation shall be made in writing and delivered to the City at least seven (7) calendar days before the time announced for opening the proposals.
Interpretation, where necessary, will be made by the City in the form of an addendum to the contract documents and, when issued, will be sent as promptly as is practicable to all parties to whom the bid documents have been issued. All such addenda shall become part of the contract.
Requests for information regarding this procedure or other similar information, shall be directed
42 t
o Judith Matsui-Drury of the Department of Public Works, Engineering Services Division CA 95814, (916) 808-7610 or [email protected].
It shall also be the bidder's responsibility to call to the attention of the Engineer any missing pages or drawings in the contract documents including the addenda. These items shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer immediately but at least two (2) weeks prior to the bid opening date.
9.6 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a manufacturer's "Certificate of Compliance" at the Engineer's request within two weeks. The Certificate of Compliance shall clearly show that the material, equipment and/or work is in compliance with the tests and specifications set forth in these contract documents.
9.7 FINAL PAY QUANTITY
Final pay quantity is designated on the sealed bid proposal sheet with a “(F)”. Final pay quantity shall conform to Section 9-1.015 “Final Pay Items” of the State Standard Specifications, except that the final pay quantity designation shall be made on the sealed bid proposal rather than the Plans.
9.8 EQUIPMENT TO BE SUPPLIED
All equipment, material and supplies called for in the Special Provisions shall be new and currently manufactured items, unless otherwise specified. All equipment shall be complete and in operation to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the time of acceptance of the work.
All incidental parts which are not shown on the Plans or specified herein and which are necessary to complete the project shall be furnished and installed as though such parts were shown on the Plans or specified herein.
All equipment, materials, and supplies to be considered as an approved equal must be submitted to the City for approval no less than seven (7) calendar days prior to the bid opening date. If the Engineer finds said equipment, materials, and supplies to be acceptable, an addendum will be issued notifying all bidders no less than two calendar days prior to the bid opening date.
9.9 HANDLING AND REMOVAL OF HAZARDOUS OR CONTAMINATED
MATERIALS
In the event hazardous or contaminated materials are encountered at the site for which separate handling or removal provisions have not been made in these Special Provisions, the Contractor shall stop work on that item, contact the Engineer and schedule his operations to work elsewhere on the site if possible. The City will be responsible for handling and removal of hazardous material or may request that the Contractor shall be available, through contract change order, to provide additional services as needed for the completion of the work. Additional services may consist of retaining a subcontractor who possesses a California license for hazardous substance removal and remedial actions.
Hazardous or contaminated materials may only be removed and disposed of from the project site in accordance with the following provisions:
43 1
. All work is to be completed in accordance with the following regulations and requirements:
a. Chapter 6.5, Division 20, California Health and Safety Code.
b. California Administration Code, Title 22, relating to Handling, Storage, and Treatment of Hazardous Materials. 29 Code of Federal Regulation 1910.120 relating to Hazardous Waste Operation Safety Training.
c. City of Sacramento Building Code and the current edition of the Uniform Building Code.
2. Coordination shall be made with the County of Sacramento Environmental Management Department, Hazardous Materials Division, and the necessary applications shall be filed.
3. All hazardous materials shall be disposed of at an approved disposal site and shall only be hauled by a current California registered hazardous waste hauler using correct manifesting procedures and vehicles displaying a current Certificate of Compliance. The Contractor shall identify by name and address the site where toxic substances shall be disposed of. No payment for removal and disposal services shall be made without a valid certificate from the approved disposal site that the material was delivered.
None of the aforementioned provisions shall be construed to relieve the Contractor from the Contractor's responsibility for the health and safety of all persons (including employees) and from the protection of property during the performance of the work. This requirement shall be applied continuously and not be limited to normal working hours.
9.10 COORDINATION
The Contractor shall coordinate his activities in a manner that will provide the least interference with the City's operations, other contractors and utility companies working in the area, and agencies exercising jurisdiction over the project area or portions thereof.
The Contractor shall notify businesses a minimum of 10 working days prior to impacting their driveway or business entrance.
1. At a minimum the Contractor shall coordinate his operations with the following:
• City Solid Waste Division
Contractor shall notify the Superintendent of Collection or Refuse Collection General Supervisor, at (916) 808-4952, a minimum of at least 7 calendar days prior to beginning work.
• City Street Division - Contractor shall notify the Section General Supervisor, at (916) 808- 6333, a minimum of at least 7 calendar days prior to beginning work.
• City Sewer and Drainage - Contractor shall notify Simon Wan, via the Engineer, a minimum of five (5) working days before any sewer or drainage work begins at (916) 808- 4023
44 • City Fire Alarm - Contractor shall notify Doug Crawford, via the Engineer, at (916) 798- 0673, a minimum of five (5) working days prior to beginning work at each location.
• City Parking Division, Contractor shall contact Staci Hovermale, at (916) 808-5047, a minimum of 7 calendar days prior to beginning work affecting on-street parking.
• City Traffic Signal and Street Lighting Maintenance Shop Contractor shall notify Marco Cornejo , via the Resident Engineer, a minimum of five (5) working days before any electrical work begins at (916) 216-9641.
• City Traffic Signal and Street Lighting Maintenance Shop - Contractor shall notify Corey Snead, via the Engineer, a minimum of five (5) working days before any electrical work begins at (916) 808-8106.
• City Water - Contractor shall notify Cesar Limon, via the Engineer, a minimum of five (5) working days before any water work begins at (916) 808-6277.
• Underground Service Alert - Contractor shall contact Underground Service Alert (USA) at 1-800-227-2600, a minimum of three (3) working days prior to any excavation.
• Franklin Boulevard Business Association – Contractor shall notify Mike Bokan, at (916) 455-2124, a minimum of five (5) working days prior to beginning work.
2. Sacramento Municipal Utility District (SMUD)
Contractor shall contact Don French, SMUD, at (916) 732-5219 at least 2 months before any excavation, service hook-up is required, or before service disconnect is required.
3. AT&T
Contractor shall contact Andrea Galeste at (916) 606-3952 forty-eight hours (48) before start of construction.
4. Pacific Gas and Electric (PG&E)
Contractor shall contact Lindsey Noyes at (916) 494-9894 at least 7 calendar days before start of construction.
5. Verizon/MCI
Contractor shall contact Rebecca Daniels at (925) 766-6392 at least 10 working days before the start of construction.
6. Comcast
Contractor shall contact Rebecca Daniels at (925) 766-6392 at least 10 working days before the start of construction.
7. California Conservation Corps and Community Conservation Corps Ten (10) working days prior to commencement of planting, trees and mulch, the Contractor shall contact Carie Monroe at [email protected] and Baldeo Singh/ Sacramento
45 R
egional Conservation Corps at (916) 416-1400 to arrange for their labor force with some of the planting, trees and mulch related work as shown in the various bid items elsewhere in these Special Provisions. No planting, tree and mulch work shall be allowed until labor arrangements have been made with the Sacramento Regional Conservation Corps.
8. Regional Transit (RT)
At least three (3) working days prior to working on Franklin Boulevard, the Contractor shall contact the Regional Transit (RT) Dispatcher at (916) 321-2897 and notify RT that traffic restrictions will be in effect and that bus stops may be temporarily out of service.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any garden refuse piles, which are inadvertently placed in the street between the time of City pickup and the Contractor's work. The cost for removing garden refuse piles shall be included in the unit prices bid for the various items of the proposal.
The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with various utility companies for relocation of any utility poles, lines, adjusting utilities to grade or underground work. The cost of coordination shall be included in the unit prices bid for the various items of the proposal and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
9.11 PROJECT SCHEDULING SUMMARY
The Contractor shall Comply with Section 8-1.04, "Progress Schedule," of the State Standard Specifications except you must use computer software to prepare the schedule.
You are responsible for assuring that all activity sequences are logical and that each schedule shows a coordinated plan for complete performance of the work.
DEFINITIONS
contract completion date: Current extended date for completion of the contract shown on the Weekly Statement of Working Days furnished by the Engineer as specified in Section 8-1.06, "Time of Completion," of the State Standard Specifications. data date: Day after the date through which a schedule is current. Everything occurring earlier than the data date is as-built and everything on or after the data date is planned. float: Difference between the earliest and latest allowable start or finish times for an activity. milestone: Event activity that has zero duration and is typically used to represent the beginning or end of a certain stage of the project.
near critical path: Chain of activities with total float exceeding that of the critical path but having no more than 10 working days of total float.
time-scaled network diagram: Graphic depiction of a CPM schedule comprised of activity bars with relationships for each activity represented by arrows. The tail of each arrow connects to the activity bar for the predecessor and points to the successor. total float: Amount of time that an activity or chain of activities can be delayed before extending the scheduled completion date.
46 G
ENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Submit baseline, monthly updated, and final updated schedules, each consistent in all respects with the time and order of work requirements of the contract. Perform work in the sequence indicated on the current accepted schedule.
Each schedule must show:
1. Calculations using critical path method to determine controlling activities.
2. Duration activities less than 20 working days.
3. Each required constraint. Constraints other than those required by the special provisions may be included only if authorized.
The Engineer's review and acceptance of schedules does not waive any contract requirements and does not relieve you of any obligation or responsibility for submitting complete and accurate information. Correct rejected schedules and resubmit them within 7 days of notification by the Engineer, at which time a new review period of 7 days will begin.
Errors or omissions on schedules do not relieve you from finishing all work within the time limit specified for completion of the contract. If, after a schedule has been accepted by the Engineer, either you or the Engineer discover that any aspect of the schedule has an error or omission, you must correct it on the next updated schedule.
COMPUTER SOFTWARE
Submit a description of your proposed schedule software for authorization. All software must be compatible with the current version of the Windows operating system in use by the Engineer.
The schedule software must include the latest version of Microsoft Project or equivalent.
NETWORK DIAGRAMS, REPORTS, AND DATA
Include the following with each schedule submittal:
1. 2 sets of originally plotted, time-scaled network diagrams
The time-scaled network diagrams must conform to the following:
1. Show a continuous flow of information from left to right
2. Be based on early start and early finish dates of activities
3. Clearly show the critical path using graphical presentation
4. Be prepared on 11" x 17" or larger size
5. Include a title block and a timeline on each page
BASELINE SCHEDULE
Submit a baseline schedule within 20 days of approval of the contract. Allow 20 days for the Engineer's review after the baseline schedule and all support data are submitted. Beginning the week the baseline schedule is first submitted, meet with the Engineer weekly to discuss and resolve schedule issues until the baseline schedule is accepted.
47 Th
e baseline schedule must include the entire scope of work and must show how you plan to complete all work contemplated. Multiple critical paths and near-critical paths must be kept to a minimum. A total of not more than 50 percent of the baseline schedule activities must be critical or near critical unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer.
The baseline schedule must not extend beyond the number of working days originally provided in these special provisions.
UPDATED SCHEDULE
Submit an updated schedule and meet with the Engineer to review contract progress on or before the 1st day of each month, beginning 1 month after the baseline schedule is accepted. Allow 15 days for the Engineer's review after the updated schedule and all support data are submitted except that the review period will not start until any previous month's required schedule is accepted. Updated schedules that are not accepted or rejected within the review period are considered accepted by the Engineer.
The updated schedule must show:
1. Data date of the 21st day of the month or other date established by the Engineer
2. Changes from approved revised schedules
FINAL UPDATED SCHEDULE
Submit a final updated schedule with actual start and finish dates for the activities within 30 days after completion of contract work. Provide a written certificate with this submittal signed by your project manager or an officer of the company stating, "To my knowledge and belief, the enclosed final updated schedule reflects the actual start and finish dates of the actual activities for the project contained herein." An officer of the company may delegate in writing the authority to sign the certificate to a responsible manager.
PAYMENT
Full compensation for preparing, furnishing, and updating schedules is considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed.
9.12 PROTECTION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
The location, alignment, and depth of existing underground utilities as shown on the Plans are taken from public records and no responsibility is assumed for their accuracy.
The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions of Chapter 3.1 "PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES IN PUBLIC CONTRACTS" of the California Government Code concerning protecting existing overhead and underground utilities. In particular, Section 4216 and Section 4217.
Existing improvements, utilities and adjacent property shall be protected from damage resulting from the Contractor's operations. All trees, shrubbery, grass, fences, mailboxes, walls and other improvements including existing pavements, sidewalks, street improvements, sprinkler systems
48 a
nd underground utilities and other improvements not to be removed under this contract shall be protected from damage by the Contractor throughout the construction period.
All painted or other disfiguring markings on the pavement, sidewalk or gutters shall be removed by the Contractor before acceptance of the work.
The Contractor will ensure that utility services to customers in the project are maintained.
The Contractor is responsible for the protection of and for damage to existing overhead and underground utility lines and services encountered during the course of construction. The Contractor shall notify the respective utility owner prior to any interruption of service.
The Contractor is expected to "pothole" existing underground utilities a minimum of ten (10) working days in advance at any location where an existing utility may be in conflict with the proposed work. Potholing must be completed and analyzed for potential conflicts before ordering drainage structures.
The cost of relocating existing overhead or underground utilities not specified on Plans to be relocated, but which the Contractor elects to relocate or cut and reconnect for his/her own convenience, shall be borne by the Contractor.
No compensation will be paid to the Contractor for the maintenance and protection of existing utilities and facilities. The cost of such work shall be included in whatever bid item the Contractor deems appropriate.
9.13 TRAFFIC HANDLING AND CONVENIENCE
The contractor’s attention is directed to Sections 6 and 7 of the Standard Specifications.
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and approval a traffic control and detour plan showing traffic control measures for vehicles, pedestrians and bicycles affected by the construction work. For emergency purposes, the responsible person in charge of the work must be reachable by phone 24 hours a day during the progress of the work. A 24-hour phone number shall be indicated on the permit application.
The contractor shall adhere to guidelines as stated in Section 12.20.030 of Title 12 of the Sacramento City Code pertaining to Traffic Control Plan – Requirements and shall conform to the current edition of the California MUTCD. Particular attention is directed to Chapter 6D – Pedestrian and Worker Safety and Chapter 6F – Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices, Section 6F.68 – Detectable Edging for Pedestrians.
Spillage resulting from hauling operations along or across any public traveled way shall be removed immediately by the Contractor at his expense.
Construction operations shall be conducted in such a manner as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to abutting property owners.
Roadway excavation and the construction of embankments shall be conducted in such a manner as to provide a relatively smooth and even surface satisfactory for use by public traffic at all times.
49 S
kid resistance steel plates or other approved methods shall be used to cover all open excavations in the roadways and sidewalks at all times during construction.
The traffic control and detour plans shall be developed with the following requirements:
1. Working hours in both the southbound and northbound direction shall be between 7:00 AM and 5:00 PM Monday through Friday, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
2. Subject to the approval of the traffic control plan by the engineer, at least one lane of vehicular traffic must be maintained in each direction at all times. Local access to businesses shall be provided at all times.
3. Weekend work between 7:00 AM to 6:00 PM may be approved by the Engineer.
4. The Contractor shall submit for approval, a written request to perform weekend work a minimum of two (2) weeks prior to the weekend dates. If weekend work is approved, the cost of inspection and material testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
5. The Contractor shall furnish, install temporary stripes and maintain temporary construction warning signs, lighting, flaggers, barricades, striping and other devices necessary to safeguard the general public and the work, and to provide for the safe and proper routing of all vehicular and of pedestrian traffic within and through the limits of the projects during the construction. The requirement shall apply continuously and shall not be limited to normal working hours.
6. The Contractor shall maintain existing electrical facilities and traffic and public safety in accordance with Section 34 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
7. Where the commercial or residential driveway being the sole means of access to the affected property is less than 20 feet at the apron or the path of ingress and egress is affected by a fence, gate, planter, or other object as to render the path of travel less than 20 feet across, two phases of construction may not be adequate to allow for continued access to the property. Construction of these driveways may need to take place at weekends or outside normal business hours so as not to disturb the property owner/ tenant. In lieu of weekend and/or construction during non-business hours a signed acknowledgement from the affected property owner/tenant stating that they are aware that their driveway will be out of service for a maximum of 8 hours during the work shift and that their driveway will be accessible by the end of shift by the use of construction plating or a bridge during the concrete curing process, and as approved by the engineer.
Regardless of method, notice must be given to the property owner/tenant at least 10 business days in advance of any proposed work at that location. Final approval of any method and agreement for securing access to property is by the engineer.
All expenses incurred because of these operations will be borne by the contractor.
8. Where a parking lot is unidirectional, and the construction of driveways will impact the traffic flow and ability of the public to utilize the parking lot as designed the contractor
50 s
hall provide temporary access so as to make the parking lot function as intended. At the discretion of the engineer the engineer the contractor may elect to create temporary striping in the parking lot to facilitate the temporary path of travel during construction.
The parking lot will be returned to its pre-construction configuration once the driveways are open to traffic at the contractor’s expense.
All expenses incurred because of these operations will be borne by the contractor.
9. Access to businesses shall be provided at all times.
Properties where a fence shall be relocated, a temporary fence shall be installed to secure the property at all times. The Contractor will be responsible for the cost of installing a temporary fence as shown elsewhere in the Contract bid items.
10. All work within public streets and/or roadway right-of-way shall be done in an expeditious manner so as to cause as little inconvenience to the traveling public as possible. Skid- resistant steel plates or other approved methods shall be used to cover all open excavations in the roadway during non-working hours.
Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in public safety and convenience shall be considered as included in the prices paid for various contract items of work, unless specified elsewhere, and no additional compensation will be allowed.
9.14 USE OF SLIP-FORM MACHINES FOR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION The Contractor may use concrete slip form machines to construct concrete curbs, gutters and sidewalks. The Contractor must maintain proposed lines and grades as shown on the plans. For curbs constructed on existing pavements, the contractor must construct the curb to eliminate any uneven lines and top of curb grade elevations. If in the sole discretion of the Engineer, these lines and grades are not maintained, the Contractor shall remove and replace the concrete at his/her costs.
If concrete curb, or curb and gutter, which is abutting concrete sidewalk, is poured separately (non-monolithically) then the Contractor shall construct a dowelled connection between the curb and sidewalk.
9.15 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND HANDLING FOR CONSTRUCTION STAKING The Contractor is responsible for providing traffic control (at the request of the City survey crew) to place the Contractor’s construction stakes for this project. The cost to provide traffic control for construction staking in the vehicle travel lanes shall be included in the bid items the Contractor deems appropriate.
9.16 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
The Contractor shall notify residents and businesses within the project limits in writing Ten (10) working days in advance of beginning work. The notice shall be approved by the Engineer and shall describe the work to be performed, the anticipated duration of construction and the name and
51 t
elephone number of the Contractor's representative that can be reached 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
The Contractor shall be responsible for issuing a second notice to property owners five (5) working days in advance of commencing any work on private property. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and approval public notification flyers/postcards before they are issued to the public.
The Contractor shall notify, in writing, residents and business establishments along the route of the Work at least ten (10) Working Days prior to road closures and at least three (3) Working Days prior to disruption of ingress and egress. The notice provided to the residences or businesses shall include, at a minimum, schedule of closures with estimated closure times, closure location, alternate route or detour, and name and twenty-four (24) hour phone number of a contact person employed by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall notify, in writing, residents and business establishments along the route of the Work at least three (3) Working Days prior to placing parking restrictions within the City right- of-way. The notice provided to the residences or businesses shall include, at a minimum, schedule of parking restrictions with estimated times, location, and a name and twenty-four (24) hour phone number of a contact person employed by the Contractor.
Full compensation for this item shall be included in the prices paid for various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed.
9.17 REMOVAL OF ON-STREET PARKING
In Non-Metered Parking Areas:
Seventy-two (72) hours prior to construction (except Monday work, barricades shall be placed on the prior Thursday), the Contractor shall place signed Type II barricades stating "NO PARKING - (specific times and dates) - Tow Away" or "NO PARKING - (specific times and dates) - This Block", at 50 to 60 foot intervals in the work area. The Contractor shall notify the City Parking Division (916-808-5874) prior to placing barricades. No fee is required in Non-metered zones. "NO PARKING" signs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to their use. "NO PARKING" signs and barricades shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately after the "NO PARKING" signs are in place.
Barricades shall be placed before 1:00 PM on the day selected to allow sufficient time for City inspection.
Failure to comply with this section will prevent the City from towing vehicles parked within the proposed work area until the provisions of this section have been met and will require rescheduling of planned work. Additionally, “NO PARKING” signs and barricades shall not be removed prior to removal/towing of vehicles in violation of posted “NO PARKING” signs.
Payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and payment of all fees required to perform all work, as specified in these Special
52 P
rovisions and as directed by the Engineer and shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work. No additional compensation will be allowed therefore.
9.18 EQUIPMENT LIST AND DRAWINGS SUBMITTALS
Equipment list and drawings shall be in accordance with Section 34-3 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Engineer, the Contractor shall, within twenty (20) days following notification of award of the contract submit to the Engineer for approval a listing of equipment and material which he/she proposes to furnish and install. The list shall be complete as to name of manufacturer, size and catalog number of unit, and shall be supplemented by other data, including detailed scale drawings and wiring drawings. A minimum of five (5) copies of the above data shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval.
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a statement from each vendor supplying electrical equipment, including but not limited to, signal heads, standards, electroliers, luminaries, service pedestal and all other electrical equipment indicating that the orders for the materials required for this contract have been received and accepted by said vendor. The confirmed date of delivery to the contractor shall be indicated on the statement.
All substitutions are subject to the approval of the Engineer.
9.19 PROOF OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT
In order that the Engineer may determine whether the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the contract documents not readily determinable through inspection and tests of plant, equipment, work, or materials, the Contractor shall at any time when requested, at the Contractor's expense, submit to the Engineer properly authenticated documents or other satisfactory proofs as to his compliance with such requirements.
9.20 BACKFILLING OF VOIDS
All voids resulting from the removal of trees, pipes, maintenance holes, ditch boxes, or other buried structures or objects shown on the Plans or called in these Special Provisions to be removed, shall be backfilled per the provisions of Section 26 (Trench Backfill) of the Standard Specifications. In the event job excavated native material is unsuitable for backfill as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish the required suitable backfill material.
The cost to backfill voids as specified in the Special Provisions shall be included in the price bid for the respective items to remove trees, pipe, maintenance holes, ditch boxes, or other buried structures or objects, and no additional compensation shall be allowed.
9.21 PAVEMENT CUTTING AND RESTORATION
Pavement cutting and restoration shall conform to the provisions of Section 13-4 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
No pavement cutting shall precede pavement excavation by more than seven (7) calendar days unless approved by the Engineer. Prior to excavation in paved areas, pavement will be broken within the limits of expected excavation so as to prevent lifting of the pavement during excavation.
53 P
rior to restoration, the pavement shall be sawed or scored with an abrasive type pavement cutter (maximum blade width 1/4"). The proper tools and equipment shall be used so that the pavement will be cut to a neat and straight line six inches (6") beyond the limits of actual excavation.
Where pavement cutting takes place more than five (5) calendar days before trench excavation, the Contractor shall fill the pavement cuts with asphaltic patching mix and maintain a smooth riding surface until trenching begins.
Where the limits of excavation are located within twelve (12") of the edge of existing pavement or lip of the curb and/or gutter, the existing pavement within this twelve inches (12") shall also be removed.
Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for all work involved in this item shall be considered as included in the unit price bid for roadway excavation and removing and replacing asphaltic concrete pavement.
9.22 PROTECTION OF TREES
During construction the Contractor shall protect existing trees. All work near the trees shall be coordinated by the Contractor with the City Arborist, Kevin Hocker, phone number 916-808-4996.
The Contractor shall comply with direction as given by the City Arborist and the following City requirements regarding tree protection:
No storage of materials or parking of vehicles may occur within the drip lines of the trees, except on paved streets.
If, during construction, tree roots two inches (2") in diameter or greater are encountered, work shall stop immediately and the City Arborist shall be contacted for a root inspection, and root s shall not be cut without arborist approval. Roots approved by the arborist to be pruned during the course of project construction shall be cleanly cut. If extensive root pruning is proposed an arborist inspection will determine if tree removal is necessary.
If construction activities affect any of the limbs of the trees, a certified arborist (certified by International Society of Arboriculture, Western Chapter) shall be consulted prior to the cutting or removal of any limb. Limbs approved by the arborist to be pruned during the course of project construction shall be cleanly cut.
The Contractor shall be responsible for damages to trees. Trees damaged by the Contractor during construction activities shall be assessed by the City Arborist using the International Society of Arborists (ISA) appraisal guide or UFS standard diameter and area indexing. The Contractor's responsibility for damaged trees will be determined by the Arborist.
Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed.
9.23 TREE TRIMMING
Trees identified by the Engineer to be trimmed shall be trimmed in accordance with the following specifications and as directed by the Engineer or project Arborist in conjunction with the City
54 A
rborist. Trees are anticipated to be pruned within the project limits to help open up the canopy and allow better street and pedestrian scale light penetration to the ground level.
General Conditions - This work is to be performed by a Tree Service Contractor, licensed and bonded to do business in the City of Sacramento. The work to be done will consist not only of this trimming and removal of branches and limbs but also disposal of material trimmed from these trees. Disposal of material will not be allowed at the City Dump.
Contractor shall be aware of and shall comply with all ordinances governing and related to tree trimming work. Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment as required in performing the work described herein in strict accordance with these specifications and subject to the terms and conditions of this contract.
Description of Work - The work shall be done primarily from truck mounted aerial platforms except where trees are inaccessible to trucks. All hand and power tools in the performance of this work shall be subject to inspection and approval of the Manager of the Urban Forest Services division or his designated representative who shall serve as the inspector for the City.
In general, the standard tree trimming equipment shall be used and shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition at all times. All tools shall be clean, sharp, in proper working order and shall be checked for safety before each job.
Inspection/Permit - The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to 8:00 a.m. on each day Contractor will be trimming trees.
The Contractor shall notify, 3 working days prior to tree trimming, the City Arborist, Kevin Hocker, (916) 808-4996 and obtain, for this project, a permit for tree trimming within the City.
Special Conditions - All licenses, insurance, etc., necessary to assume the legal responsibility for said work shall be acquired by the Contractor to cover the liabilities which might be caused by said work.
All workmen shall comply with State Compensation Safety Rules and must wear safety equipment at all times while on the job. Adequate warning devices, barricades, guards, cones, etc., shall be placed and necessary precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to provide protection for the workers, pedestrians and vehicular traffic in the area. Work shall be scheduled and conducted in a cooperative manner in order to give the least possible interference with or annoyance to others.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to work out any cooperative work schedules as necessary.
All tree work requiring climbing of trees shall be suspended during inclement weather. No trimmings or debris shall be left overnight on any of the work sites. Upon completion of a specific area, the site shall be left in a clean and orderly condition. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair any damage to adjacent property including shrubs, trees or other growth as well as structures along the route.
To prevent the spread of Dutch elm disease, tree trimming tools shall be sprayed with Lysol before any tree trimming and after each tree has been trimmed.
55 P
ersonnel - All work shall be done by qualified and trained persons. They shall be familiar with tree climbing and trimming work in general and trained to work in trees of any size. A qualified foreman shall be provided to oversee and direct the work of each crew.
Correct Cuts - All work shall be done in a professional and workmanlike manner. All cuts shall be made in accordance with the following sections in these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Trees shall be trimmed at locations where there are tree conflicts and as directed by the Engineer or project Arborist in conjunction with the City Arborist.
Tree trimming shall include the removal of any limbs or brush from limbs in order to achieve a clear space of at least six foot (6') radial distance from each luminaire. The results of the tree trimming shall produce an unobstructed cone of light that will illuminate a semicircle on the street at street level. The semicircle shall have a radius of forty feet (40') minimum on the street from the electrolier base. The unobstructed cone of light shall also illuminate an area at sidewalk level on the house side of the electrolier. This illuminated area shall extend fifteen feet (15') minimum from the base of the electrolier.
Twigs, small limbs and sucker growth shall be removed with hand pruners, pole pruners or a fine toothed saw. All portions of a tree removed in the pruning operations, whether small or large in diameter, shall be made just outside the branch bark ridge, parallel to and immediately adjacent to the tree limb from which the part is removed.
Any dead wood and broken limbs encountered in the pruning operations shall be removed. Dead wood shall be defined as any portion of the tree having no living foliage, no live buds or no apparent life in the cambium layer. Final cuts on dead limbs shall not cut into the branch bark ridge or branch collar of the parent limb. Dead limbs larger than three-fourths of one inch (3/4") in diameter shall be removed by sawing. Broken limbs shall be removed except where branches have split and one portion of the branch can be saved by pruning to reduce lateral end weight.
Shrubs shall be pruned as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to current ISA specifications.
Full compensation for conforming to these requirements will be considered as included in the prices paid for various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
9.24 STOP WORK IF CULTURAL RESOURCES ARE DISCOVERED
Prior to commencement of construction activities, the Contractor, subcontractors and all construction workers shall consolidate and coordinate with the City to attend a pre-construction Worker Environmental Awareness Program (WEAP) that will inform construction personnel about the potential for sensitive resources. The WEAP will be provided by the City and is anticipated to last 45 minutes. If artifacts or stone, bone, or shell are uncovered during construction activities, the Contractor shall stop work within 100 feet of the find and notify the City, who will consult with a qualified archaeologist for an on-the-spot evaluation. Additional mitigation of the archaeological site will be the responsibility of the City. If bone is found and it appears to be human, the City will notify the Sacramento County coroner and the Native American Heritage Commission (916-322-7791).
56 F
ull compensation for conforming to these requirements will be considered as included in the prices paid for various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
9.25 HEALTH AND SAFETY
The Contractor is warned that existing sewers and appurtenances have been exposed to sewage and industrial wastes. These facilities shall therefore be considered contaminated with disease- causing organisms. Personnel in contact with contaminated facilities, debris, wastewater, or similar items shall be advised by the Contractor of the necessary precautions that must be taken to avoid becoming diseased. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to urge his personnel to observe a strict regime of proper hygienic precautions, including any inoculations recommended by the local public health officer.
Because of the danger of solvents, gasoline, and other hazardous material in the existing sewers, these areas shall be considered hazardous to open flame, sparks, or unventilated occupancy. The Contractor shall be aware of these dangers and shall take the necessary measures to assure his personnel observe proper safety precautions when working in these areas.
The Contractor shall not allow any wastewater to discharge from sewage collection systems onto adjacent lands of waters. In case of accidental discharge, the Contractor shall be responsible for containment, immediate cleanup and disposal at his own expense to the full satisfaction of the Engineer. Where containment is not possible, adequate disinfection shall be provided by the Contractor at his expense as directed by the Engineer or agency with jurisdiction. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor fails to adequately follow the above guidelines, he will make arrangements to have the work done by others, and have the cost charged to the Contractor.
9.26 PERMITS AND STAGING AREA
If the Contractor decides he/she needs additional working easement areas, work sites or material sites to facilitate his operation, it shall be his sole responsibility to locate, negotiate, obtain and pay for such additional working easements, work sites and material sites.
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer written authorization from the property owner of private property being used for the storage of equipment or materials. A copy of any written agreements entered into between the Contractor and the property owner concerning encroachment onto private property shall be provided to the Engineer prior to beginning any work on the property.
All areas lying outside of the street right-of-way which are affected by the work shall be restored to the same, or better condition existing prior to the commencement of the work, to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The cost of necessary permits and all restoration, including but not limited to landscaping improvements, shall be included in the various items of work the Contractor deems appropriate, and no separate or additional compensation shall be made.
9.27 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Erosion and Sediment Control shall be in accordance with Section 16 of the City Standard Specifications. The costs associated for compliance with this section including, but not limited
57 t
o, all water quality, erosion, sediment and pollution control measures deemed necessary by the Engineer shall be included in the contract price bid “Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)” and no additional compensation shall be made.
9.28 PROJECT SPECIFIC MITIGATION REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Project specific mitigation measures for items applicable to grading and construction activities within the Project Area as listed in the Mitigation Monitoring Plan (MMP) for the Franklin Boulevard Complete Street Project IS/MND.
Appendix B contains the MMP. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation and conforming to the requirements of those items identified as a responsibility of the Contractor as shown in Appendix B. General measures include, but are not limited to, the discovery of archeological and cultural resources, paleontological resources, air quality, biological resources, handling of hazardous material, noise control, water quality, dust control, erosion control, and Best Management Practices (BMPs).
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this Section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various Contract items of Work, and therefore no additional payment shall be made.
9.29 MIGRATORY BIRDS AND RAPTORS
The Contractor shall coordinate and schedule with the City furnished biologist to conduct a pre- construction nesting bird and raptor survey before the onset of construction activities. The pre- construction nesting bird and raptor surveys shall be conducted within 30 days prior to commencement of construction activities between February 1 and September 15 (to encompass all birds and raptors including Swainson’s hawk). Surveys for raptors nests should also extend 250 feet from the Project site to ensure that nesting raptors are not indirectly affected by construction noise. If no active nests are detected during the survey, no additional mitigation is required and construction can proceed.
If migratory birds or raptors are found to be nesting in or adjacent to the Project site, a 250-foot no-disturbance buffer shall be established around raptor nests and a 50-foot buffer around non- raptor nests to avoid disturbance of the next area and to avoid take. Contractor shall direct construction resources to perform other construction activities in other areas of the project at no additional cost. The buffer shall be maintained around the nest until the end of the breeding season or until a qualified biologist determines that the young have fledged and are foraging on their own. The extent of these buffers shall be determined by the biologist and shall depend on the species identified, level of noise or construction disturbance, line of sight between nest and the disturbance, ambient levels of noise and other disturbances, and other topographical or artificial barriers.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this Section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various Contract items of Work, and therefore no additional payment shall be made.
58 S
ECTION NO. 10 - ITEMS OF THE BID PROPOSAL
ITEM NO. 1 - MOBILIZATION
Mobilization shall conform to the provisions in Section 9, "Payment," of the State Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with various utility companies for relocation of any utility, adjusting utilities to grade or underground work. The cost of coordination shall be included in the unit prices bid for the various items of the proposal and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
This item shall include all mobilizations and demobilizations required for the duration of the project including, but not limited to, possible winterization and winter suspension of work.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved with Mobilization as specified in these Special Provisions, State Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 2 - TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEM
The contractor’s attention is directed to Sections 6 and 7 of the Standard Specifications.
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and approval a traffic handling and detour plan showing traffic control measures for vehicles, pedestrians and bicycles affected by the construction work. For emergency purposes, the responsible person in charge of the work must be reachable by phone 24 hours a day during the progress of the work. A 24-hour phone number shall be indicated on the permit application.
The contractor shall adhere to guidelines as stated in Section 12.20.030 of Title 12 of the Sacramento City Code pertaining to Traffic Control Plan – Requirements and shall conform to the current edition of the California MUTCD. Particular attention is directed to Chapter 6D – Pedestrian and Worker Safety and Chapter 6F – Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices, Section 6F.68 – Detectable Edging for Pedestrians.
CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
The Contractor must submit for review and approval the following items:
A. Construction Sequencing Plan – detailing the proposed construction staging and proposed closures including limits, durations, and dates. All closures shall be clearly indicated in the project schedule.
B. Detour Plan – detailing the rerouting of pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicular traffic during any proposed closures.
59 C
. Traffic Control Plan – detailing how pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicular traffic will be routed through active construction areas.
D. Temporary Traffic Signal Plan – detailing how pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicular traffic will be routed through active construction areas.
The submitted plans shall cover all proposed phases of work. Each plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval. The contractor shall make all requested modifications to these plans and no work affected by these plans shall begin until the plans have been approved.
ACCESS TO BUSINESSES
Access to businesses must be maintained at all times. The pedestrian walkways fronting the businesses on the north and south side of Franklin Boulevard must be staged so pedestrian access is maintained to the businesses as construction is occurring. Pedestrian access to businesses must meet all applicable ADA requirements. The contractor developed traffic handling plan must include details for how this access will be maintained.
PUBLIC CONVENIENCE
All work within public streets and/or roadway rights-of-way shall be done in an expeditious manner and cause as little inconvenience to the traveling public as possible. Vehicles, bicycles, and pedestrians must be allowed to pass at all times except during an Engineer approved closure.
PEDESTRIAN AND BICYCLIST ACCESS
The Contractor shall not block the movement of pedestrian or bicycle traffic unless as part of an Engineer approved closure. The Contractor shall provide for pedestrian and bicycle traffic by phasing construction operations or by providing alternative pedestrian and bicyclist access through or adjacent to construction areas. The contractor must submit for review and approval a traffic handling plan which includes details for the provision of pedestrian and bicycle access.
Proper advance notice signage with reasonable detours shall be installed and maintained through all phases of construction. At no time shall pedestrians be diverted into a portion of the street used for vehicular traffic or on to private property unless adequate lane closure signage is in place.
Minimum allowable pedestrian and bicycle access shall consist of four-foot (4’) wide bridges across trenches and four-foot (4’) wide passageways through construction areas. Hand railings for pedestrians shall be provided when required by Cal/OSHA Regulations or the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) on each side of each bridge or passageway to protect pedestrians from hazards caused by construction operations or adjacent vehicular traffic. Railings or barricades, which border passageways located in roadway areas, shall be reflectorized on the side facing oncoming traffic.
ACCESS TO DRIVEWAYS, HOUSES AND BUILDINGS
Access and passable grades shall be maintained at all times for business establishments during construction. Safe and passable pedestrian, bicyclist, and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to fire hydrants, homes, commercial and industrial establishments. Access to these
60 f
acilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved. Ramps and driveways shall not have “lips” or elevation differences greater than three-eighths of an inch (3/8”). When abutting property owner’s access across the right-of-way line is to be eliminated, repaired, or replaced under the Contract, the existing access shall not be closed until their replacement access facilities are completed and functional.
ERECTION OF SIGNS TO EXPEDITE PASSAGE OF VEHICLES
The Contractor shall erect such warning and directional signs as necessary or as directed by the Engineer for expediting the passage of public traffic through or around the Work and the approaches.
The Contractor shall also fabricate and erect project funding signs, one per direction of travel, as shown on the plans.
TRAFFIC OBSTRUCTIONS, DELAYS AND INCONVENIENCES
All public traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work zone unless during an Engineer approved closure, and the Contractor shall conduct operations that offer the least possible obstruction, delay, and inconvenience to the public.
WORK ON PRIVATE PROPERTY
The Contractor must obtain written permission from the owner of any privately owned property prior to beginning any work, storing materials or otherwise conducting any operations on said property. The written approval from the property owner must be on file with the Engineer before any operations will be permitted on said property.
HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS CREATED
Whenever the Contractor’s operations create a condition hazardous to pedestrians, bicyclists, or the traveling public, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s own expense, furnish, erect and maintain any fences, covers, temporary delineators, barricades, lights, signs and other devices necessary or as directed by the Agency to prevent accidents or damage or injury to the public or property. Contractor must submit for City approval to use of temporary railing (K-Rail).
Approval of temporary is not guaranteed.
If needed for public use, roadway excavation shall be conducted to maintain a smooth and even surface satisfactory for use by public traffic at all times. This includes creating a temporary AC conform between the proposed roadway and existing conditions during each construction stage and the laying of temporary AC as needed during construction. The surface of the roadbed shall be kept in a smooth, even condition free of humps and depressions, satisfactory for the use of public traffic as determined by the Agency.
Temporary facilities that the Contractor uses to perform the Work or store or stage material or equipment shall not be installed or placed where they will interfere with the free and safe passage of public vehicular, bicycle, or pedestrian traffic.
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
61 Th
e Contractor shall submit a site specific Traffic Control Plan to the Engineer at the pre- construction meeting in accordance with Section 6-10 of the Standard Specifications. Revisions to the plan shall be submitted five (5) days prior to work. A copy of the Traffic Control Plan shall be available on site at all times. The Traffic Control Plan shall be developed within the following parameters:
1. No work will be allowed if the Contractor does not adhere to these traffic control guidelines.
2. The Contractor shall provide continuous business access (for loading operations, pedestrian traffic and safety vehicles) during the businesses’ hours of operations. If two driveways access a single business, one driveway must remain open at all times. If three driveways access a single business, two driveways must remain open at all times.
Where a commercial or residential driveway being the sole means of access to the affected property is less than 20 feet wide at the apron or the path of ingress and egress is affected by a fence, gate, planter, or other object as to render the path of travel less than 20 feet across, two phases of construction may not be adequate to allow for continued access to the property. Construction of these driveways may need to take place at weekends or outside normal business hours so as not to disturb the property owner/ tenant. In lieu of weekend and/or construction during non-business hours a signed acknowledgement from the affected property owner/tenant stating that they are aware that their driveway will be out of service for a maximum of 8 hours during the work shift and that their driveway will be accessible by the end of shift by the use of construction plating or a bridge during the concrete curing process, and as approved by the engineer.
Regardless of method, notice must be given to the property owner/tenant at least 10 business days in advance of any proposed work at that location. Final approval of any method and agreement for securing access to property is by the engineer.
All expenses incurred because of these operations will be borne by the contractor.
3. At least one lane of vehicular traffic must be maintained in each direction at all times unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall use temporary delineators to close vehicular traffic lane. Local access to businesses shall be provided at all times.
4. Working hours shall be between 7:00 AM and 5:00 PM Monday through Friday, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
5. Weekend work from 7:00 AM to 6:00 PM may be approved by the Engineer. Inspection and material testing during weekend will be at the cost of the Contractor.
6. The Contractor shall submit for approval, a written request to perform weekend work a minimum of two (2) weeks prior to the weekend dates. If weekend work is approved, the additional cost of inspection shall be borne by the Contractor.
62 7
. The Contractor shall furnish, install temporary stripes and maintain temporary construction warning signs, lighting, flaggers, barricades, striping and other devices necessary to safeguard the general public and the work, and to provide for the safe and proper routing of all vehicular and of pedestrian traffic within and through the limits of the projects during the construction. The requirement shall apply continuously and shall not be limited to normal working hours.
8. The Contractor shall maintain existing electrical facilities and traffic and public safety in accordance with Section 34 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
9. Except as specified elsewhere in these Special Provisions, commercial driveways shall remain open at all times. The Contractor shall schedule the commercial driveways to be poured in two phases unless more than one driveway is available to the property. The Contractor shall coordinate the driveway closure with property owners 5 calendar days in advance.
10. All work within public streets and/or roadway right-of-way shall be done in an expeditious manner so as to cause as little inconvenience to the traveling public as possible. Skid- resistant steel plates or other approved methods shall be used to cover all open excavations in the roadway during non-working hours.
11. Loading access to businesses must be maintained at all times. Pedestrian access with ADA compliant path of travel must be provided and maintained.
12. All work is to be done in accordance with City of Sacramento noise ordinances, per Section 6 in the City Standard Specifications.
13. Ten calendar days (10) prior to roadway or lane closures, changeable message signs shall be placed where designated by the Engineer. Changeable message signs shall be considered part of this item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor The message on the changeable message sign shall be approved in writing by the Engineer two days prior to installment on the roadway.
14. Lane closures shall be in conformance with an approved traffic control plan.
15. Placement and removal of the temporary traffic stripes (tape) and pavement markings (tape) required in each stage of construction shall be considered part of this item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
16. Removal of any existing conflicting pavement stripes or makings shall be considered part of this item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.
63 1
7. Relocation of roadway signs from their current location to a temporary location needed for stage construction and all sign relocations needs during construction including temporary barricades shall be considered part of this item and no additional compensation will be awarded therefor.
Payment shall be the lump sum price bid for Traffic Control System. The work covered under this bid item shall include full compensation for all temporary traffic control devices including temporary delineators, temporary railing, temporary traffic signals/poles, temporary pavements, signage and pavement delineation, including funding signs, and for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in developing and implementing a Traffic Control System, including all plan submittals and revisions, as specified in these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 3 - STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) These requirements consist of regulations contained in the National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Stormwater Permit issued to the City.
This item includes full compensation for furnishing all labor material, tools, equipment, and incidentals for the development and full implementation of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as mandated by the Current State’s Construction General Permit. This shall also include the preparation and submittal of all documentation (i.e. Notice of Intent, inspection reporting, annual reporting etc.) necessary to comply with the State’s Construction General Permit requirements. Furthermore, contractor shall comply with the City Erosion and Sediment and Pollution Control Ordinance and the Stormwater Management and Discharge Control ordinance, by ensuring that the project fully complies with the Following requirements:
CSMP, inspecting water pollution control practices, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
1. Dust Control
The Contractor shall comply with all City and County of Sacramento air pollution control rules, regulations, ordinances, and statutes which apply to any work performed pursuant to the contract, including any air pollution control rules, regulations, ordinances, and statutes, specified in the Government Code. The Contractor shall be responsible for the control of dust within the limits of the project at all times including weekends and holidays in addition to normal working days. The Contractor shall take whatever steps are necessary or required by the Engineer to eliminate the nuisance of blowing dust without causing sediment, debris or litter to enter the City storm drain system.
2. Erosion, Sediment, and Pollution Control
The Contractor shall be responsible for controlling erosion and sedimentation within the limits of the project at all times during the course of construction including evenings, weekends and holidays in addition to normal working days. The Contractor shall prevent sediment and construction debris from entering the City storm drain system.
64 Th
e Contractor shall provide the following erosion, sediment, and pollution control Best Management Practices (BMPs) when and where applicable:
a. Filter Bags in and Gravel bags around any storm drain inlets, which receive runoff from the limits of the construction zone, including storage and staging areas. Alternative storm drain inlet protection BMPs can be used with approval of the Engineer.
b. Covering of material piles and/or gravel berms (or approved equal) around material piles as required to prevent migration of material to gutters or storm drains.
c. Gutter flowlines are to be kept unimpeded and free of soil, debris and construction materials at all times.
d. Stabilized construction entrance at any soil to concrete/asphalt interface used by Contractor vehicles and equipment.
e. Silt fences, fiber rolls or approved equal at any soil to concrete/asphalt interface at which soil may be washed onto the concrete/asphalt.
f. Wash water, slurry and sediment from concrete or asphalt sawcutting operations shall not be allowed to enter the City storm drain system, but instead must be collected and disposed of, by the Contractor, in some manner approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor is required to implement, at a minimum, the following housekeeping practices:
site cleanup, solid waste management, material storage and delivery area, concrete waste management, and spill prevention and control.
a. Site Cleanup: The Contractor shall keep the project site clean and free of dust, mud, and debris resulting from the Contractor's operations. Daily clean up throughout the project shall be required as the Contractor progresses with the work. Extra precautions and clean up efforts shall be made prior to weekends and holidays.
Daily or as needed, all paved areas within the limits of the project shall be cleaned and free of sediments, asphalt, concrete and any other construction debris. The Contractor will not be allowed to clean sediment and debris from the street by using water to wash down streets. The streets will be allowed to be washed only after the streets have been thoroughly swept and/or vacuumed and inlet protection has been placed at all storm drain inlets to catch any remaining sediments from the streets.
Spillage of earth, gravel, concrete, asphalt, or other materials resulting from hauling operations along or across any public traveled way shall be removed immediately by the Contractor at his expense. If site is not kept sufficiently clean the City will take measures to clean it and back charge the Contractor.
b. Solid Waste Management: Contractor shall maintain a clean construction site.
Contractor shall provide designated areas for waste collection. The waste collection areas shall be leak-proof containers with lids or covers. Site trash shall be collected daily and placed in the disposal containers. The Contractor shall make arrangements for
65 r
egular waste collection. The Contractor shall also regularly inspect the waste disposal areas to determine if potential pollutant discharges exist.
c. Material Storage and Delivery Area: Contractor shall provide one central material storage and delivery area (MSDA) for the duration of the project. This area shall be protected such that runoff will not be allowed to leave the MSDA site. The Contractor shall regularly inspect the MSDA site to ensure that any hazardous or non-hazardous materials have not spilled.
d. Concrete Waste Management: The Contractor shall arrange for concrete wastes to be disposed of off-site or in one designated on-site area. Concrete wastes, including left-over concrete and material from washing out the concrete truck, shall not be disposed or washed into the storm drain system. If a designated on-site area is provided, the site shall be bermed to allow the concrete to dry. The dried concrete waste shall be removed and disposed of properly by the Contractor at his expense.
e. Spill Prevention and Control: The Contractor shall be responsible for instructing employees and sub-contractors about preventing spills of hazardous materials, including equipment fuel, and controlling spills if they occur. Proper spill control and cleanup materials and procedures shall be kept on site near the storage and equipment fueling areas and updated as materials change on site. Contractor will be held strictly responsible for the prevention, clean-up and consequences of any hazardous materials spills.
Throughout the duration of the project the Contractor will be required to inspect and maintain, in effective condition, all erosion, sediment, and pollution control BMPs before and after each storm event and as needed. The contractor shall immediately correct or replace any ineffective BMPs.
More information about control measures and housekeeping practices can be obtained by referring to the City of Sacramento's Administrative and Technical Procedures Manual for Grading, Erosion and Sediment Control available at 1395 35th Avenue, Sacramento, CA 95822.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit an erosion, sediment and pollution control plan (ESC Plan) to the Engineer for review, per Section 16 of the Standard Specifications. The submittal shall include a description of all erosion, sediment and pollution control BMPs proposed to be used to prevent sediment and other sources of pollution from entering the City storm drain system as well as a site plan showing their placement. The ESC Plan shall be submitted a minimum of 48 hours prior to start of the work. The Contractor will not be allowed to begin work until an accepted ESC Plan is on file with the Engineer. The erosion, sediment and pollution control plan shall be updated as necessary and re-submitted to the Engineer.
f. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP): This project is covered under the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated With Construction Activity (“General Permit”). The General Permit is issued by the SWRCB and is enforced by the Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board (Regional Board). Failure to comply with the requirements of the General Permit
66 c
ould result in significant daily fines. General Permit coverage is obtained by certifying and filing a Notice of Intent (NOI) with the State Board. The Contractor will be responsible for filing the NOI and paying applicable fees. The General Permit also requires inspection of erosion and sediment control measures before, during, and after storm events.
The SWPPP shall be prepared in accordance with the General Permit. The SWPPP must be prepared by an individual knowledgeable about storm water pollution prevention methods and requirements, and shall be signed by the preparer of the SWPPP. SWPPPs not prepared by a qualified individual may not be acceptable to the City, and the City may require that the Contractor obtain the services of a qualified preparer at the Contractor’s expense. The SWPPP shall be submitted to the City for review and acceptance and implemented by the Contractor before work commences. The Contractor will not be allowed to mobilize until the plan is accepted. The SWPPP must be kept on site at all times, updated for the various phases of the project, and made immediately available for City and Regional Board Inspectors upon request. Updates shall be submitted to the City immediately for review. Individuals responsible for the implementation of the SWPPP shall be appropriately trained, and the SWPPP shall document all training. This includes those personnel responsible for the use, installation, inspection, maintenance, and repair of Best Management Practices (BMP’s).
By June 15th of each year, the Contractor shall submit an annual certification to the Engineer stating conformance with the requirements governing the Permit. If the project is in non-compliance at any time, the Contractor shall make a written report to the Engineer within 15 days of identification of non-compliance.
Submit a revised SWPPP annually before September 15th and any time:
1. Changes in work activities could affect the discharge of pollutants
2. WPC practices are added as change order work
3. WPC practices are added at your discretion
4. Changes in the quantity of disturbed soil are substantial
5. Objectives for reducing or eliminating pollutants in stormwater discharges have not been achieved
6. You receive a written notice of a permit violation for the project from the RWQCB or any other regulatory agency
7. Changes are made to dewatering discharge WPC practices
8. Changes are made to QSP delegate assignments or delegate functions
9. Changes are made to the project inactive status Revise the SWPPP through amendment.
The annual SWPPP amendment must include an annual winterization plan.
The annual winterization plan must describe the preparation for the upcoming rainy season including:
1. Updated schedule
2. Materials and labor
3. Management of stormwater through the job site including:
3.1. Run-on
67 3
.2. Run-off
3.3. Conveyance downslope
4. Management of areas within the job site including:
4.1. Areas where work is suspended
4.2. Areas of soil stabilization
4.3. New disturbed soil areas
5. Changes to monitoring locations
6. Slope stabilization
7. Management of dewatering discharges
Prepare an inactive project plan when beginning or ending inactive project status. The inactive project plan must include:
1. Updated schedule
2. Site stabilization measures
3. Construction activity status
4. Revised site map with current site conditions
5. Include photographs showing stabilization WPC practices
6. Changes to WPC management and inspections
3. Enforcement
Per City Code Sections 15.88, 13.16 and 1.28, the Contractor shall be subject to Notices of Violation (NOVs) resulting in possible Stop Work Orders and Administrative Penalties of up to $4,999 per day for non-compliance of this section of the Special Provisions.
Per the State’s Porter Cologne Water Quality Act, the Contractor shall also be subject to inspection by Staff from the Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board who have the authority to issue Notices of Violation (NOVs) and Penalties of up to $10,000 per day for non-compliance.
The Contractor shall be liable for any fines issued to the project by the State or Federal Government for NPDES non-compliance due to Contractor negligence.
The City reserves the right to take corrective action and withhold the City’s costs for corrective action from progress payments or final payment in accordance with Section 7, Retention of Sums Charged against the Contractor, of the Agreement.
Any fines, including third-party claims, levied against the City as a result of Contractor’s non- compliance are the Contractor’s sole responsibility and will be withheld from progress payments or final payment in accordance with Section 7, Retention of Sums Charged against the Contractor, of the Agreement.
Payment shall be at the lump sum bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, filing NOI and paying applicable fees and for doing all work involved in preparing and implementing Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 4 - ABANDON PIPE
Existing pipe as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer shall be removed within four (4) feet of subgrade. The remaining portion of the pipe that is lower than the aforementioned shall,
68 a
t the option of the contractor, be removed or shall be filled completely with Control Density Fill (CDF) that meets the requirements of Section 10-16 of the Standard Specifications or import material with a sand equivalent of 20 or greater.
Any excavation or depression created by removal of all or a portion of the pipe shall be backfilled to within 12 inches of the asphalt concrete pavement using CDF, Class 2 aggregate base, or an import material with a sand equivalent of 20 or greater. The Class 2 aggregate base and import material shall be compacted to at least 90 percent relative compaction. The backfill shall be overlain by a pavement section consisting of at least 21.5 inches of Class 2 aggregate base and 6 inches of asphalt concrete placed to match existing grade as per these Special Provisions and the Standard Specifications. The Class 2 aggregate base within the pavement section shall be compacted to at least 95 percent relative compaction. Excavation and backfill shall conform to Section 14-2, Structure Excavation and Backfill, of the Standard Specifications unless superseded by these Special Provisions.
All clay pipe, or portions thereof, removed shall become the property of the Contractor and disposed of away from the project site.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe abandoned and shall include all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete this item including pavement cutting and removal, excavating, furnishing and placing necessary materials, backfilling, removing and disposing of existing pipe, flow control, shoring, dewatering, and repaving or other surface restoration.
ITEM NO. 5 - REMOVE TREE
Under this item, the contractor shall remove a standing tree, and pull, grind, or excavate the root ball. All loose material and disturbed soil from the root area shall be removed, and the resulting cavity filled with ¾” crushed rock up to local subgrade and compacted to 95%. Migratory bird nests shall be surveyed as specified elsewhere in these Special Provisions prior to the removal of trees.
Contractor shall notify the Urban Forestry Department and the Engineer at least fifteen (15) working days prior to removing any tree.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in Remove Trees as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 6 - REMOVE THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPE
Thermoplastic and preformed traffic stripes (4”, 6”, 8”, 12”) shall be removed to the fullest extent possible from the pavement by grinding. Grinding material left on the pavement as a result of removing traffic stripes shall be removed as the work progresses. Accumulations of grinding material, which might constitute a hazard to traffic, will not be permitted.
The striping and markings’ contractor shall be required to provide and submit to the Engineer a weekly schedule of work for each week showing a list of streets in order of performance at least one week prior to performing any work. A contact person and phone number of responsible parties shall be affixed to this list.
69 Th
e Contractor shall place temporary markers prior to removing traffic control measures during the striping removal operation. Temporary markers shall be maintained until permanent striping is in place.
Measurement shall be by the linear foot of traffic stripe removed. No payment will be made for gaps in broken traffic stripes. Double center stripes shall be paid as two (2) four-inch stripes.
Twelve-inch traffic stripes are defined as both transverse and longitudinal lines, which include, but are not limited to, 12” limit lines, 12” crosswalks stripes, and 12” speed hump stripes. 24” limit lines shall be considered as two 12” stripes to remove.
The quantities of this item may be adjusted, deleted, or omitted as directed by the Engineer to meet existing requirements. No adjustment to the unit price bid will be made because of a change in quantity from the Engineer's estimate.
Payment shall be at the unit price per linear foot of traffic stripe removed regardless of width and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved with removing traffic stripes as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 7 - REMOVE THERMOPLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING
Thermoplastic and preformed pavement marking shall be removed to the fullest extent possible from the pavement by grinding. Grinding material left on the pavement as a result of removing markings shall be removed as the work progresses. Accumulations of grinding material, which might constitute a hazard to traffic, will not be permitted.
The quantities of this item may be adjusted, deleted, or omitted as directed by the Engineer to meet existing requirements. No adjustment to the unit price bid will be made because of a change in quantity from the Engineer's estimate.
Pavement markings are defined as, but are not limited to, word and symbol markings, parking brackets, and “Triple-four” crosswalks.
Payment shall be at the unit price per square foot pavement markings removed and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved with removing pavement markings as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 8 - REMOVE CONCRETE (SIDEWALK, DRIVEWAY, DRIVEWAY
CONFORM)
Sidewalk, Driveway and Driveway Conform, of various thickness, designated on the plans to be removed or which conflicts with the proposed improvements under this contract, shall be removed.
Concrete removed shall be disposed of outside the City right of way unless otherwise shown or specified in the Contract.
70 W
here no joint exists between concrete to be removed and concrete to remain in place, the concrete shall be cut in a neat line to a minimum depth of 0.17-foot with a power driven saw before concrete is removed. All sawcutting, removing a portion of the existing concrete sidewalk, conforming to the proposed sidewalk, and disposal of removed and excavated materials, excavation and fill, and finish grading required to construct sidewalk conforms shall be included in this item of work.
Where concrete has been removed outside the roadway prism, the backfilled areas shall be graded to drain and blend in with the surrounding terrain.
Concrete to be removed which has portions of the same structure both above and below ground will be considered as concrete above ground for compensation.
Broken pieces of concrete shall be immediately removed from the job site and disposed of. NO PORTIONS OF BROKEN CONCRETE SHALL REMAIN ON THE JOB SITE OVERNIGHT.
The removal of the driveway shall include the sidewalk transitions to the sidewalk but does not include the curb and gutter in front of the driveway.
Payment shall be based at the unit price bid per square foot and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved with removing concrete sidewalk, driveway and driveway conform as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Technical Specifications and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 9 - REMOVE CURB AND GUTTER
Concrete curb, and curb & gutter designated on the plans to be removed or which conflicts with the proposed improvements under this contract, shall be removed.
Concrete removed shall be disposed of outside the City right of way unless otherwise shown or specified in the Contract.
Where no joint exists between concrete to be removed and concrete to remain in place, the concrete shall be cut in a neat line to a minimum depth of 0.17-foot with a power driven saw before concrete is removed. All sawcutting, removing a portion of the existing concrete curb and gutter, conforming to the proposed sidewalk, and disposal of removed and excavated materials, excavation and fill, and finish grading required to construct curb and gutter conforms shall be included in this item of work.
Where concrete has been removed outside the roadway prism, the backfilled areas shall be graded to drain and blend in with the surrounding terrain.
Concrete to be removed which has portions of the same structure both above and below ground will be considered as concrete above ground for compensation. Removal of curb and gutter at existing driveways is included in the Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter bid item.
Broken pieces of concrete shall be immediately removed from the job site and disposed of. NO PORTIONS OF BROKEN CONCRETE SHALL REMAIN ON THE JOB SITE OVERNIGHT.
71 P
ayment shall be based at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved with removing curb & gutter as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Technical Specifications and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 10 - REMOVE TYPE 4 CURB MEDIAN
Type 4 curb in median designated on the plans to be removed or which conflicts with the proposed improvements under this contract, shall be removed.
Concrete removed shall be disposed of outside the City right of way unless otherwise shown or specified in the Contract.
Where no joint exists between concrete to be removed and concrete to remain in place, the concrete shall be cut in a neat line to a minimum depth of 0.17-foot with a power driven saw before concrete is removed. All sawcutting, removing a portion of the existing concrete curb and gutter, conforming to the proposed sidewalk, and disposal of removed and excavated materials, excavation and fill, and finish grading required to construct curb and gutter conforms shall be included in this item of work.
Where concrete has been removed outside the roadway prism, the backfilled areas shall be graded to drain and blend in with the surrounding terrain.
Concrete to be removed which has portions of the same structure both above and below ground will be considered as concrete above ground for compensation.
Broken pieces of concrete shall be immediately removed from the job site and disposed of. NO PORTIONS OF BROKEN CONCRETE SHALL REMAIN ON THE JOB SITE OVERNIGHT.
Payment shall be based at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all work involved with removing Type 4 curb in median as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Technical Specifications and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 11 - REMOVE ROADSIDE SIGN AND POST
Existing roadside signs shall be removed where shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 32 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Removed sign panels shall be salvaged and delivered to the City of Sacramento Traffic Sign and Markings Section at 5730 24st Street, Building 10, Sacramento, CA.
Ex
isting roadside signs shall not be removed until replacement signs have been installed or until the existing signs are no longer required for the direction of public traffic, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each sign and post to remove and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all
72 w
ork involved in removing roadside sign and post as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 12 - REMOVE FENCE
Existing fences, at those locations shown on the plans to be removed, shall be removed and disposed of.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved with removing fence as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Technical Specifications and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 13 - REMOVE WATER METER AND SERVICE
Water meter and service, at those locations shown on the plans to be removed, shall be removed and disposed of.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved with removing water meter and service as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Technical Specifications and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 14 - REMOVE FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY
Existing fire hydrant assembly, at those locations shown on the plans to be removed, shall be removed and disposed of.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved with removing fire hydrant assembly as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Technical Specifications and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 15 - REMOVE STORM DRAIN PIPE
The contractor shall remove storm drain pipe where shown on the plans, as directed by the Engineer, and in accordance with Section 14 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Concrete removed shall be disposed of outside the right of way in accordance with the provisions in Section 13 and 14-10 of the State Specifications.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in removing storm drain pipe as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 16 - REMOVE DRAIN INLET
The Contractor shall remove drain inlets where shown on the Plans, as directed by the Engineer, and in accordance with Section 14 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
73 C
oncrete removed shall be disposed of outside the right of way in accordance with the provisions in Section 13 and 14-10 of the State Specifications.
The existing grates shall be cleaned of all foreign material and delivered to the City of Sacramento Corporation Yard, Division of Field Services, 5730 24th Street, Attention: Jeff Heard, Drainage Superintendent (916) 433-6223.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in removing drain inlet as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 17 - REMOVE DRAIN
The Contractor shall remove drains under sidewalk where shown on the Plans, as directed by the Engineer, and in accordance with Section 14 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in removing drain under sidewalk as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 18 - RELOCATE ROADSIDE SIGN
Existing roadside signs, shall be relocated at those locations shown on the plans.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved with relocating roadside signs as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Technical Specifications and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 19 - RELOCATE FENCE AND GATE
Under this item, the Contractor shall install a temporary fence and gate to secure the property before the removal and relocation of the existing fence and gate. A video record of installation details and condition of the existing fence, from both sides, shall be made, duplicated, and preserved. The existing fence panels shall be removed and stockpiled in a manner that will prevent damage or defacement. Posts shall be excavated and adhered concrete shall be removed, in a manner to prevent damage or defacement. Posts shall be reset in wet, mixed concrete on their new lines and panels reattached. Any damage resulting from the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired or the component replaced in kind with the original. The Contractor will be responsible for any damage to the property that may occur as a result of the improper and insecure temporary fence and gate installation. After the relocation of the fence and gate, the temporary fence shall then be removed.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in Relocate
74 F
ence and Gate, including wet-mix concrete for fence posts, temporary fence, and setting and removing same.
ITEM NO. 20 - RELOCATE PARKING LOT RAILING
Under this item, the Contractor shall video record installation details and condition of the existing railing, from both sides, shall be made, duplicated, and preserved. The existing railing panels shall be removed and stockpiled in a manner that will prevent damage or defacement. Posts shall be excavated and adhered concrete shall be removed, in a manner to prevent damage or defacement.
Posts shall be reset in wet, mixed concrete on their new lines and panels reattached. Any damage resulting from the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired or the component replaced in kind with the original. The Contractor will be responsible for any damage to the property that may occur as a result of the improper and insecure temporary fence installation. After the relocation of the parking lot railing, the temporary fence shall then be removed.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in Relocate parking lot railing, including wet-mix concrete for fence posts, temporary fence, and setting and removing same.
ITEM NO. 21 - RELOCATE SEWER CLEANOUT
The Contractor shall relocate sewer cleanout where shown on plans, as directed by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in relocating sewer cleanout as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 22 - REMOVE AIR RELEASE VALVE
The Contractor shall remove air release valve where shown on plans, as directed by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in removing air release valve as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 23 - ADJUST WATER METER BOX TO GRADE
The Contractor shall adjust water meter box to grade where shown on plans, as directed by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in adjusting water meter box to grade as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
75 I
TEM NO. 24 - ADJUST WATER VALVE BOX TO GRADE
Utility boxes and water valves shall be adjusted to grade and shall conform to applicable requirements of Sections 10, 27 and 38 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Included in this item is furnishing and placing new utility boxes and steel standpipes (risers) and liners as required and adjusting the utility boxes to grade.
The Contractor shall ensure that utility box covers and water valve covers are not covered with concrete coatings during paving operations. Standpipes shall be left clean and free of paving materials and debris. The valve-operating nut shall be left fully exposed after all paving operations have been completed.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in adjusting water valves box to grade, as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 25 - ADJUST PULL BOX TO GRADE
The Contractor shall adjust pull box to grade where shown on plans, as directed by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in adjusting pull box to grade as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 26 - A
DJUST SEWER CLEAN OUT BOX TO GRADE
The Contractor shall adjust water sewer clean out box to grade where shown on plans, as directed by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in adjusting sewer clean out box to grade as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 27 - A
DJUST SEWER MAINTENANCE HOLE TO GRADE
Existing maintenance holes shall be adjusted to the grade of the new surface and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 25 and 38 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
The cost of adjusting a maintenance hole shall include any necessary lowering, temporarily removing, covering and raising the maintenance hole head to the grade of the new surface under this item.
If lowering is necessary, the Contractor shall verify that all lowered maintenance holes are raised back to grade by back checking against drawings. The Contractor shall perform field review with the Engineer to ensure all maintenance holes shown on the drawings have been raised to grade.
76 P
ayment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in adjusting sewer maintenance holes to grade as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 28 - ADJUST STORM DRAIN INLET TO GRADE
Existing storm drain inlets shall be adjusted to the grade of the new surface and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 25 and 38 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
The cost of adjusting a storm drain inlet shall include any necessary lowering, temporarily removing, covering and raising the storm drain inlet the grade of the new surface under this item.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in adjusting storm drain inlet to grade as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 29 - ADJUST STORM DRAIN MAINTENANCE HOLE TO GRADE Existing maintenance holes shall be adjusted to the grade of the new surface and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 25 and 38 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
The cost of adjusting a maintenance hole shall include any necessary lowering, temporarily removing, covering and raising the maintenance hole head to the grade of the new surface under this item.
If lowering is necessary, the Contractor shall verify that all lowered maintenance holes are raised back to grade by back checking against drawings. The Contractor shall perform field review with the Engineer to ensure all maintenance holes shown on the drawings have been raised to grade.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in adjusting storm drain maintenance holes to grade as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 30 - MODIFY STORM DRAIN MAINTENANCE HOLE
Existing maintenance holes shall be modified as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer, including, but not limited to, additions and removals of pipe connections, and shall conform to the applicable requirements of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Existing maintenance holes to be modified shall also be adjusted to the grade of the new surface and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 25 and 38 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
77 Th
e cost of modifying and adjusting a maintenance hole shall include any necessary lowering, temporarily removing, covering and raising the maintenance hole head to the grade of the new surface under this item.
If lowering is necessary, the Contractor shall verify that all lowered maintenance holes are raised back to grade by back checking against drawings. The Contractor shall perform field review with the Engineer to ensure all maintenance holes shown on the drawings have been raised to grade.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in modifying storm drain maintenance holes as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 31 - ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND GRADING
Roadway excavation and grading shall conform to Section 14 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Excavation shall include sawcutting and removal of all asphalt concrete (AC), aggregate base (AB), miscellaneous Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) not covered elsewhere in these specifications, native material, tree roots and soil, removing and replacing unsuitable material, to allow construction of improvements to the lines and grades shown on the Plans. This item shall include grading behind the proposed sidewalk and driveways necessary to match the existing grades and improvements.
This work shall include excavation and grading necessary to construct the proposed street section, median, driveways, walkways and shall include finish grading to match the back of sidewalk to surrounding grade using a maximum 4:1 slope per the construction plans. This work shall include shaping and trimming of slopes, and the placement and compaction of excavated earth material to the lines and grades shown on the Plans.
All existing asphalt pavements to be removed shall be full depth saw-cut at the limits of removal as shown on the Plans and in accordance with Section 13 of the Standard Specifications.
Excess excavated material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be deposited in a location and manner satisfactory to the Engineer. When any material is to be disposed of outside the right-of-way, the Contractor shall obtain written permission from the owner upon whose property the disposal is to be made before any material is deposited thereon.
The contractor shall assume an unsuitable material quantity of 50 CY to be included in the work.
Existing Facilities
The Contractor shall exercise extreme care to avoid damaging the curb and gutter lips, slope paved embankments, abutments, concrete gutter swales, sidewalks, and planting areas during excavation operations. Gutter lips damaged by the Contractor which are spalled in excess of one inch (1") deep by five inches (5") long will be repaired at the Engineer's direction. The cost of repairs to
78 d
amaged curb and gutter shall be considered as included in this item, and no separate payment shall be made therefore.
Payment shall be made based on the final pay quantity indicated on the Sealed Proposal and will not be recalculated in the field. Payment for fill grading shall be included in the unit bid price for this item and shall not be made separately.
Payment shall be based on the final bid quantity of unit price bid per cubic yard and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and for doing all work involved with roadway excavation and grading as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer. The bid price shall include removal and replacement of 50 CY of unsuitable material.
ITEM NO. 32 - COLD PLANE ASPHALT
Cold plane asphalt, as shown on the Plans, shall be in conformance with the provisions of Section 26, “Cold Plane Asphalt Concrete Pavement,” of the Standard Construction Specifications.
For the overlay paving operation, schedule cold planing activities such that not more than 2 days has elapsed between the time the pavement is cold planed and the time the HMA is placed.
Cold planing asphalt concrete for pavement planing of continuous widths of asphalt concrete pavement will be measured by the square yard. The quantity to be paid for will be the actual area of pavement cold planed, irrespective of the number of passes required to obtain the finished grade.
Payment shall be contract price paid per square yard for cold plane asphalt and includes full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in cold planing asphalt concrete surfacing and disposing of planed material, including constructing, maintaining, removing temporary HMA tapers if applicable, as specified in the State Standard Specifications and these Technical Specifications as shown on the Plans, and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 33 - CLASS 2 AGGREGATE BASE
Class 2 aggregate base shall be placed as shown on the Plans and conform to Sections 10 and 17 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
This item shall include placing Class 2 aggregate base under the proposed curb, curb and gutter, sidewalk, driveways, bikeway, curb ramps, and roadway sawcut areas and where shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer.
Payment for Class 2 Aggregate Base shall be made at the unit price bid per cubic yard and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing Class 2 Aggregate Base as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
79 I
TEM NO. 34 - HOT MIX ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT – SAWCUT AREAS Hot mix asphalt concrete shall be Type A, ¾” maximum aggregate (coarse) and shall be placed as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and in conformance with the requirements of Sections 10 and 22 of the Standard Specifications.
The cost for saw cutting the asphalt concrete at conforms as shown on the plans, shall be full compensated into the unit cost for hot mix asphalt and no separate or additional payment shall be made.
Payment adjustments for Price Index fluctuations shall conform to the provisions in Section 9-
1.07, “Payment Adjustments for Price Index Fluctuations,” in the State Standard Specifications.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per ton based on the weight tickets and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing hot mix asphalt – saw cut areas as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 35 - HOT MIX ASPHALT (3/4” TYPE A)
Hot mix asphalt concrete shall be Type A, ¾” maximum aggregate (coarse) and shall be placed as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and in conformance with the requirements of Sections 10 and 22 of the Standard Specifications.
The cost for saw cutting the asphalt concrete at conforms as shown on the plans, shall be full compensated into the unit cost for hot mix asphalt and no separate or additional payment shall be made.
Payment adjustments for Price Index fluctuations shall conform to the provisions in Section 9-
1.07, “Payment Adjustments for Price Index Fluctuations,” in the State Standard Specifications.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per ton based on the weight tickets and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing hot mix asphalt as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 36 - DIGOUTS (6”)
Digouts shall be 6 inches of asphalt concrete Type A, ¾” maximum aggregate (coarse) and shall be placed as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and in conformance with the requirements of Sections 10 and 22 of the Standard Specifications.
The cost for saw cutting the asphalt concrete as shown on the plans, shall be full compensated into the unit cost for digouts and no separate or additional payment shall be made.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing digouts as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
80 I
TEM NO. 37 - TYPE 3 CURB
Portland cement concrete type 3 curb shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 24 and 38 (DWG.
T-11) of the Standard Specifications.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in constructing type 3 curb as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 38 - TYPE 4 CURB
Portland cement concrete type 4 curb shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 24 and 38 (DWG.
T-11) of the Standard Specifications.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in constructing type 4 curb as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 39 - TYPE 14 CURB
Portland cement concrete type 14 curb shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 24 and 38 (DWG.
T-11) of the Standard Specifications.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in constructing type 14 curb as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 40 - TYPE 14A CURB
Portland cement concrete type 14A curb shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 24 and 38 (DWG.
T-11) of the Standard Specifications.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in constructing type 14A curb as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 41 - CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 1
Portland cement concrete curb and gutter type 1 shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 24 and 38 (DWG. T-11) of the Standard Specifications.
81 Th
e curb and gutter portion of the curb ramps and transitions to existing curb and gutter of a different type shall be paid for with this item of work. Aggregate base under curb and gutter shall be included in the bid item for aggregate base.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in constructing curb and gutter type 1 as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 42 - CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 2
Portland cement concrete curb and gutter type 2 shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 24 and 38 (DWG. T-11) of the Standard Specifications.
The curb and gutter portion of the curb ramps and transitions to existing curb and gutter of a different type shall be paid for with this item of work. Aggregate base under curb and gutter shall be included in the bid item for aggregate base.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in constructing curb and gutter type 2 as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 43 - PCC DRIVEWAY
Portland cement concrete (PCC) driveways shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to Sections 10, 19, 24 and 38 (DWG.T-21 or T-22) of the Standard Specifications. PCC sidewalk driveways shall be constructed of Class "C" Portland cement concrete mix. Driveways shall be constructed at a maximum 10:1 slope in planter area and at a maximum 2% where the sidewalk is attached to curb and gutter.
Existing driveway and walkway shall be sawcut at the locations marked by the Engineer in the field.
Driveway surfacing which has been removed in order to construct new driveway conforms shall be temporarily resurfaced with aggregate base if the time between removal and replacement will exceed three (3) calendar days. Once the existing driveway surfacing has been removed, the driveway conform area shall be maintained in a dust-free, finish graded condition until the permanent driveway conforms are constructed.
The area around reconstructed driveways shall be finished graded as directed by the Engineer.
Excavation for aggregate base beneath driveway and conforms shall be included in the bid item for roadway excavation. Aggregate base under PCC driveways shall be included in the bid item for aggregate base.
82 Th
e City reserves the right to add, eliminate and /or modify any driveway in the field.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square foot and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in constructing PCC sidewalk driveways and conforms as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 44 - PCC CONFORMS
Portland cement concrete (PCC) conforms for driveways, walkways, and parking lots, shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to Sections 10, 19, 24 and 38 of the Standard Specifications. PCC shall be constructed of Class "C" Portland cement concrete mix.
Existing driveway and walkway shall be sawcut at the locations marked by the Engineer in the field.
Surfacing which has been removed in order to construct new conforms shall be temporarily resurfaced with aggregate base if the time between removal and replacement will exceed three (3) calendar days. Once the existing surfacing has been removed, the conform area shall be maintained in a dust-free, finish graded condition until the permanent conforms are constructed.
The area around reconstructed conforms shall be finished graded as directed by the Engineer.
Excavation for aggregate base beneath conforms shall be included in the bid item for roadway excavation.
The City reserves the right to add, eliminate and /or modify any conforms in the field.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square foot and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in constructing PCC conforms as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 45 - HMA CONFORMS
Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) conforms for driveways, walkways, and parking lots shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to Sections 10, 19, 24 and 38 of the Standard Specifications. Driveways shall be constructed at a maximum 10:1 slope in planter area and at a maximum 2% where the sidewalk is attached to curb and gutter.
Existing driveway, walkway, and parking lot shall be sawcut at the locations marked by the Engineer in the field.
Surfacing which has been removed in order to construct new conforms shall be temporarily resurfaced with aggregate base if the time between removal and replacement will exceed three (3) calendar days. Once the existing surfacing has been removed, the conform area shall be maintained in a dust-free, finish graded condition until the permanent conforms are constructed.
83 Th
e area around reconstructed conforms shall be finished graded as directed by the Engineer.
The City reserves the right to add, eliminate and /or modify any conform in the field.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square foot and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in constructing HMA conforms as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 46 - 4” PCC SIDEWALK
Portland cement concrete (PCC) sidewalk shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 24 and 38 of the Standard Specifications.
The sidewalk portion of the curb ramps shall be paid under this item of the proposal. The curb ramps shall be constructed where shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer.
Excavation for aggregate base beneath sidewalks shall be included in the bid item for roadway excavation. Aggregate base under PCC sidewalks shall be included in the bid item for aggregate base.
At locations where curb ramps or sidewalks are being retrofitted into existing sidewalk areas, sidewalk shall match existing color by adding one pound of lamp black per cubic yard of concrete.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing 4" PCC sidewalk as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 47 - CONCRETE CURB RAMP – SINGLE PAN
No utility pull box, utility pole, traffic signal pull box, traffic signal pole foundation, or any other facility that is visible on or above the surface of a curb access ramp may be located within the area of a curb access ramp without prior approval of the Engineer.
All concrete curb ramps shall be constructed in accordance with this section and all applicable Federal, State and local codes and regulations. Any variations from the details or code requirements must be approved in writing by the Engineer, prior to starting demolition. If a ramp constructed by the Contractor is not in full compliance with the requirements of this section, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove and reconstruct the entire ramp at their sole cost and expense. Note: To ensure full compliance of all curb access ramps with the standard details and applicable codes, the Inspector will use appropriate means including, but not limited to, a 2-foot smart level and a tape measure.
Only one ramp can be taken out of service at any given intersection at a time to ensure adequate pedestrian access through/around the intersection. The contractor may take more than one ramp
84 a
t an intersection only if a temporary ADA accessible path of travel through the work zone is provided.
The Contractor shall form, place concrete and re-open each new curb ramp to full and safe pedestrian use by the 5:00 p.m. on Friday of the same week demolition/removal is performed.
All curb ramp locations shall be open for pedestrian use on weekends and holidays. For the purpose of this project “full and safe pedestrian use” means removal of all formwork, restoration of pavement or placement of properly compacted temporary patch material in front of ramp, removal of construction debris and elimination of all other barriers to pedestrian travel.
Excavation for aggregate base beneath curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for roadway excavation. Aggregate base in curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for aggregate base.
Curb and gutters in curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for curb and gutter. The limits of curb ramp include the pan, detectable warning surfaces and ramps per city standard details.
Measurement for the curb ramp shall include the landing and ramped portions as shown on the plans.
Payment for the work required to construct the concrete curb ramps, complete in place, shall be at the contract unit price per each and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
ITEM NO. 48 - CONCRETE CURB RAMP – DUAL PAN
No utility pull box, utility pole, traffic signal pull box, traffic signal pole foundation, or any other facility that is visible on or above the surface of a curb access ramp may be located within the area of a curb access ramp without prior approval of the Engineer.
All concrete curb ramps shall be constructed in accordance with this section and all applicable Federal, State and local codes and regulations. Any variations from the details or code requirements must be approved in writing by the Engineer, prior to starting demolition. If a ramp constructed by the Contractor is not in full compliance with the requirements of this section, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove and reconstruct the entire ramp at their sole cost and expense. Note: To ensure full compliance of all curb access ramps with the standard details and applicable codes, the Inspector will use appropriate means including, but not limited to, a 2-foot smart level and a tape measure.
Only one ramp can be taken out of service at any given intersection at a time to ensure adequate pedestrian access through/around the intersection. The contractor may take more than one ramp at an intersection only if a temporary ADA accessible path of travel through the work zone is provided.
The Contractor shall form, place concrete and re-open each new curb ramp to full and safe pedestrian use by the 5:00 p.m. on Friday of the same week demolition/removal is performed.
All curb ramp locations shall be open for pedestrian use on weekends and holidays. For the purpose of this project “full and safe pedestrian use” means removal of all formwork, restoration of pavement or placement of properly compacted temporary patch material in front of ramp, removal of construction debris and elimination of all other barriers to pedestrian travel.
85 Ex
cavation for aggregate base beneath curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for roadway excavation. Excavation for aggregate base beneath curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for roadway excavation. Aggregate base in curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for aggregate base. Curb and gutters in curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for curb and gutter. The limits of curb ramp include the pan, detectable warning surfaces and ramps per city standard details.
Measurement for the curb ramp shall include the landing and ramped portions as shown on the plans.
Payment for the work required to construct the concrete curb ramps, complete in place, shall be at the contract unit price per each and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
ITEM NO. 49 - CONCRETE CURB RAMP – DOUBLE FLARE
No utility pull box, utility pole, traffic signal pull box, traffic signal pole foundation, or any other facility that is visible on or above the surface of a curb access ramp may be located within the area of a curb access ramp without prior approval of the Engineer.
All concrete curb ramps shall be constructed in accordance with this section and all applicable Federal, State and local codes and regulations. Any variations from the details or code requirements must be approved in writing by the Engineer, prior to starting demolition. If a ramp constructed by the Contractor is not in full compliance with the requirements of this section, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove and reconstruct the entire ramp at their sole cost and expense. Note: To ensure full compliance of all curb access ramps with the standard details and applicable codes, the Inspector will use appropriate means including, but not limited to, a 2-foot smart level and a tape measure.
Only one ramp can be taken out of service at any given intersection at a time to ensure adequate pedestrian access through/around the intersection. The contractor may take more than one ramp at an intersection only if a temporary ADA accessible path of travel through the work zone is provided.
The Contractor shall form, place concrete and re-open each new curb ramp to full and safe pedestrian use by the 5:00 p.m. on Friday of the same week demolition/removal is performed.
All curb ramp locations shall be open for pedestrian use on weekends and holidays. For the purpose of this project “full and safe pedestrian use” means removal of all formwork, restoration of pavement or placement of properly compacted temporary patch material in front of ramp, removal of construction debris and elimination of all other barriers to pedestrian travel.
Excavation for aggregate base beneath curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for roadway excavation. Excavation for aggregate base beneath curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for roadway excavation. Aggregate base in curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for aggregate base. Curb and gutters in curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for curb and gutter. The limits of curb ramp include the pan, detectable warning surfaces and ramps per city standard details.
Measurement for the curb ramp shall include the landing and ramped portions as shown on the plans.
86 Payment for the work required to construct the concrete curb ramps, complete in place, shall be at the contract unit price per each and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
ITEM NO. 50 - C ONCRETE CURB RAMP – SINGLE COMBINATION
No utility pull box, utility pole, traffic signal pull box, traffic signal pole foundation, or any other facility that is visible on or above the surface of a curb access ramp may be located within the area of a curb access ramp without prior approval of the Engineer.
All concrete curb ramps shall be constructed in accordance with this section and all applicable Federal, State and local codes and regulations. Any variations from the details or code requirements must be approved in writing by the Engineer, prior to starting demolition. If a ramp constructed by the Contractor is not in full compliance with the requirements of this section, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove and reconstruct the entire ramp at their sole cost and expense. Note: To ensure full compliance of all curb access ramps with the standard details and applicable codes, the Inspector will use appropriate means including, but not limited to, a 2-foot smart level and a tape measure.
Only one ramp can be taken out of service at any given intersection at a time to ensure adequate pedestrian access through/around the intersection. The contractor may take more than one ramp at an intersection only if a temporary ADA accessible path of travel through the work zone is provided.
The Contractor shall form, place concrete and re-open each new curb ramp to full and safe pedestrian use by the 5:00 p.m. on Friday of the same week demolition/removal is performed.
All curb ramp locations shall be open for pedestrian use on weekends and holidays. For the purpose of this project “full and safe pedestrian use” means removal of all formwork, restoration of pavement or placement of properly compacted temporary patch material in front of ramp, removal of construction debris and elimination of all other barriers to pedestrian travel.
Excavation for aggregate base beneath curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for roadway excavation. Excavation for aggregate base beneath curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for roadway excavation. Aggregate base in curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for aggregate base. Curb and gutters in curb ramps shall be included in the bid item for curb and gutter. The limits of curb ramp include the pan, detectable warning surfaces and ramps per city standard details.
Measurement for the curb ramp shall include the landing and ramped portions as shown on the plans.
Payment for the work required to construct the concrete curb ramps, complete in place, shall be at the contract unit price per each and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
ITEM NO. 51 - DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE
The Contractor shall install detectable warning surfaces where shown on plans, and as directed by the Engineer.
87 P
ayment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in installing detectable warning surface as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 52 - T
YPE B DROP INLET
Type B Drop Inlets shall conform to Sections 20, 24 and 38 of the Standard Specifications.
Type B Drop Inlets shall be cast in place, formed using wood or metal forms. Hand forming of concrete will not be allowed. Cast in place maximum wall thickness shall be 8-inches.
The grate shall conform to Section 38 of the Standard Specifications. The grate shall be installed so that either end of the grate can be lifted from the frame and removed by pulling parallel to the curb. The grate frame shall be installed between ½ and 1 inch from the face of the open back hood.
All joints and all connections between the hardware (grate and hood) and the vertical walls of the drain inlet shall be grouted forming a smooth transition with a light broom finish.
The open back hood shall be cast iron or approved equal.
The vertical distance between the grate and the top of the hood shall be a minimum of 4" and a maximum of 8". If the top of the hood must be placed below the top of curb, there shall be a minimum 3" cover of concrete. One number 4 rebar shall be placed in the concrete and shall extend 12" on both sides of the hood. If the top of the hood is placed flush with the top of curb, the Contractor shall embed hood in concrete, 4 inches from the back of the hood extending 6 inches beyond both ends of the hood.
Drain lead shall be connected to drain inlet with approved waterstop cast into side wall with non- shrink grout. Waterstop shall have a minimum of 2-inches of embedment on all sides. Pipe end shall be flush with the inside surface of the box.
Curb and gutter reconstruction shall match existing geometry and, at the Engineers discretion, extend up to 5 feet in length on either side of the inlet. The cost of curb and gutter reconstruction shall be included in the unit price for this item. Surface restoration shall be in accordance with the appropriate section of these Special Provisions. Pavement cutting shall be perpendicular and parallel to the centerline of the road. Surface restoration due to drain inlet removal and installation shall be paid for as part of this item. Gutter depressions, as shown on the plans, shall be fully compensated into the unit price paid per drainage inlet and no additional compensation will be allowed.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work necessary to construct Type B Drop Inlets, as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
88 I
TEM NO. 53 - MODIFIED TYPE B INLET (WITH TRAP & SUMP)
Modified Type B drop inlets (with trap and sump) shall conform to Sections 20, 24 and 38 of the Standard Specifications.
Modified Type B drop inlets shall be cast in place, formed using wood or metal forms. Hand forming of concrete will not be allowed. Cast in place maximum wall thickness shall be 8-inches.
The grate shall conform to Section 38 of the Standard Specifications. The grate shall be installed so that either end of the grate can be lifted from the frame and removed by pulling parallel to the curb. The grate frame shall be installed between ½ and 1 inch from the face of the open back hood.
All joints and all connections between the hardware (grate and hood) and the vertical walls of the drain inlet shall be grouted forming a smooth transition with a light broom finish.
The open back hood shall be cast iron or approved equal.
The vertical distance between the grate and the top of the hood shall be a minimum of 4" and a maximum of 8". If the top of the hood must be placed below the top of curb, there shall be a minimum 3" cover of concrete. One number 4 rebar shall be placed in the concrete and shall extend 12" on both sides of the hood. If the top of the hood is placed flush with the top of curb, the Contractor shall embed hood in concrete, 4 inches from the back of the hood extending 6 inches beyond both ends of the hood.
Drain lead shall be connected to drain inlet with approved waterstop cast into side wall with non- shrink grout. Waterstop shall have a minimum of 2-inches of embedment on all sides. Pipe end shall be flush with the inside surface of the box.
Curb and gutter reconstruction shall match existing geometry and, at the Engineers discretion, extend up to 5 feet in length on either side of the inlet. The cost of curb and gutter reconstruction shall be included in the unit price for this item. Surface restoration shall be in accordance with the appropriate section of these Special Provisions. Pavement cutting shall be perpendicular and parallel to the centerline of the road. Surface restoration due to drain inlet removal and installation shall be paid for as part of this item. Gutter depressions, as shown on the plans, shall be fully compensated into the unit price paid per drainage inlet and no additional compensation will be allowed.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work necessary to construct Modified Type B drop inlets (with trap and sump), as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 54 - R
OLLED CURB DROP INLET
Rolled curb drop inlets shall conform to Sections 20, 24 and 38 of the Standard Specifications.
Rolled curb drop inlets shall be cast in place, formed using wood or metal forms. Hand forming of concrete will not be allowed. Cast in place maximum wall thickness shall be 8-inches.
89 Th
e grate shall conform to Section 38 of the Standard Specifications. The grate shall be installed so that either end of the grate can be lifted from the frame and removed by pulling parallel to the curb. All joints and all connections between the hardware (grate) and the vertical walls of the drain inlet shall be grouted forming a smooth transition with a light broom finish.
Drain lead shall be connected to drain inlet with approved waterstop cast into side wall with non- shrink grout. Waterstop shall have a minimum of 2-inches of embedment on all sides. Pipe end shall be flush with the inside surface of the box.
Curb and gutter reconstruction shall match existing geometry and, at the Engineers discretion, extend up to 5 feet in length on either side of the inlet. The cost of curb and gutter reconstruction shall be included in the unit price for this item. Surface restoration shall be in accordance with the appropriate section of these Special Provisions. Pavement cutting shall be perpendicular and parallel to the centerline of the road. Surface restoration due to drain inlet removal and installation shall be paid for as part of this item. Gutter depressions, as shown on the plans, shall be fully compensated into the unit price paid per drainage inlet and no additional compensation will be allowed.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work necessary to construct rolled curb drop inlets, as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 55 - 4
8” STORM DRAIN MAINTENANCE HOLE
Maintenance Holes shall be constructed where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer in conformance with Section 25 and Section 38 (DWG. S-70) of the Standard Specifications.
Eccentric cones shall not be used unless specified on the Plans or by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work necessary to construct maintenance holes as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 56 - 60” SADDLE TYPE STORM DRAIN MAINTENANCE HOLE Maintenance Holes shall be constructed where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer in conformance with Section 25 and Section 38 (DWG. S-70) of the Standard Specifications.
Eccentric cones shall not be used unless specified on the Plans or by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work necessary to construct maintenance holes as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
90 I
TEM NO. 57 - 48” STORM DRAIN MAINTENANCE HOLE (WITH TRAP & SUMP) Maintenance Holes shall be constructed where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer in conformance with Section 25 and Section 38 (DWG. S-70) of the Standard Specifications.
Eccentric cones shall not be used unless specified on the Plans or by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work necessary to construct maintenance holes as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 58 - STANDARD MANHOLE COVER 1-C
The Contractor shall install standard manhole cover 1-C where shown on plans, as directed by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in installing standard manhole cover 1-C as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 59 - 1
0” PVC SDR 35 PIPE
Where shown on the Plans, ten-inch (10”) diameter storm drain pipes shall be SDR-35 PVC as specified elsewhere in the Special Provisions. Drain lead connections to manholes shall be included in this item. Drain inlet lead and fittings shall be constructed to the details on the Plans and shall conform to Sections 10, 14, and 26 of the Standard Specifications and these Special provisions.
This item shall include all necessary trenching, bedding, backfilling, and pavement restoration involved in the installation of the storm drain pipe.
C-900 PVC for pipe and fittings shall be utilized for any pipe that has less than 18-inches of cover between the top of the installed pipe and the finish grade. If the depth of cover is less than 12 inches, the Contractor shall encase pipe with controlled density fill as specified elsewhere. When the Engineer approves shallow placement of DI leads requiring protective measures proposed by Contractor, all work associated with protective measures shall be considered as extra and paid per Section 8-10 of the Standard Specifications.
Controlled Density Backfill – Also known as Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) or ready Mixed Flowable Fill (RFF) as processed and distributed by the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association.
Material shall be a hand excavatable mixture of cement, pozzolan, coarse and fine aggregate and water which has been mixed in accordance with ASTM C 94.
Flowable – Material shall be flowable with a high slump, non-segregating consistency that readily flows and fills voids, congested areas, difficult to reach places, and that can be used for pipe zone fill, trench zone fill, pipe abandonment, structure backfill, and structure cavity fill.
91 R
apid Set – Material shall obtain early strength gain, to allow traffic load or other live loads on the fill in less than 7 days after placing the material.
Cement – Shall be type II in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 150.
Pozzolan – Shall be added to improve flowability and shall be type F in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 618.
Aggregate – Coarse aggregate shall consist of well graded mixture of crushed rock with a maximum size aggregate of ½ inch. 100% shall pass the ½ inch sieve. Not more than 30% shall be retained by the ¼ inch sieve and not more than 12% shall pass the number 200 sieve. All material shall be free from organic matter and not contain more alkali, sulfates, or salts than the native materials at the site of work.
Admixtures – Air entrainment shall be added (minimum of 8%, maximum of 20%) to improve workability in accordance with ASTM C 260. Water reducing agent shall be added to improve workability in accordance with ASTM C 494.
Water – Shall be potable, clean, and free from silty organic matter, alkali, salts, or other impurities.
Density – Minimum density shall be 120 PCF, maximum density 135 PCF.
Compressive Strength – Minimum 28-day compressive strength shall be 50 psi and the maximum shall be 150 psi.
Care shall be taken to avoid floating the pipe, especially with pipe types other than concrete. Means shall be employed to assure a consistent flowline in accordance with plans and special provisions.
When connecting to a manhole:
A) If a precast manhole base is allowed, the Contractor shall install a flexible joint (bell and spigot or flexible coupling) a horizontal distance of 18-inches to 24-inches from the wall of the manhole.
B) All connections to the manholes not cast as part of the base shall be made by use of a coring machine and a "Cor-N-Seal" or approved equal flexible watertight coupling. The incoming pipe shall be cut, and the space between the inserted pipe and the seal shall be grouted smooth.
After mandrel inspection, the DI leads placed will be inspected by the City's Field Services Division utilizing a robotic T.V. camera device as specified elsewhere in these Special Provisions.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate the T.V. inspection with the Engineer.
The lead invert elevations shown on the Plans are approximate only. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the final vertical alignment by means of locating potential conflicts prior to construction of the drain inlet, lead, or coring of the manhole. No deflections will be allowed in the lead unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Guidelines for final profile of drain lead are as follows: The distance from the grate elevation to the top of the drain inlet base shall be between 4'-8" and 5' unless otherwise shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer.
92 Th
e drain lead shall have a minimum slope of 0.0025 ft/ft unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise stated herein, no additional compensation shall be paid to the Contractor for potholing, or altering drain inlet or lead elevations.
Included in this item is the construction of concrete collars connecting leads into other drainage structures.
For Class 4 Concrete Backfill as shown on the plans, the cost shall be assumed included in the unit price per linear foot of storm drain pipe and no separate or additional payment shall be made for its use.
This item shall include the cost of installing SDR 35 polyethylene pipe where shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. SDR 35 polyethylene (PE) pipe that conforms to the requirements of ASTM F714. The body of the pipe shall be manufactured from high density molecular weight polyethylene resin which conforms to ASTM D1248 and shall have a cell classification of 445574C as described in ASTM D3350. The inner wall of the pipe shall be light gray in color and have a minimum cell classification of 345444E under ASTM D3350.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot of proposed storm drain pipe to install and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, surface restoration, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in installing 10” storm drain pipe as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 60 - INSTALL WATER METER AND SERVICE
This item shall consist of furnishing and installing water services from the water main to the point of service at the property. Each water service shall include furnishing and placing corporation stop, meter box, meter setter, backflow prevention assemblies, all required lateral pipe, and all other items to place and connect water services as shown on the Plans. The water services and their installation shall meet the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 27, and 38 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to locate the existing water service laterals and curb or corporation stops. All USA markings identifying water features will be verified by the Contractor. All cost associated with this work including all re-work if the USA markings are found to be incorrect shall be included in this item.
The Contractor is to place a 1” irrigation water service to the point of service. The City will provide and install a 1” meter after payment of meter fees in the amount of $672.00 (each) and a tap fee of $1800 (each) and a development fee of $3853.68 (each). The Contractor is to provide and install an approved reduced pressure assembly in accordance with City cross-connection control policy and City standard drawing W-606.
Meter boxes shall be Christy B30 for 1-inch diameter meters, Christy B36 for 1 1/2" and 2" diameter displacement meters, and Christy N30 for 1 1/2" and 2" diameter turbine meters or approved equal. Same box for displacement or turbine meters. B30 and B36.
93 Th
e Contractor shall reconnect the existing water service on the property owner’s side of the meter box to the idler in the meter box so that the water customer’s water service is in service when this item is complete.
When the existing main servicing the home is in the street Right-of-Way and the existing water service is located at the back of the sidewalk or curb, the Contractor shall place the new meter box adjacent to the existing water service curb stop so that the new service can easily be transferred to the existing service.
If there is an existing water meter to the property, the City’s meter crew will remove the existing meter and place a meter in the new meter box. The Contractor shall contact the Department of Utilities at 808-4030 two days prior to transferring the service.
The Contractor shall remove and dispose of existing meter boxes to be removed and replaced. All meter boxes and appurtenances to be removed shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of at the Contractor's expense.
This item shall include the cost of saw cutting and repairing or replacing existing curb gutter, sidewalk or roadway section providing any new sod, shrubbery, fencing, and repair or replacement of other existing improvements on private property that may be damaged as a result of the installation of the water services. The removal and replacement of on-site concrete patios and walkways, in order to construct this item, shall be paid for under a separate item.
The quantity of 1-inch diameter residential water services shown on the plans are for bidding purposes only. The unit price indicated will not be adjusted because the actual number of water services placed may vary from the quantity shown on the plans.
The Contractor shall make the arrangements for furnishing and applying water until the water meters have been installed by the serving utility.
Included in this item is the saw cutting, excavation, backfilling, and pavement restoration (5.5”AC/19”AB) necessary to install the 1” water service.
Payment shall be at the contract unit bid price for each water service and shall include full compensation for furnishing and installing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved with installing the water service, water meter and water meter fees as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 61 - INSTALL FIRE HYDRANT LEAD AND FIRE HYDRANT The Contractor shall install fire hydrant lead and fire hydrant at the locations indicated on the Plans, installed in accordance with applicable portions of Sections 10, 27 and 38 (W201) of the Standard Specifications with the exception that extension kits used to adjust fire hydrants to new grade are prohibited. The contractor shall meet the bury depth requirements by use of 45 degree fittings. Up to 12” extension is allowed on hydrant installation.
94 A
pex Blue, two-way, type BB, reflective pavement markers, or approved equal, shall be placed using Crafco Qwikstix adhesive, or approved equal, for each standard fire hydrant installation. The reflectors shall be placed 6”-12” from the road centerline adjacent to the hydrant on an imaginary line from the hydrant perpendicular to that centerline.
If the road has an island divider, the reflector shall be placed 6”-12” from the nearest division of traffic lanes to the hydrant, and on an imaginary line from the hydrant perpendicular to that division of lanes. If a hydrant is placed at an intersection, reflectors shall be placed on all streets adjacent to the hydrant. In no case shall a marker be placed on a maintenance hole, valve box, lane striping, existing marker, or other road appurtenance.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each of install fire hydrant lead and fire hydrant with new tap shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in installing the fire hydrant lead and fire hydrant as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 62 - INSTALL FIRE HYDRANT WITH NEW TAP
The Contractor shall install fire hydrant with new tap at the locations indicated on the Plans, installed in accordance with applicable portions of Sections 10, 27 and 38 (W201) of the Standard Specifications with the exception that extension kits used to adjust fire hydrants to new grade are prohibited. The contractor shall meet the bury depth requirements by use of 45 degree fittings. Up to 12” extension is allowed on hydrant installation.
Apex Blue, two-way, type BB, reflective pavement markers, or approved equal, shall be placed using Crafco Qwikstix adhesive, or approved equal, for each standard fire hydrant installation. The reflectors shall be placed 6”-12” from the road centerline adjacent to the hydrant on an imaginary line from the hydrant perpendicular to that centerline.
If the road has an island divider, the reflector shall be placed 6”-12” from the nearest division of traffic lanes to the hydrant, and on an imaginary line from the hydrant perpendicular to that division of lanes. If a hydrant is placed at an intersection, reflectors shall be placed on all streets adjacent to the hydrant. In no case shall a marker be placed on a maintenance hole, valve box, lane striping, existing marker, or other road appurtenance.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each of install Fire Hydrant with new tap shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in installing the fire hydrant with new tap as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 63 - INSTALL AIR RELEASE VALVE
The Contractor shall install air release valve where shown on plans, as directed by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in installing air release valve as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
95 I
TEM NO. 64 - INSTALL WATER METER BOX
The Contractor shall install pull box where shown on plans, as directed by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in installing water meter pull box as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 65 - 1 2” STORM DRAIN PIPE
Where shown on the Plans, twelve-inch (12”) diameter storm drain pipes shall be SDR-35 PVC as specified elsewhere in the Special Provisions. Drain lead connections to manholes shall be included in this item. Drain inlet lead and fittings shall be constructed to the details on the Plans and shall conform to Sections 10, 14, and 26 of the Standard Specifications and these Special provisions.
This item shall include all necessary trenching, bedding, backfilling, and pavement restoration involved in the installation of the storm drain pipe.
C-900 PVC for pipe and fittings shall be utilized for any pipe that has less than 18-inches of cover between the top of the installed pipe and the finish grade. If the depth of cover is less than 12 inches, the Contractor shall encase pipe with controlled density fill as specified elsewhere. When the Engineer approves shallow placement of DI leads requiring protective measures proposed by Contractor, all work associated with protective measures shall be considered as extra and paid per Section 8-10 of the Standard Specifications.
Controlled Density Backfill – Also known as Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) or ready Mixed Flowable Fill (RFF) as processed and distributed by the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association.
Material shall be a hand excavatable mixture of cement, pozzolan, coarse and fine aggregate and water which has been mixed in accordance with ASTM C 94.
Flowable – Material shall be flowable with a high slump, non-segregating consistency that readily flows and fills voids, congested areas, difficult to reach places, and that can be used for pipe zone fill, trench zone fill, pipe abandonment, structure backfill, and structure cavity fill.
Rapid Set – Material shall obtain early strength gain, to allow traffic load or other live loads on the fill in less than 7 days after placing the material.
Cement – Shall be type II in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 150.
Pozzolan – Shall be added to improve flowability and shall be type F in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 618.
Aggregate – Coarse aggregate shall consist of well graded mixture of crushed rock with a maximum size aggregate of ½ inch. 100% shall pass the ½ inch sieve. Not more than 30% shall be retained by the ¼ inch sieve and not more than 12% shall pass the number 200 sieve. All
96 m
aterial shall be free from organic matter and not contain more alkali, sulfates, or salts than the native materials at the site of work.
Admixtures – Air entrainment shall be added (minimum of 8%, maximum of 20%) to improve workability in accordance with ASTM C 260. Water reducing agent shall be added to improve workability in accordance with ASTM C 494.
Water – Shall be potable, clean, and free from silty organic matter, alkali, salts, or other impurities.
Density – Minimum density shall be 120 PCF, maximum density 135 PCF.
Compressive Strength – Minimum 28-day compressive strength shall be 50 psi and the maximum shall be 150 psi.
Care shall be taken to avoid floating the pipe, especially with pipe types other than concrete. Means shall be employed to assure a consistent flowline in accordance with plans and special provisions.
When connecting to a manhole:
A) If a precast manhole base is allowed, the Contractor shall install a flexible joint (bell and spigot or flexible coupling) a horizontal distance of 18-inches to 24-inches from the wall of the manhole.
B) All connections to the manholes not cast as part of the base shall be made by use of a coring machine and a "Cor-N-Seal" or approved equal flexible watertight coupling. The incoming pipe shall be cut, and the space between the inserted pipe and the seal shall be grouted smooth.
After mandrel inspection, the DI leads placed will be inspected by the City's Field Services Division utilizing a robotic T.V. camera device as specified elsewhere in these Special Provisions.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate the T.V. inspection with the Engineer.
The lead invert elevations shown on the Plans are approximate only. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the final vertical alignment by means of locating potential conflicts prior to construction of the drain inlet, lead, or coring of the manhole. No deflections will be allowed in the lead unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Guidelines for final profile of drain lead are as follows: The distance from the grate elevation to the top of the drain inlet base shall be between 4'-8" and 5' unless otherwise shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer.
The drain lead shall have a minimum slope of 0.0025 ft/ft unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise stated herein, no additional compensation shall be paid to the Contractor for potholing, or altering drain inlet or lead elevations.
Included in this item is the construction of concrete collars connecting leads into other drainage structures.
For Class 4 Concrete Backfill as shown on the plans, the cost shall be assumed included in the unit price per linear foot of storm drain pipe and no separate or additional payment shall be made for its use.
97 Th
is item shall include the cost of installing SDR 35 polyethylene pipe where shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. SDR 35 polyethylene (PE) pipe that conforms to the requirements of ASTM F714. The body of the pipe shall be manufactured from high density molecular weight polyethylene resin which conforms to ASTM D1248 and shall have a cell classification of 445574C as described in ASTM D3350. The inner wall of the pipe shall be light gray in color and have a minimum cell classification of 345444E under ASTM D3350.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot of proposed storm drain pipe to install and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, surface restoration, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in installing 12” storm drain pipe as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 66 - 15” STORM DRAIN PIPE
Where shown on the Plans, fifteen-inch (15”) diameter storm drain pipes shall be SDR-35 PVC as specified elsewhere in the Special Provisions. Drain lead connections to manholes shall be included in this item. Drain inlet lead and fittings shall be constructed to the details on the Plans and shall conform to Sections 10, 14, and 26 of the Standard Specifications and these Special provisions.
This item shall include all necessary trenching, bedding, backfilling, and pavement restoration involved in the installation of the storm drain pipe.
C-900 PVC for pipe and fittings shall be utilized for any pipe that has less than 18-inches of cover between the top of the installed pipe and the finish grade. If the depth of cover is less than 12 inches, the Contractor shall encase pipe with controlled density fill as specified elsewhere. When the Engineer approves shallow placement of DI leads requiring protective measures proposed by Contractor, all work associated with protective measures shall be considered as extra and paid per Section 8-10 of the Standard Specifications.
Controlled Density Backfill – Also known as Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) or ready Mixed Flowable Fill (RFF) as processed and distributed by the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association.
Material shall be a hand excavatable mixture of cement, pozzolan, coarse and fine aggregate and water which has been mixed in accordance with ASTM C 94.
Flowable – Material shall be flowable with a high slump, non-segregating consistency that readily flows and fills voids, congested areas, difficult to reach places, and that can be used for pipe zone fill, trench zone fill, pipe abandonment, structure backfill, and structure cavity fill.
Rapid Set – Material shall obtain early strength gain, to allow traffic load or other live loads on the fill in less than 7 days after placing the material.
Cement – Shall be type II in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 150.
Pozzolan – Shall be added to improve flowability and shall be type F in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 618.
98 A
ggregate – Coarse aggregate shall consist of well graded mixture of crushed rock with a maximum size aggregate of ½ inch. 100% shall pass the ½ inch sieve. Not more than 30% shall be retained by the ¼ inch sieve and not more than 12% shall pass the number 200 sieve. All material shall be free from organic matter and not contain more alkali, sulfates, or salts than the native materials at the site of work.
Admixtures – Air entrainment shall be added (minimum of 8%, maximum of 20%) to improve workability in accordance with ASTM C 260. Water reducing agent shall be added to improve workability in accordance with ASTM C 494.
Water – Shall be potable, clean, and free from silty organic matter, alkali, salts, or other impurities.
Density – Minimum density shall be 120 PCF, maximum density 135 PCF.
Compressive Strength – Minimum 28 day compressive strength shall be 50 psi and the maximum shall be 150 psi.
Care shall be taken to avoid floating the pipe, especially with pipe types other than concrete. Means shall be employed to assure a consistent flowline in accordance with plans and special provisions.
When connecting to a manhole:
A) If a precast manhole base is allowed, the Contractor shall install a flexible joint (bell and spigot or flexible coupling) a horizontal distance of 18-inches to 24-inches from the wall of the manhole.
B) All connections to the manholes not cast as part of the base shall be made by use of a coring machine and a "Cor-N-Seal" or approved equal flexible watertight coupling. The incoming pipe shall be cut, and the space between the inserted pipe and the seal shall be grouted smooth.
After mandrel inspection, the DI leads placed will be inspected by the City's Field Services Division utilizing a robotic T.V. camera device as specified elsewhere in these Special Provisions.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate the T.V. inspection with the Engineer.
The lead invert elevations shown on the Plans are approximate only. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the final vertical alignment by means of locating potential conflicts prior to construction of the drain inlet, lead, or coring of the manhole. No deflections will be allowed in the lead unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Guidelines for final profile of drain lead are as follows: The distance from the grate elevation to the top of the drain inlet base shall be between 4'-8" and 5' unless otherwise shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer.
The drain lead shall have a minimum slope of 0.0025 ft/ft unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise stated herein, no additional compensation shall be paid to the Contractor for potholing, or altering drain inlet or lead elevations.
Included in this item is the construction of concrete collars connecting leads into other drainage structures.
99 F
or Class 4 Concrete Backfill as shown on the plans, the cost shall be assumed included in the unit price per linear foot of storm drain pipe and no separate or additional payment shall be made for its use.
This item shall include the cost of installing SDR 35 polyethylene pipe where shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. SDR 35 polyethylene (PE) pipe that conforms to the requirements of ASTM F714. The body of the pipe shall be manufactured from high density molecular weight polyethylene resin which conforms to ASTM D1248 and shall have a cell classification of 445574C as described in ASTM D3350. The inner wall of the pipe shall be light gray in color and have a minimum cell classification of 345444E under ASTM D3350.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot of proposed storm drain pipe to install and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, surface restoration, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in installing 15” storm drain pipe as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 67 - MODIFIED ROLLED CURB DROP INLET (WITH TRAP AND SUMP) Rolled curb drop inlets shall conform to Sections 20, 24 and 38 of the Standard Specifications.
Rolled curb drop inlets shall be cast in place, formed using wood or metal forms. Hand forming of concrete will not be allowed. Cast in place maximum wall thickness shall be 8-inches.
The grate shall conform to Section 38 of the Standard Specifications. The grate shall be installed so that either end of the grate can be lifted from the frame and removed by pulling parallel to the curb. All joints and all connections between the hardware (grate) and the vertical walls of the drain inlet shall be grouted forming a smooth transition with a light broom finish.
Drain lead shall be connected to drain inlet with approved waterstop cast into side wall with non- shrink grout. Waterstop shall have a minimum of 2-inches of embedment on all sides. Pipe end shall be flush with the inside surface of the box.
Curb and gutter reconstruction shall match existing geometry and, at the Engineers discretion, extend up to 5 feet in length on either side of the inlet. The cost of curb and gutter reconstruction shall be included in the unit price for this item. Surface restoration shall be in accordance with the appropriate section of these Special Provisions. Pavement cutting shall be perpendicular and parallel to the centerline of the road. Surface restoration due to drain inlet removal and installation shall be paid for as part of this item. Gutter depressions, as shown on the plans, shall be fully compensated into the unit price paid per drainage inlet and no additional compensation will be allowed.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work necessary to construct rolled curb drop inlet (with trap and sump), as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
100
I
TEM NO. 68 - DITCH BOX
Ditch box shall be constructed where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer in conformance with S
ections 26, 30, and 38 (DWG. S-30) of the Standard Specifications. The city standard ditch box shall be modified to not have any side openings or side inlets.
P
ayment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work necessary to construct ditch box as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 69 - MODIFIED TYPE B INLET (WITH SIDE OPENING) Type B Drop Inlets shall conform to Sections 20, 24 and 38 of the Standard Specifications.
Type B Drop Inlets shall be cast in place, formed using wood or metal forms. Hand forming of concrete will not be allowed. Cast in place maximum wall thickness shall be 8-inches.
The grate shall conform to Section 38 of the Standard Specifications. The grate shall be installed so that either end of the grate can be lifted from the frame and removed by pulling parallel to the curb. The grate frame shall be installed between ½ and 1 inch from the face of the open back hood.
All joints and all connections between the hardware (grate and hood) and the vertical walls of the drain inlet shall be grouted forming a smooth transition with a light broom finish.
The open back hood shall be cast iron or approved equal.
The vertical distance between the grate and the top of the hood shall be a minimum of 4" and a maximum of 8". If the top of the hood must be placed below the top of curb, there shall be a minimum 3" cover of concrete. One number 4 rebar shall be placed in the concrete and shall extend 12" on both sides of the hood. If the top of the hood is placed flush with the top of curb, the Contractor shall embed hood in concrete, 4 inches from the back of the hood extending 6 inches beyond both ends of the hood.
Drain lead shall be connected to drain inlet with approved waterstop cast into side wall with non- shrink grout. Waterstop shall have a minimum of 2-inches of embedment on all sides. Pipe end shall be flush with the inside surface of the box.
Curb and gutter reconstruction shall match existing geometry and, at the Engineers discretion, extend up to 5 feet in length on either side of the inlet. The cost of curb and gutter reconstruction shall be included in the unit price for this item. Surface restoration shall be in accordance with the appropriate section of these Special Provisions. Pavement cutting shall be perpendicular and parallel to the centerline of the road. Surface restoration due to drain inlet removal and installation shall be paid for as part of this item. Gutter depressions, as shown on the plans, shall be fully compensated into the unit price paid per drainage inlet and no additional compensation will be allowed.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work necessary to
101
c
onstruct Type B Drop Inlet (with side opening), as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 70 - R EINFORCED CURB AND GUTTER TYPE 2
Portland cement reinforced concrete curb and gutter type 2 shall be constructed as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 10, 24 and 38 (DWG. T-11) of the Standard Specifications.
The curb and gutter portion of the curb ramps and transitions to existing curb and gutter of a different type shall be paid for with this item of work. Aggregate base under curb and gutter shall be included in the bid item for aggregate base.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in constructing reinforced curb and gutter type 2 as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 71 - T
HROUGH SIDEWALK DRAIN
Through sidewalk drains shall conform to Sections 20, 24 and 38 of the Standard Specifications.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work necessary to construct through sidewalk drains as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 72 - ROADSIDE SIGN
This item shall consist of manufacturing, furnishing and installing traffic signs on existing posts or new posts placed where shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 32 and 38 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. New posts will be paid for by a separate item.
A sign material and installation submittal must be reviewed and accepted by the Engineer before fabrication and installation.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer two (2) working days prior to the placement of the signs.
The Contractor shall review the proposed sign location with the Engineer and a supervisor from the City’s Traffic Signs and Markings section prior to installation of the sign. The Engineer may make adjustments to the proposed sign location in the field.
The Contractor shall use the sign sizes as shown in the State of California, Department of Transportation Traffic Manual, unless specified otherwise on the drawings.
Signs located at the side of the roadway shall have a minimum height of seven feet (7’) from the adjacent ground to the bottom of the sign, unless specified otherwise. The height of a combination
102
o
f signs in the median, such as an R7 with an R10, shall be 18 inches from the top of the island to the bottom of the lowest sign (R10) with a maximum one-inch separation between the two signs.
Each sign shall have the date of manufacture and a location number stenciled on the backside.
Location information shall consist of each sign having an individual number which will be recorded on a clean set of Plans during the sign installation and shall be turned in as part of the “Record Drawings”.
A. Sign Posts
A 5/16-inch diameter cap screw with a plated rubber backwasher against the face of the sign and elastic stop nuts shall be placed through the sign and post at both top and bottom of each sign. A “V” notched piped saddle, to support the sign, shall be placed between the sign and the post.
B. Signal and Street Light Poles
Place a ¾-inch stainless steel banded strap and appropriate hardware at both top and bottom of each sign.
C. Sheeting Grade
Sheeting Grade shall use ASTM Type 11 or 3M DG Cubed specifications designed to enhance nighttime visibility of traffic control signs and objects. Type 11 or 3M DG Cubed sheeting shall have a precoated adhesive protected by an easily removable liner.
D. Sign Material
All signs shall be aluminum panels conforming to 5052-H38. All road signs shall be 0.08” thick with the exception of street name signs which shall be 0.125” thick.
Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per each roadside sign and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing roadside signs on existing posts as shown on plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 73 - ROADSIDE SIGN (ONE POST)
This item shall consist of installing roadside signs on new posts where shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 32 and 38 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer two (2) working days prior to the placement of the posts.
The Contractor shall review the proposed post location with the Engineer and a supervisor from the City’s Traffic Signs and Markings section prior to installation of the post. The Engineer may make adjustments to the proposed post location in the field.
All posts shall have a minimum resisting Moment of 400 foot-pounds. All posts shall be capped.
Post caps may be aluminum or galvanized steel. Bolts and miscellaneous metal hardware shall be galvanized or plated after fabrication in conformance with Section 75 “galvanizing” of the State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Specifications.
103
P
ayment shall be made at the unit price bid per each roadside sign (one post), and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in installing roadside signs and posts as shown on plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 74 - THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPE
Thermoplastic Traffic Stripe of the type and detail shown on the plans shall be constructed on asphalt and asphalt concrete pavement as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to AASHTO M249-79(98) and the applicable requirements of Section 32 of the City Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
The payment quantity for a traffic stripe is the length measured along the line of the traffic stripe without deductions for gaps in the broken traffic stripe. A double traffic stripe consisting of two 6-inch-wide yellows is measured as 2 traffic stripes.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot of Thermoplastic Traffic Stripe placed, including all line type components, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all necessary labor, material, tools, equipment, and incidentals as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 75 - THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC MARKING
Thermoplastic Pavement Markings, both white and yellow, shall be constructed on asphalt and asphalt concrete pavement as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to AASHTO M249-79(98) and the applicable requirements of Section 32 of the City Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square foot for Thermoplastic Pavement Marking to place and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved with placing preformed Thermoplastic Pavement Markings as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 76 - COLORED PAVEMENT FOR BIKE LANES (GREEN)
Colored pavement for bike lanes (green) shall be placed where shown on the plans and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 32 of the City Standard Specifications, Sections 84 of the State Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
The quantities of colored pavement for bike lanes may be adjusted, deleted, or omitted as directed by the Engineer to meet the existing requirements. No adjustment to the unit price bid will be made because of a change in quantity from the Engineer's estimate.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square feet of green colored pavement material placed, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved with placing colored pavement for bike lanes as shown on the plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
104
I
TEM NO. 77 - PAVEMENT MARKERS
Pavement markers shall be furnished and placed where shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 32 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each pavement markers to place and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved with placing pavement markers as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 78 - MEDIAN NOSE DELINEATOR
Markers and delineators shall conform to the provisions in Section 82, "Markers and Delineators," of the State Standard Specifications and these special provisions.
Markers and delineators on flexible posts shall be as specified in "Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials," elsewhere in these special provisions. Flexible posts shall be made from a flexible white plastic which shall be resistant to impact, ultraviolet light, ozone and hydrocarbons. Flexible posts shall resist stiffening with age and shall be free of burns, discoloration, contamination, and other objectionable marks or defects which affect appearance or serviceability.
Reflective sheeting for metal and flexible target plates shall be the reflective sheeting designated for channelizers, markers, and delineators specified in "Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials," elsewhere in these special provisions.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved in placing object markers as shown on the Plan, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 79 - LANDSCAPE PAVING AND PAVING SPECIALTIES
This item shall consist of furnishing and installing Landscape Paving and Paving Specialties as shown on the drawings.
A. Standard Concrete Paving shall be in conformance with the applicable paragraphs of Sections 10 and 19 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
B. Stamped Concrete Paving shall be in conformance with the applicable paragraphs of Sections 10 and 19 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. a. General requirements – Provide pattern as shown on construction documents. b. Manufacturer Qualifications: Minimum 10 years of documented experience producing the specified products.
c. Installer Qualifications: Minimum 5 years of documented experience with work of similar scope and complexity required by this Project and acceptable to, or certified by, stamped concrete paving manufacturer.
105
d
. Submittals (Product Data):
i. Dry-shake colored hardener
ii. Liquid release agent
iii. Imprinting/Texturing tools
iv. Curing compound and sealer
v. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer’s color charts showing full range of colors available.
vi. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and Installer
e. Mockups:
i. Construct a 10 foot by 10-foot mockup at a location selected by City. ii. Provide individual mockups for each color and pattern required. iii. Construct mockup using materials, processes, and techniques required for the work, including curing procedures. Incorporate representative control, construction, and expansion joints according to Project requirements.
Installer for the work to construct mockup.
iv. Notify Landscape Architect and City a minimum of seven calendar days in advance of the date scheduled for each mockup construction. v. Obtain the Landscape Architect’s and City’s acceptance of each mockup prior to commencement of the work.
vi. Each mockup to remain until completion of the work to serve as a quality control standard for the work. Provide suitable protections to preclude damage to mockup.
vii. Demolish and remove each mockup from site when directed. f. Performance Requirements
i. Schedule placement to minimize exposure to wind and hot sun before curing materials are applied.
ii. Do not place concrete if rain, frost, or snow is forecast within 24 hours of placement. Protect fresh concrete from moisture and freezing conditions. iii. Compliance Standards: ACI 305R and ACI 306R
g. Delivery and Storage – Deliver products in original factory unopened, undamaged packaging bearing identification of product, manufacturer, batch number, and expiration date as applicable. Store products in a location protected from damage, construction activity, and adverse environmental conditions according to manufacturer’s current recommendations. Imprinting tools must be stored flat, textured face up, with no objects resting on top. Handle products according to manufacturer’s printed instructions.
106
h
. Applicable Publications – The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only.
i. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
1. ACI 301: Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings.
2. ACI 302.1R: Recommended Practice for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
3. ACI 303.1: Standard Specification for Cast-in-Place Architectural Concrete.
4. ACI 304: Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing of Concrete.
5. ACI 305R: Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting.
6. ACI 306R: Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting ii. ASTM International (ASTM):
1. ASTM C 260: Standard Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
2. ASTM C 309: Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane- Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete.
3. ASTM C 979: Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete
iii. Portland Cement Association (PCA)
1. PA124: Finishing Concrete with Color and Texture
i. Materials
i. Dry-Shake Colored Hardener: Cementitious material containing special hard aggregates, formulated as a high opacity color hardening material for the top surface of freshly placed concrete substrates. Highly UV-resistant.
Factory proportioned, mixed, and packaged, ready-to-use. Comply with ASTM C 979.
ii. Low VOC Liquid Release Agent: Colorless, odorless liquid formulated to break the bond between imprinting tools and surface of color-hardened concrete. Evaporates completely, leaving no residue. VOC content less than 450 g/L (3.75lb/gal)
iii. Waterborne Curing Compound and Sealer: Low VOC waterborne modified acrylic formulation. Complies with ASTM C 309 j. Installation
i. Subgrade Preparation
107
i
i. Concrete Placement
iii. Stamped Concrete Paving Installation shall be per manufacturer instructions and recommendations.
k. Preinstallation Conference - Seven (7) calendar days prior to scheduled date of c
oncrete placement, conduct a meeting at Project site to discuss requirements, including application methods. Attendees to include Landscape Architect, City, Contractor, Installer, concrete supplier, and manufacturer’s authorized field representative.
Payment shall be made at the square foot price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work involved in completing the landscape paving and paving specialties as shown on the Plans and Details, as specified in these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Inspector.
ITEM NO. 80 - ART GATEWAY ELEMENTS
This item shall consist of furnishing and installing Art Gateway Elements as shown on the plans and details in conformance with the applicable paragraphs of Sections 5, 10, 19, 20 and 21 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions; manufacturer’s specifications, requirement, and installation requirements; structural and geotechnical engineering calculations and requirements for the art gateway element and footing.
General Requirements – Provide Art Gateway Element with all components as shown on the construction documents. Provide Art Gateway Element complete with lettering, framing and related components for a complete installation. Provide graphics items as completed units produced by a single manufacturer, including necessary mounting accessories, fittings, and fastenings. Do not scale construction documents for dimensions. Verify dimensions and coordinate with field conditions. Notify the City of discrepancies or changes needed to satisfy the requirements of the construction documents.
Manufacturer Qualifications – Manufacturer shall regularly and presently manufacture exterior signage and exterior gateway elements similar in scale, scope, and requirements to those specified, as one of their principal products. The manufacturer shall submit qualifications demonstrating a minimum of three years of experience manufacturing Gateway Elements and shall provide a minimum of three built examples in the form of photographs and drawings of such elements for the City’s review.
Submittals
A. Submit in accordance with approved Shop Drawings and City Standard Specifications.
B. Submit materials samples for Aluminum and Steel components.
C. Submit Color samples of each color, 152 x 152 mm (6 x 6 inches. Show anticipated range of color and texture.
D. Sample typeface in a typical full-size layout.
E. Manufacturer's Literature: Showing the methods and procedures proposed for the anchorage of the Art Gateway Element to footing.
108
F
. Manufacturer’s printed specifications and maintenance instructions.
G. Location Plan, showing location, type and total number of Art Gateway Elements required.
H. Shop Drawings: Scaled for manufacture and fabrication. Identify materials, show joints, welds, anchorage, accessory items, mounting and finishes.
I. Structural Engineering Calculations
J. Full size layout patterns for dimensional letters.
K. Manufacturer’s qualifications.
L. Installer’s qualifications.
M. Provide Manufacturer warranty for all Art Element Components.
Mockups – Provide a full- scale mockup for City and design team's review. Mockup shall include strl. Steel support, face panels w/ laser cut letters and minimum of (2) Super text letters.
Allow (1) shop visit if within Sacramento area to review final fabrication before it is installed on site.
Performance Requirements
A. Structural Calculations: Engage a Professional Engineer (PE) who is registered in the state of California, to design Art Element structure and anchorage to withstand design loads.
B. Structural calculations to include design to withstand design wind loads per local, State and Federal code requirements.
C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes 67 degrees C (120 degrees F) ambient and 100 degrees C (180 degrees F) material surfaces.
Delivery and Storage – Deliver materials to job in manufacturer's original sealed containers with brand name marked thereon. Protect materials from damage. Package to prevent damage or deterioration during shipment, handling, storage, and installation. Maintain protective covering in place and in good repair until removal is necessary. Deliver Exterior Gateway Element only when the site and mounting services are ready for installation work to proceed. Store products in dry condition inside enclosed facilities.
Applicable Publications – The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only.
A. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA):
a. 611-14 Anodized Architectural Aluminum
b. 2603-13 Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels B. ASTM International (ASTM):
a. A36/A36M-19 Carbon Structural Steel
109
b
. A240/A240M-20 Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications c. A666-15 Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate and Flat Bar
d. A1011/A1011M-18a Steel, Sheet, and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength
e. B209-14 Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate
f. B209M-14 Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric) g. B221-14 Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes
h. B221M-13 Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes (Metric)
Materials and Components:
A. Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209M (B209).
B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221M (B221).
C. Steel Products: Structural steel products that conform to ASTM A36/A36M. Sheet and strip steel products that conform to ASTM A1011/A1011M.
D. Finish:
a. Steel finishes: Hot Dip Galvanized w/ Powdercoat finish. AAMA 2603 with a minimum dry film thickness of 0.04 mm (1.5 mils).
b. Aluminum finishes: Powder Coat Finish: AAMA 2603 with a minimum dry film thickness of 0.04 mm (1.5 mils).
c. Metallic Coated Steel Finish: Powder Coat Finish: After cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer’s standard two (2) coat baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat to a minimum dry film thickness of 0.05 mm (2 mils).
E. CIP Concrete footing 36in dia, depth per Structural Engineering requirements and City standard specification sections describing concrete work requirements.
F. Galvanized Steel Base Plate 24in sq X 1in thk. Bolt attach to concrete footing per se requirements. Shop weld to structural post (back panel) of Element.
G. (1) structural steel post: HSS 16x4½in X 13ft L. Shop weld to base plate and gusset plates. Hot dip Galvanized w/ Powdercoat finish. Ral color to be selected based on mockups.
H. (4) Galvanized Steel Gusset Plates, 9" sq. x 1" thk, cut to shape as drawn. Shop weld to structural post and base plate.
110
I
. Cover concrete pour over steel plate and brackets. Light broom finish all exposed surfaces. 1/4 radius ease all exposed edges. Waterproof all below grade steel plates.
J. Construct Face (front) panel w/ Extruded Supertext Letters:
K. Extruded Supertext letters spelling ‘FRANKLIN’ 8'-2 1/2" l x 3" thk x 15" tall in Footlight MT Light font. Font to be reviewed w/ city for final approval. Letters fabricated with extruded aluminum 3in thk. Shop fabricated and mechanically attached to structural panel with concealed fasteners.
L. Internal flanges for attachment of additional structural supports and mounting to base.
M. Allow for individual letters removal without the removal of the entire Element.
N. Provide water relief channels where necessary for proper drainage.
O. Construct Face (Front) TOP and bottom PANELS W/ Aluminum Plate 3"thk x 1/8in thick aluminum plate closed all sides. Shop attach TO structural post with concealed fasteners. At top panel only, laser cut the letters ‘BLVD’ 5” tall letters in Footlight MT font. Font to be reviewed w/ City for final approval.
Fabrication:
A. Fabricate Exterior Gateway Element that comply with approved shop drawings.
B. Design Exterior Gateway components to allow for expansion and contraction without causing buckling, excessive opening of joints or over stressing of adhesives, welds and fasteners.
C. Form work to required shapes and sizes, with true curve lines and angles. Provide necessary rebates, lugs and brackets for assembly of units. Provide concealed fasteners wherever possible.
D. Shop fabricate so far as practicable. Fasten joints flush to conceal reinforcement, or weld joints, where thickness or section permits.
E. Level and assemble contract surfaces of connected members so joints will be tight and practically unnoticeable, without applying filling compound.
F. Letters and Fascia elements: Fabricate with fine, even texture to be flat and sound. a. Maintain lines and miters sharp, arises unbroken, profiles accurate and ornament true to pattern.
b. Plane surfaces to be smooth, flat and without oil-canning, free of rack and twist. c. Maximum variation from plane of surface plus or minus 0.3 mm (0.015 inches).
Restore texture to filed or cut areas.
G. Finish extruded members to be free from extrusion marks. Fabricate square turns, sharp corners, and true curves.
H. Finish hollow letters if proposed, with matching material on all faces, tops, bottoms and ends. Miter edge joints to give the appearance of solid material.
111
I
. Do not manufacture Element until final review and approval of shop drawings has been completed by the City and forwarded to contractor.
J. Drill holes for bolts and screws. Mill smooth exposed ends and edges with corners slightly rounded.
K. Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water.
L. Grind all welds smooth.
M. Movable Parts, Including Hardware: Cleaned and adjusted to operate as designed without binding or deformation of members. Center doors and covers in opening or frame. a. Align contact surfaces fit tight and even without forcing or warping components.
N. Pre-assemble items in shop to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for re- assembly and coordinated installation.
O. All steel and aluminum components shall receive a shop powder coat color to be selected by owner and landscape architect based on physical sample provided by the contractor. a. Finish surface smooth, free of scratches, gouges, drips, bubbles, thickness variations, foreign matter, and other imperfections.
Installation:
A. Locate Exterior Gateway Elements as shown on the construction documents.
B. At each Exterior Gateway Element. location, field verify to ensure there are no utility lines in conflict with the footing or extent of excavation and work, that will be affected by installation of Exterior Gateway Elements:
a. Correct and repair damage done to utilities during installation of Exterior Gateway Element at no additional cost to City.
C. Provide inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in concrete or other material for installation of Exterior Gateway Elements Submit setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage devices, which may involve other trades.
D. Refer to Shop drawing and Manufacturer Installation Drawings for mounting method.
Mount Exterior Gateway Elements in proper alignment, level and plumb according to the Shop drawings, and the dimensions given on elevation and Exterior Gateway Element.
Location Plans. When the exact position, angle, height, or location is not clear, contact City for resolution prior to proceeding with installation.
E. Touch up exposed fasteners and connecting hardware to match color and finish of surrounding surface.
F. At completion of Exterior Gateway Element installation, clean exposed surfaces. Clean and repair adjoining or adjacent surfaces that became soiled or damaged as a result of installation.
112
P
ayment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved completing exterior gateway element as shown on the Plans and Details, as specified in these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 81 - ART WALL
This item shall consist of furnishing and installing Art Walls as shown on the plans and details in conformance with the applicable paragraphs of Sections 10 and 19 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions and the manufacturer’s specifications.
A. Art Wall – Type 1
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved completing art gateway element as shown on the Plans and Details, as specified in these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 82 - SITE FURNISHINGS
This item shall consist of furnishing and installing Site Furnishings as shown on the plans in conformance with these Special Provisions and the manufacturer's specifications.
A. Trash Receptacle shall be CityView, 32-gallon capacity, top opening, flat top, surface mount with 32-gallon capacity rotational molded liner.
Receptacle Model #CV2-3000 with Liner Model PL1-32 as manufactured by SiteScapes Inc., (888)331-9464, www.sitescapesonline.com, [email protected]., or approved equal.
B. Materials: Vertical Straps shall be made of 5/16” x 1 1/2" carbon steel flat bar. Outside support Strap shall be 1/4” x 2” steel flat bar. Top Ring shall be 5/8” dia. Solid steel round bar. Foot plates shall be 5/16” x 1 1/2" stainless steel. Each plate has a 9/16” hole for mounting. The lid shall be flat and made of 14 ga. Spun steel. The liner shall be High Density Polyethylene liner with handles.
C. Finish: Duracoat: All products are steel shot blasted, phosphatized, and preheated. Then each product is coated with a corrosion resistant, zinc rich epoxy undercoat. The TGIC exterior rated topcoat in the color of your choice is then applied. All parts are finished to an average of 8 to 10 mil thickness and fully cured to the manufacture’s specifications. Color:
Allow for up to four (4) custom-colored receptacles.
D. Trash receptacle shall be provided with custom Franklin Boulevard Business District Logo consisting of multi-colored rings and text. Digital design files shall be provided to the contractor by City.
E. Installation: Receptacles shall be surface mounted using the holes that are predrilled in each of the footplates. Receptacles are to be mounted with
113
t
hree Ø1/2” x 4-5” stainless steel anchor bolts, which are contractor supplied.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in setting and installing as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 83 - I
RRIGATION WATER CONNECTION
This item shall consist of making the Irrigation Water Connections to either an existing system or a dedicated irrigation water meter as shown on the drawings in conformance with the applicable paragraphs of Sections of the Standard Specifications, including Sections 27 and 36 of the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions.
Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in making the irrigation water connections, as specified in these Special Provisions, and as directed by the City.
ITEM NO. 84 - IRRIGATION SYSTEM
This item shall consist of furnishing and installing an Irrigation System as shown on the drawings in conformance with the applicable paragraphs of Sections 10 and 36 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
A. Preconstruction Test of Existing Irrigation System–City and Contractor shall perform a preconstruction irrigation test prior to the start of construction. During the test all existing remote control valves shall be turned on with the irrigation controller (manual operation is not permitted). The following irrigation items shall be marked with flags and marking paint: valves, quick couplers, working heads marked blue and broken head marker yellow. All existing broken heads shall be repaired by the property owner unless specified as an item on the project plans or specifications. Any irrigation damaged during construction shall be repaired by the contractor as soon as possible and shall be at the contractor’s expense.
B. Backflow Prevention Device shall conform to Section 10-49 of the Standard Specifications and shall be manufactured by Zurn Wilkins as shown on the drawings or approved equal. Final location as per City Representative. Metal Backflow Enclosure shall be model Insulated PW/E1AW- (S) manufactured by Placer Waterworks, Inc. or approved equal. Color is to be Standard Green.
C. Isolation Ball Valve shall be two-piece body, full port, with blowout-proof stem and PTFE Seats and constructed of all brass as specified in the Standard Specifications and shall be manufactured by Nibco, Model number T-FP-600A or approved equal and as shown on the plans and shall be installed at the locations as shown on the drawings.
Plastic control valves are not acceptable. Valves shall be installed at finished grade in a traffic rated concrete valve box with locking cover.
114
i
. Material List:
Body Forged Brass (CU > 57%)
End Cap Forged Brass (CU > 57%)
Ball Seat PTFE
Ball Chrome Plated Brass – C46500 (1/4”-
1”)
Stainless Steel 316 (1-1/2” – 4”)
Stem Brass
Packing Nut PTFE
Lever Handle Steel, Plated
Handle Stainless Steel
D. Mainline Isolation Gate Valves shall be constructed of all brass as specified in Section 10 51 of the Standard Specifications and shall be lead free and shall be manufactured by Nibco, Model number T-113LF or approved equal and as shown on the plans and shall be installed at the locations as shown on the plans. Plastic control valves are not acceptable.
Valves shall be installed at finished grade in a concrete valve box with locking cover.
E. Quick Coupling Valves shall be per plan or approved equal as specified in the plans.
Quick coupling valve shall be constructed of brass with a locking yellow thermoplastic rubber cover with "DO NOT DRINK" markings. Quick Coupling valve shall be installed as shown on the plans in conformance with Section 10 53 of the Standard Specifications (the following shall be disregarded in the Standard Specifications “…single slot type with on inch (1”) treaded pipe connection and one (1”) key connection…” Valve box shall be installed with the top at finished grade. Four (4) quick coupler keys shall be provided to the City of Sacramento at the completion of the project.
F. Anti-Siphon Electric Drip Control Zone Kit with Single-Station Solar Powered Controller with two-wire DC Latching Solenoid shall conform to Section 36-13 of the Standard Specifications. Anti-Siphon Electric Drip Control Zone Kit shall conform to Section 36- 13 of the Standard Specifications. Electric control valves shall be per plan, or approved equal, and shall be constructed as specified in Section 10 50 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Valves shall be installed per code. i. Anti-siphon valve shall have flow control, female pipe thread valve inlet and outlet with an operating pressure range of 20-150 PSI and with a flow rate of 0.25 to 25GPM. Bonnet solenoid thread shall be 11/16”-12 UN. The diaphragm assembly should be self-cleaning supported with guided seal. Materials for Anti- siphon valve are as follows:
a) Controller housing: high-impact plastic
b) Valve bonnet: nylon reinforced
c) Valve housing: PVC
d) Diaphragm: EPDM reinforced
e) Solenoid housing & retainer: nylon reinforced
115
f
) Spring and plunger: stainless steel 430F
g) Bonnet bolts: Stainless Steel
h) Plunger rubber cap: EPDM
i) O-ring: Buna-N
ii. Anti-siphon valve shall be factory installed with ambient light powered automatic controller with seven keypad buttons and integrated liquid crystal display.
Controller power input shall be 3,000-100,000+LUX. Temperature range shall be 38°F to +140°F (3°C to +60°C). Solenoid control orifice shall be .065” and the encapsulated solenoid thread shall be 11/16”-12UN male threaded. Retractable solenoid wire shall be 36” when coiled length is fully extracted. Sensor connection shall be normally closed 6” yellow wire (16 AWG). Materials for controller are as follows:
a) Controller housing: high-impact plastic (polycarbonate) b) Solenoid housing: glass-reinforced nylon
c) Plunger & spacer: 430F stainless steel
d) Plunger rubber cap: EPDM
e) O-ring: Buna-N
f) RoHS
iii. Anti-siphon valve with ambient light powered automatic controller shall have the following programming capabilities:
a) Custom programming schedules with a weekly calendar, odd days, even days, or intervals from one to thirty (1-30) days utilizing yearly calendar with leap year.
b) Five start times per day
c) Durations up to 5 hours and 59 minutes in -minute increments d) Twenty preset historical ET programs are available for 10 climate zones, with 10 for drip irrigation and 10 for spray heads, to use with any irrigation setup; includes the option to review the new calculated duration.
e) Monthly seasonal adjustment with option to reduce the program duration setting to 0 or to increase it up to 200% in 5% increments without modifying the controller's program duration; also, can be used to fine- tune the preset ET program for each month.
f) Irrigation suspension for up to 99 days with auto-restart; resumes irrigation automatically.
g) Program Off button allows the user to turn off the controller and reactivate it as desired.
116
h
) Manual On/Off button with semi-automatic feature utilizing the program runtime and shows the time left to run with quick override. i) Daily and monthly programming restriction feature allows controller to bypass irrigation schedules. Can be used to comply with city and municipal watering restrictions.
iv. The pressure regulator shall be an in-line configuration and shall be capable of operating at a constant, factory preset, non-adjustable outlet pressure 25 PSI with a flow range between: 0.5 - 8 GPM. The pressure regulator shall maintain the nominal pressure at a minimum of 5 PSI above model inlet pressure and a maximum of 80 PSI above nominal model pressure. Always install downstream from all shut-off valves. The upper housing, lower housing, and internal molded p
arts shall be of engineering-grade thermoplastics with internal elastomeric seals and a reinforced elastomeric diaphragm. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring, which shall be enclosed in a chamber isolated from the normal water passage. The regulator external housings shall be p
ress-fit with locking wedges and assembled without screws or other metallic fasteners. Outlet pressure and flow shall be clearly marked on the outside of each regulator. The pressure regulator shall carry a two-year manufacturer’s warranty on materials, workmanship, and performance. When pressure upstream of valve is less than 3 psi, omit pressure regulator.
v. The filter shall be an in-line configuration. The filter will have a 3/4-inch Male National Pipe Thread (MNPT) inlet and outlet. The housing shall be molded of non-corrodible PVC, rated to 150 PSI. The filter shall be equipped with a 150- mesh stainless steel filter, so only clean water can be discharged through the device. The filter assembly must have a removable cap for easy service and cleaning. The valve, filter and regulator assembly shall be rated for use up to 120 degrees F.
vi. Fiberglas Pipe Insulation shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds or contain penta-, octa, or deca-brominated diphenyl flame retardant substances, such as deca-Bromine (deca-BDE). Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C795. Fiberglas pipe insulation shall be rated for exterior use. Insulation shall be installed as to not block the controller solar panel.
vii. Ball Valve shall be Schedule 80 PVC with EPDM O-ring seal. Valve shall be pressure rated to 150 PSI (@ 73°F). Valves shall be Spears Utility Ball Valve series or approved equal.
G. Anti-Siphon Electric Drip Control Zone Kit Enclosure shall be a vandal and weather resistant enclosure formed from cold rolled steel tubing and rod that is powder coated with a polyester TGIC coating having a minimum thickness of 2.5 mils. All locking and mounting hardware is manufactured entirely of stainless steel. The frame of the enclosure is constructed of 1-1/4 inch tubing, including the drop-down door which inserts into the open end of the frame. The top, sides and end panels are constructed of vertical (3/16 inch thick) and horizontal (1/8 inch thick) rods that are welded together to form a grid pattern with 1 x 2inch rectangular openings. The grid is then welded onto the tube frame
117
w
ith half inch welds placed no more than 4 inches apart. The mounting base uses four 3/8 inch L-bolts that are to be secured a minimum of 2 inches deep into the concrete pad. The backflow cage remains bolted to the base in both open and closed positions. To open, the enclosure door drops down and the body lifts open, pivoting from the back edge mounted to the base. When closed, the concealed locking tab has a 7/16 inch hole to secure the enclosure and door with a padlock. This cage has an ASSE 1060 Class III rating Model and manufacturer shall be as per drawings or approved equal. Color to be Green.
H. Electric Control Valves (Remote Control Valve) shall conform to Section 36-13 of the Standard Specifications. Electric control valves shall be per plan, or approved equal, and shall be constructed as specified in Section 10 50 of the Standard Specifications. Lawn and Shrub area valves shall be installed at grade.
i. Remote control valves shall be glass reinforced electric globe valves. The valve body and bonnet shall be constructed of glass-reinforced nylon, with stainless steel hardware and spring. Valve shall have a slow-closing design to prevent water hammer. Valve shall have manual operation with internal bleed. Valve shall have a self-flushing, 150-mesh stainless steel control-water filter. Valve shall have a straight-through flow path that results in low pressure loss. A solid brass flow control stem shall be standard. Except ¾" model, valve shall have a nylon- reinforced double-beaded Buna-N diaphragm. Valve shall have a Buna-N valve seat seal. The body shall have molded brass inserts for positive bonnet attachment. Valve shall have a working pressure range from 10 to 150 psi and include screen and flow control. Valve shall have a flow range of .1 to 180 GPM depending on valve size. Valve shall have an internal bleed for manual operation.
Valve shall be the type and model as shown on the drawings. Valve shall be provided with DC latching solenoid.
ii. Valve tags to be molded polyurethane with 2-inch by 3-inch printing area. Black lettering shall be imprinted by hot-stamp process. Both sides of the tag shall be numbered with Controller ID and numbering of valve tags shall coincide with controller sequencing. Model No. Maxi as manufactured by T. Christy Enterprise (714) 771- 4142 or approved equal.
iii. Drip Remote Control Valve Assembly:
a) The pressure regulator shall be an in-line configuration and shall be capable of operating at a constant, factory preset, non-adjustable outlet pressure 25 PSI with a flow range between: 0.5 - 8 GPM. The pressure regulator shall maintain the nominal pressure at a minimum of 5 PSI above model inlet pressure and a maximum of 80 PSI above nominal model pressure. Always install downstream from all shut-off valves. The upper housing, lower housing, and internal molded parts shall be of engineering-grade thermoplastics with internal elastomeric seals and a reinforced elastomeric diaphragm. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring, which shall be enclosed in a chamber isolated from the normal water passage. The regulator external housings shall be press-fit with locking wedges and assembled without
118
s
crews or other metallic fasteners. Outlet pressure and flow shall be clearly marked on the outside of each regulator. The pressure regulator shall carry a two-year manufacturer’s warranty on materials, workmanship, and performance. When pressure upstream of valve is less than 3 psi, omit pressure regulator.
b) The filter shall be an in-line configuration. The filter will have a 3/4- inch Male National Pipe Thread (MNPT) inlet and outlet. The housing shall be molded of non-corrodible PVC, rated to 150 PSI. The filter shall be equipped with a 150-mesh stainless steel filter, so only clean water can be discharged through the device. The filter assembly must have a removable cap for easy service and cleaning. The valve, filter and regulator assembly shall be rated for use up to 120 degrees F.
I. Solar Powered Automatic Irrigation Controller shall be a full-featured and for the purpose of irrigation management powered by solar energy. Pre-assembled controller dimensions shall be Height 10.75”, Width 9.13”, Depth 4.25”, with 1.5” knockout for field wires and .5” knockout for optional AC power. The enclosure shall be stainless steel for outdoor use, mounted to a metal pole sweep attached to a mounting adapter secured in concrete.
The pre-assembled solar panel shall be on top of the controller enclosure wired to the charging cell and placed in outdoor sunlight exposure or ambient light for at least 4 hours daily. The metal pole mounting sweep dimensions shall be Height (minimum) 4’, Width
1.94”. Station output shall be 6 individual stations. Approvals shall be CE, UL, cUL, C- tick. A 751CH key lock shall be mounted in the enclosure door for security and 2 keys shall be provided per each controller. The controller shall carry a conditional 2-year ex
change warranty and be the model and manufacturer specified on the drawings or a
pproved equal.
i
. Controller Display shall be high resolution digital LCD. ii. Controller shall be powered by a Solar panel with an 800 mAh charging cell. iii. Controller Surge Protection: The controller shall have a Metal Oxide Varistors (MOV) on the power input portion to help protect the micro-circuitry from power surges.
iv. Rain Shut Off Sensor shall be integrated into a single array and housed in UV- and corrosion-resistant plastic casing. The wired rain sensor circuitry shall utilize two sets of hydroscopic discs to activate switches in the unit. The sensor shall be mounted with sensor guard enclosure.
v. Sensor Guard Enclosure material shall be 16 AWG 304 stainless steel with a #4 f
inish. Preassembled guard shall have a height of 2¾", length of 3¾", and depth of 1¼". Four #8-32 Allen screws shall secure the enclosure. The enclosure shall be mountable to exposed flat surfaces.
J.
K. Irrigation Valve Boxes shall be plastic boxes with bolt down lids, marked irrigation and installed in conformance with Section 10-52 of the Standard Specifications and as shown on the plans.
119
i
. Quick coupling valve boxes shall be round. The cover shall be heat branded with the letters "QCV," 2" high.
ii. Gate valve boxes shall be round. The cover shall be heat branded with the letters "GV," 2" high.
iii. Remote control valves shall be 12" X 18". The cover shall be heat branded with the letters "RCV" and the valve number in characters 2" high.
L. Electrical shall conform to Section 34 of the Standard Specifications.
M. Irrigation Control Wires shall conform to Sections 10 48 and 36 12 of the Standard Specifications. Trench for irrigation control wires through existing lawn shall be twenty- four inches (24") deep. Trenching for irrigation control wires through existing paved areas shall conform to Section 34 9 of the Standard Specifications. i. Irrigation Control Wires shall be color coded to the use listed below and follow the colors associated with them.
a) Spray Heads - Yellow Wire
b) Common Wire - White Wire
N. Plastic Irrigation Pipe Fittings shall conform to Section 10-46 of the Standard Specifications with the following addition: All fittings on the upstream of the valve shall be schedule 80 PVC and all the fittings downstream of the irrigation valve shall be schedule 40 PVC.
O. Main Line Pipe shall conform to Section 10-44 of the Standard Specifications and be amended as follows: Main line shall be schedule 40 solvent weld for lines 2” and smaller.
Main line pipes 2” and larger shall have concrete thrust blocking in conformance with Section 27-6 and Standard Drawing No. “W-103” of Section 38 of the Standard Specifications. The contractor shall pressure test the irrigation main line with the inspector present. The pressure test shall consist of the contractor pressurizing the mainline to 150 PSI for two hours with zero pressure loss with either the Inspector or Landscape Architect present.
P. Copper Main Line Pipe shall conform to Section 10-34 of the Standard Specifications.
Q. Lateral Line Pipe or pipe on the discharge side of the irrigation control valve shall be Schedule 40 solvent weld PVC pipe and shall conform to Section 10-44 of the Standard Specifications, except as previously amended.
R. Trench Backfill (Landscape Areas) shall be installed at no more than 6” lift and each lift shall be compacted to 85% relative density in landscaped areas and compacted to 95% within future paving areas. Mainline trenches shall also have 3” of sand below the mainline and 6” of sand above the conduit.
S. Trench Backfill (Paved Areas) shall conform to Section 14, Earthwork, Excavation, Embankment and Subgrade, of the Standard Specifications.
T. PVC Primers and Solvent welded - PVC pipes will require the following primer and solvent glue applications. Primer shall consist of Weld-On P-70 Industrial Grade Primer
120
a
nd the PVC Solvent Cement shall be Weld-On 711 Heavy Bodied Cement or approved equal. The primer and solvent cement shall be installed per manufactures specifications.
U. Overhead Spray Sprinklers Bodies
i. Pop-up spray sprinkler shall include a check valve, an in-stem 30-psi pressure regulating device and flow save technology. These units shall be identifiable from the top with marking printed on the cover. The check valve shall prevent low head drainage of up to 14 feet of head. The 30-psi pressure regulating device shall prevent high pressure operation of the nozzle that causes water waste and undesirable performance by regulating the nozzle operating pressure to 30 psi for inlet pressures from 35 psi to 100 psi. Below 35 psi the pressure loss shall not exceed 6 psi. Pop-up shall include flow save technology to save water, preserve system hydraulics to maintain proper operation throughout the irrigation zone, provide protection against plant material loss as a result of excessive run-of when a nozzle has been removed. The flow save technology shall provide a 2-gpm maximum, vertical water jet visible from +200’ line of sight when a nozzle has been removed. Height and low flow of vertical water jet shall cause water to dissipate during descent reducing puddles and run-of. Flow save technology shall be an integral part of the pop-up stem. During normal operation, the flow save technology shall be held in-stem by the nozzle filter. In the event the nozzle is removed, in-stem flow shall cause the flow save feature to travel upstream and seal against the base of the nozzle threads limiting water loss and geysers of excessive flow. Pressure loss across the flow shield technology shall not exceed one (1) psi across operating range. The body shall be per the manufacturer specified on drawings or approved equal.
V. Matched Precipitation Rate Variable Arc Nozzles shall have a variable arc as per drawings and shall be capable of covering the radius at 30 psi specified on the irrigation equipment legend. and plastic deflectors shall be constructed of UV-resistant plastic. The radius adjustment screw shall be constructed of stainless steel. The nozzles shall be designed with flow control technology to deliver an average of lower quarter distribution uniformity of seventy (70) percent and a scheduling coefficient (SC) of equal or less than
1.6. The plastic nozzle shall be per the manufacturer specified on drawings or approved equal.
W. Matched Precipitation Rate Nozzles shall have an arc as per drawings and shall be capable of covering the radius at 30 psi specified on the irrigation equipment legend. The nozzles shall have a precipitation rate matched across sets and across patterns and shall be capable of covering the radius indicated at 30. The plastic nozzle shall be constructed of UV-resistant plastic. The radius adjustment screen shall be constructed of stainless steel. The nozzle shall accept a non-clogging filter screen to allow for radius adjustments.
The plastic nozzle shall be per the manufacturer specified on drawings or approved equal.
X. Low Volume Quarter Low-Volume Spray Arc Nozzle on Pop-Up Body i. Pop-up spray body, stem, and screen shall be constructed of heavy-duty, ultra- violet resistant plastic. It shall have a heavy-duty stainless steel retract spring for positive pop-down and a ratcheting system for easy alignment of the pattern. The Sprinkler shall have a soft elastomer pressure-activated co-molded wiper seal for
121
c
leaning debris from the pop-up stem as it retracts into the case to prevent the sprinkler from sticking up to minimize “flow-by.
ii. Square pattern nozzles shall have an arc as per drawings and shall be capable of covering the radius at 30 psi specified on the irrigation equipment legend. The nozzle shall have matched precipitation rates for each model. The plastic nozzle shall be constructed of UV-resistant ABS plastic. The nozzle shall be pressure compensating. The plastic nozzle shall be per the manufacturer specified on drawings or approved equal.
Y. In-line Drip Emitter Line shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans, in conformance with Section 38 of the Standard Specifications. Drip shall be the type and model as shown on the plans.
Z. Manual Flush Ball Valve shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans, in conformance with Section 38 of the Standard Specifications. Flush valve shall be the type and model as shown on the plans.
AA. Drip System Operation Indicator Kits shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans. Drip indicators shall be the type and model as shown on the plans.
BB. Irrigation Sleeves shall conform to the Standard Specifications 36-8. The minimum diameter of the sleeve shall be at least two times the diameter of the conduit going through the sleeve. The sleeve shall extend a minimum of 1’ beyond the edge of the paving.
CC. Existing Mainline it is the contractor’s responsibility to locate the irrigation mainline with a locator prior to the start of construction.
Payment shall be made at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work involved in completing the Irrigation System as shown on the plans, as specified in Section 36- 25 of the Standard Specifications, in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Inspector.
ITEM NO. 85 - LANDSCAPE IMPORT FILL MATERIAL
This item shall consist of furnishing and preparing Import Soil in conformance with Sections 10 and 35 of the Standard Specifications and as amended by these Special Provisions.
A. Landscape Import Fill Material definition: Fertile, friable soil containing less than 5% total volume of the combination of subsoil, refuse, roots larger than 1 inch diameter, heavy, sticky, or stiff clay, stones larger than 1 inch in diameter, noxious seeds, sticks, brush, litter, or any substances deleterious to plant growth. The percentage (%) of the above objects shall be controlled by source selection not by screening the soil. Topsoil shall be suitable for the germination of seeds and the support of vegetative growth. Imported Topsoil shall not contain weed seeds in quantities that cause noticeable weed infestations in the final planting beds. Landscape Import Fill Material shall meet the following physical and chemical criteria.
122
i
. Soil texture: USDA loam, sandy clay loam or sandy loam with clay content between 15 and 25%. And a combined clay/silt content of no more than 55%.
ii. pH value shall be between 5.5 and 7.0.
iii. Percent organic matter (OM): 2.0-5.0%, by dry weight.
iv. Soluble salt level: Less than 2 mmho/cm.
B. The pH of saturated paste shall be between 5.5 and 7 without high qualitative lime content.
The sodium absorption ratio (SAR) shall not exceed six and the electrical conductivity (ECe) of the saturation extract of this soil shall not exceed 2.0 milliohms per centimeter at 25 degrees centigrade. The boron content shall be no greater than one part per million as measured on the saturation extract.
C. Landscape Import Fill Material shall be harvested soil from fields or development sites when possible. The organic content and particle size distribution shall be the result of natural soil formation. Manufactured soils where coarse sand, composted organic material or chemical additives have been added to the soil to meet the requirements of this specification section shall not be acceptable. Retained soil peds shall be the same color on the inside as is visible on the outside.
D. Landscape Import Fill Material for planting soil shall NOT have been screened and shall retain soil peds or clods larger than two inches in diameter throughout the stockpile after harvesting.
E. Stockpiled existing topsoil at the site meeting the above criteria may be acceptable but must be approved by the Engineer in writing.
F. Contractor shall furnish soil test reports of any import topsoil (one test per fifty cubic yards of import). Soil tests shall include the following information:
a. Particle size analysis (percentage by dry weight) and USDA soil texture analysis. b. pH and buffer pH
c. Percent organic content by oven dried weight
d. Nutrient levels by parts per million including: phosphorus, potassium, magnesium, manganese, iron, zinc, and calcium. Nutrient test shall include the testing laboratory recommendations for supplemental additions to the soil for optimum growth of the plantings specified.
e. Soluble salt by electrical conductivity of a 1:2 soil water sample measured in Milliohm per cm.
f. Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)
g. Soil Texture – sand, silt, clay, and gravel.
h. Water percolation rate
i. Estimated water percolation rate based on soil organic matter, soil texture and salinity.
123
G
. Contractor shall furnish a two-gallon sample form each import topsoil source. The sample shall be a mixture of the random samples taken around the source stockpile or field. The soil sample shall have soil peds (soil fragments or clods) intact that represent the size and quantity of expected peds in the final delivered soil.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per cubic yard and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in furnishing and preparing landscape areas as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 86 - TREE PLANTING
This item shall consist of furnishing, preparing, and planting 15 Gallon Trees in conformance with Sections 10 and 35 of the Standard Specifications and as amended by these Special Provisions.
A. Preparing Planting Areas shall conform to Section 35-5 of the Standard Specifications.
Soil shall be cultivated until the condition of the soil is loose and fine-textured to a depth of six inches (6”) prior to installing imported soils. Soils shall then be cleared of all concrete, asphalt, and other construction debris and deleterious materials, and all stone and gravel larger than 1-inch (1”) in diameter, which are brought to the surface as a result of cultivation. However, if subsoil in the profile consists of greater than 15% rock, gravel or other debris of any size by volume it shall be removed entirely and replaced with imported topsoil. Subsoil shall be compacted to 85 percent (85%) relative density prior to backfilling with imported topsoil.
B. Weed Control shall conform to Section 35-6 of the Standard Specifications.
C. Trees and Planting Materials shall conform to Section 35-7 of the Standard Specifications, except where noted.
1. Trees quality and size shall comply with current edition of “American Standard for Nursery Stock” as adopted by the American Association of Nurseryman.
2. Plant Schedules shown on the plans are for the Contractor's convenience only.
The Contractor shall confirm all quantities and shall plant as required by the Planting Plan when discrepancies exist.
3. Tree Stake shall be pressure-treated lodgepole pine, eight-foot (8’) by two-inch (2”) diameter.
4. Nursery Stakes shall be removed at the time of planting. No nursery stake shall be present prior to final acceptance unless other directed by the Landscape Architect.
5. Tree Ties shall conform to Section 35-7, paragraph “g” with the exception of the ties shall be rubber and attached per planting detail.
124
6. Fertilizer Tablets shall conform to Section 35-7, paragraph “d” and per planting detail.
7. Backfill Mix shall consist of imported topsoil. Soil Amendments for planting pits shall be 90% bark-based product, fir, and 0-1/4” in size, treated nitrogen having a 2-0-0 NPK ratio. The above rate is for bid purposes only.
8. Mulch shall conform to the applicable paragraphs of Section 35-8. Mulch area shall be as shown on plans. Mulch shall be at a three-inch (3”) finished depth at time of final acceptance by the City and shall be free of deleterious material.
9. Percolation Tests shall be required for 1 out of every 5 trees planted. Trees pits from each planting area of the project shall be tested for percolation. Tree pits shall be filled with water and the drainage rate observed. Percolation rate shall be a minimum of the depth of the tree pit within 24 hours. If percolation/drainage rate is less than that – mitigation measures shall be implemented as directed by the Landscape Architect.
Ten (10) working days prior to commencement of landscaping related work, the Contractor shall contact Baldeo Singh/ Sacramento Regional Conservation Corps at (916) 416-1400 to arrange for their labor force with some of the planting, trees and mulch related work as shown in the various bid items elsewhere in these Special Provisions. No plantings, trees and mulch work shall be allowed until labor arrangements have been made with the Sacramento Regional Conservation Corps.
Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per each tree planted and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work involved inTree Planting including coordination with Sacramento Regional Conservation Corps as shown on the plans, as specified in these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Inspector.
ITEM NO. 87 - PLANTING SHRUB AND GROUNDCOVER AREAS
This item shall consist of furnishing, preparing, and planting 1 Gallon and 5 Gallon Shrubs and Groundcover in conformance with Sections 10 and 35 of the Standard Specifications and as amended by these Special Provisions.
A. Preparing Planting Areas shall conform to Section 35-5 of the Standard Specifications.
Soil shall be cultivated until the condition of the soil is loose and fine-textured to a depth of six inches (6”) prior to installing imported soils. Soils shall then be cleared of all concrete, asphalt, and other construction debris and deleterious materials, and all stone and gravel larger than 1-inch (1”) in diameter, which are brought to the surface as a result of cultivation. However, if subsoil in the profile consists of greater than 15% rock, gravel or other debris of any size by volume it shall be removed entirely and replaced with imported topsoil. Subsoil shall be compacted to 85 percent (85%) relative density prior to backfilling with imported topsoil. Topsoil adjacent to paved areas and/or curbs shall be graded so that
125
a
fter settlement, the soil will be three inches (3”) below the top of the adjacent paving or curb.
B. Weed Control shall conform to Section 35-6 of the Standard Specifications, except where noted.
1. Granular Pre-emergent Herbicide shall be Ronstar G Pre-Emergent Herbicide or approved equal applied in all shrub and groundcover planter areas after the completion of all planting and before installation of wood mulch at the rate as recommended by the manufacturer. Contractor shall provide proof of application or pre-emergent herbicide to the Engineer or Landscape Architect.
2. Landscape Fabric installation shall be omitted.
C. Soil Preparation Materials shall be as per Section 35-8, paragraph “3” of the Standard Specifications and as per the recommendations of the Soil Management Report.
D. Soil Management Report
1. Soil Analysis Report shall be paid for and completed by the Contractor. Soil analysis shall include the following: Soil Texture, Infiltration Rate, pH, Total Soluble Salts, Sodium, Percent Organic Matter, Recommendations.
E. Planting Materials shall conform to Section 35-8 of the Standard Specifications, except where noted.
2. Shrubs and Groundcover plant quality and size shall comply with current edition of “American Standard for Nursery Stock” as adopted by the American Association of Nurseryman.
3. Plant Schedules shown on the plans are for the Contractor's convenience only.
The Contractor shall confirm all quantities and shall plant as required by the Planting Plan when discrepancies exist.
4. Backfill Mix shall amend imported topsoil.
5. Fertilizer Tablets shall conform to Section 35-8, paragraph “4.d” and per planting detail.
6. Backfill Mix shall consist of imported topsoil. Soil Amendments for planting pits shall be 90% bark-based product, fir, and 0-1/4” in size, treated nitrogen having a 2-0-0 NPK ratio. The above rate is for bid purposes only.
7. Mulch shall conform to the applicable paragraphs of Section 35-8. Mulch shall be applied to all planting areas as shown on plans. Mulch shall be at a three- inch (3”) finished depth at time of final acceptance by the City and shall be free of deleterious material.
126
T
en (10) working days prior to commencement of landscaping related work, the Contractor shall contact Baldeo Singh/ Sacramento Regional Conservation Corps at (916) 416-1400 to arrange for their labor force with some of the planting, trees and mulch related work as shown in the various bid items elsewhere in these Special Provisions. No plantings, trees and mulch work shall be allowed until labor arrangements have been made with the Sacramento Regional Conservation Corps.
Payment shall be made at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work involved in completing the Planting shrub and Groundcover Areas including coordination with Sacramento Regional Conservation Corps as shown on the plans, as specified in these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer or Landscape Architect.
ITEM NO. 88 - TURF (SOD)
This item shall consist of furnishing and installing Planting Seed in conformance with Sections 10 and 35 of the Standard Specifications and as amended by these Special Provisions.
A
. Sod shall consist of 100 percent dwarf tall fescue varieties.
B
. An even finish grade conforming to existing grades shall be maintained during sodding op
erations to ensure proper surface drainage with ridges and depressions removed. Roll with 200-pound roller.
C
. Lay sod immediately upon delivery.
D. Roll sod after installation with 200-pound roller.
E. Water thoroughly.
F. At end of maintenance period, lawn shall be dense uniform, healthy, and free of weeds, diseases, or bare spots.
Payment shall be made at the square foot price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in completing the Tree grate as shown on the plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer or Landscape Architect.
ITEM NO. 89 - ROOT BARRIER
This item shall consist of furnishing and installing root barrier in conformance with Sections 10 and 35 of the Standard Specifications and as amended by these Special Provisions.
A. Root Barrier shall be Model #EPS-1850 as manufactured by NDS Lindsay, CA 93247, (800) 726-1994 or approved equal. And shall be installed per the manufacturer’s specifications.
127
B
. Root Barrier shall have a minimum thickness of 0.090 inches and be made of 50% post-consumer High Impact Polypropylene with built in U.V. inhibitors.
The root barrier panels shall have 1/2" raised vertical ribs running perpendicular to the panel and 6” on center and shall feature a 3/8” wide “T” top edge and an external ground anchor base flange that is 1/8” wide.
C. Root Barrier shall be eighteen inches (24”) tall by twenty-four inches (24”) wide.
D. ASTM Specifications shall comply with the following chart:
Properties Tensile
S
trength
Yield
Elongation
Flexural
Modulus
Notched
IZOD
Impact
Rockwell
Hardness
ASTM
TEST
(Units)
D638 (PSI) D638 D790A
(PSI)
D256 (PSI) D785
Values 3,600 –
4,200
12% 150,00 3.0 @ 73°
F
R70
Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per linear foot and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in completing the root barrier as shown on the plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer or Landscape Architect.
ITEM NO. 90 - RESTORING EXISTING LANDSCAPE PLANTERS
This item shall consist of restoring existing landscape planters in conformance with Sections 10 and 35 of the Standard Specifications and as amended by these Special Provisions.
A. General
1. Contractors shall repair existing landscape areas damaged during construction activities as shown on the plans. Planters to restored to pre-construction condition with fully operational irrigation to the satisfaction of the City.
2. Contractor shall match all existing material types including, but not limited to Irrigation equipment, Turf (Sod), Shrubs, landscape stone, bark mulch, etc.
3. Contractors shall submit samples and submittals for approval by City Representative prior to installation.
B. Lawn (Sod)
1. Soil in lawn areas adjacent to curbs or paved areas shall be graded so that after settlement, the soil will be one half inches (1/2") below the top of curb or paving.
2. Weed Control shall conform to Section 35-6 of the Standard Specifications.
3. Turf lawn shall consist of 100 percent dwarf tall fescue varieties.
128
4 . Turf Starter Fertilizer shall be applied at the rate of ten (10) lbs. per 1,000 square feet. Starter fertilizer shall conform to the requirements of the California Food and Agricultural Code A.
Payment shall be at the square foot price bid, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in completing restoring existing landscape planters as shown on the plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Inspector.
ITEM NO. 91 - LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE (6 MONTHS)
This item shall consist of maintaining the landscape planted areas installed in this contract as shown on the plans in conformance with Sections 35-15 through 35-18 of the Standard Specifications and as amended by these Special Provisions.
A. Start of Maintenance Period shall conform to Section 35-15 of the Standard Specifications. As amended by the following: The start of the Maintenance period will not start until SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION (refer to sections 1-45 and 8-4 of the 2007 City Standard Specifications) of the entire project has been determined by the City landscape architect.
B. Watering shall conform to Section 35-13 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
C. Plant Replacement shall conform to Sections 35-14 of the Standard Specifications.
D. Plant Establishment period or Landscape Maintenance Period shall conform to Section 35-16 of the Standard Specifications and be amended as follows: The Landscape Maintenance Period shall be six (6) months and shall begin on the date of the Start of Maintenance Period. Plant Establishment and Landscape Maintenance shall continue until final acceptance of the work.
E. Tree Maintenance. Trees shall be pruned and shaped as directed by the Landscape Architect. Trees shall be re-staked as necessary. Maintain watering basins and shrub and groundcover areas free of weeds.
F. Lawn Maintenace: Lawns shall be mowed to a height of 2 inches when reaches a height of 3-inches. Lawns must be mowed a minimum of two times during maintenance period. Edges must be trimmed at least twice a month and all grass clippings removed and disposed of.
G. Pre-Final Inspection shall conform to Section 35-17 of the Standard Specifications and be amended as follows: Seven (7) weeks prior to the end of Maintenance Period, the Inspector and the Landscape Architect shall conduct a pre-final inspection. At the pre-final inspection or at any time, thereafter, should the Inspector determine that the project meets the requirements of the final acceptance of the work, he may issue final acceptance of the project to the Contractor.
129
H
. Final Inspection shall conform to Section 35-18 of the Standard Specifications. At the time of final acceptance of the work, any square yard of the planted areas shall be ninety percent (90%) weed free and in a neatly mowed condition, as determined by the Inspector.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each month and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in the maintenance as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 92 - STREET LIGHTING MODIFICATION
The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for a new streetlight system as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Special Provisions.
Included in the work shall be furnishing and installing conduits, conductors, pull boxes, foundations, traffic control measures, incidentals, and all appurtenances shown on the Plans and called for in these Special Provisions. Contractor shall supply and install lockable lids for the pull boxes. See Special Provisions for details. Potholing shall be included in the bid price for this item.
The Contractor shall provide and install all ornamental streetlights and mastarm streetlights with foundations as indicated in the planset, these special provisions, and standard detail sheets.
Ornamental streetlight shall be furnished with LED light engine, globe and anchor bolts. Mastarm streetlights shall be furnished with LED light engine and anchor bolts. Contractor shall be responsible for all necessary hardware to stand and install all City furnished materials. Streetlight pole number labels shall be placed on all streetlight poles. Material – 3M 7310 Engineer Grade White, Arial font bold. Labels shall be 1”x8” with 1” tall font.
Contractor to provide and install metered service pedestals with foundations.
Contractor shall make all coordination with SMUD for service point location and power hookup.
Contractor shall take preconstruction photographs prior to starting construction. Preconstruction photographs shall conform to Section 11 of the Standard Specifications and be included in the bid price for this item.
Work also includes removing all project related Underground Service Alert (USA) marks from the project site. Contractor shall also remove all tire marks, equipment marks, machinery marks, and liquids, such as oil and machinery coolant, on the sidewalk, driveway, and curb ramp areas that was caused by the contractor during construction.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved with installing the new streetlights as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
130
I
TEM NO. 93 - TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION (FRANKLIN BLVD /
SUTTERVILLE ROAD)
The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the traffic signal modification as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Specifications.
The work to be performed for this item, in general, also includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the interconnect installation as indicated on the Plan sheets and these specifications.
Work also includes removing all project related Underground Service Alert (USA) marks from the project site. Contractor shall also remove all tire marks, equipment marks, machinery marks, and other liquids, such as oil and machinery coolant, on the sidewalk, driveway, curb ramp areas that was caused by the contractor during construction.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid for Traffic Signal Modification (Franklin Blvd at Sutterville Road) and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 94 - RRFB INSTALLATION (FRANKLIN BLVD/18TH AVE) Th
e work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the traffic signal modification as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Specifications.
The work to be performed for this item, in general, also includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the interconnect installation as indicated on the Plan sheets and these specifications.
Work also includes removing all project related Underground Service Alert (USA) marks from the project site. Contractor shall also remove all tire marks, equipment marks, machinery marks, and other liquids, such as oil and machinery coolant, on the sidewalk, driveway, curb ramp areas that was caused by the contractor during construction.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid for Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon (RRFB) installation (Franklin Blvd at 18 th Avenue) and shall include full compensation for furnishing all l
abor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 95 - TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION (FRANKLIN BLVD/21ST AVE) Th
e work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the traffic signal modification as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Specifications.
131
Th
e work to be performed for this item, in general, also includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the interconnect installation as indicated on the Plan sheets and these specifications.
Work also includes removing all project related Underground Service Alert (USA) marks from the project site. Contractor shall also remove all tire marks, equipment marks, machinery marks, and other liquids, such as oil and machinery coolant, on the sidewalk, driveway, curb ramp areas that was caused by the contractor during construction.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid for Traffic Signal Modification (Franklin Blvd at 21 st Ave) and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 96 - PH
B MODIFICATION (FRANKLIN BLVD/ATLAS AVE)
The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the traffic signal modification as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Specifications.
The work to be performed for this item, in general, also includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the interconnect installation as indicated on the Plan sheets and these specifications.
Work also includes removing all project related Underground Service Alert (USA) marks from the project site. Contractor shall also remove all tire marks, equipment marks, machinery marks, and other liquids, such as oil and machinery coolant, on the sidewalk, driveway, curb ramp areas that was caused by the contractor during construction.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid for Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon (PHB) (Franklin Blvd at Atlas Avenue) and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 97 - TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION (FRANKLIN BLVD/26TH AVE) Th
e work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the traffic signal modification as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Specifications.
The work to be performed for this item, in general, also includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the interconnect installation as indicated on the Plan sheets and these specifications.
Work also includes removing all project related Underground Service Alert (USA) marks from the project site. Contractor shall also remove all tire marks, equipment marks, machinery marks, and
132
o
ther liquids, such as oil and machinery coolant, on the sidewalk, driveway, curb ramp areas that was caused by the contractor during construction.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid for Traffic Signal Modification (Franklin Blvd at 26 th Ave) and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 98 - T
RAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION (FRANKLIN BLVD /
FRUITRIDGE ROAD)
The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the traffic signal modification as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Specifications.
The work to be performed for this item, in general, also includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the interconnect installation as indicated on the Plan sheets and these specifications.
Work also includes removing all project related Underground Service Alert (USA) marks from the project site. Contractor shall also remove all tire marks, equipment marks, machinery marks, and other liquids, such as oil and machinery coolant, on the sidewalk, driveway, curb ramp areas that was caused by the contractor during construction.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid for Traffic Signal Modification (Franklin Blvd at Fruitridge Road) and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 99 - FI
BER OPTIC INSTALLATION
The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the fiber optic interconnect installation as indicated on the Plan sheets and these specifications.
Included in the work shall be furnishing and installing conduits, conductors, fiber optic interconnect cable, and all appurtenances shown on the Plans and called for in these Provisions to insure a complete installation.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
133
I
TEM NO. 100 - ELECTRICAL SERVICE CONNECTIONS
The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the electrical service connections as indicated on the Plan sheets and these specifications.
Included in the work shall be furnishing and installing conduits, and all appurtenances shown on the Plans and called for in these Provisions to insure a complete installation.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 101 - ADJUST GAS VALVE TO GRADE
The Contractor shall adjust gas valves to grade where shown on plans, as directed by the Engineer.
Payment shall be at the unit price bid per each and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, coordination with utility company, equipment and incidentals and for doing all work involved in adjusting pull box to grade as shown on the Plans as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
134
S
ECTION NO. 11 - ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS WHICH APPLY TO ALL
ELECTRICAL ITEMS
11.1 Electrical Cost Break-down
The Contractor shall provide a Schedule of Values (cost break-down) for each lump sum electrical item(s). The Schedule of Values (cost break-down) shall be provided by 4:00 p.m. on the fourth working day after the bid opening. If the lump sum item cost break-down is not submitted within the specified time, the bid will be deemed as non-responsive. The cost break-down shall be submitted to Jose Ledesma, Contracts Manager, by email at [email protected] .
The sum of the amounts for the units of work listed in the cost break-down for electrical work shall be equal to the contact lump sum price bid for the work. The unit price is the material and installed cost with overhead, profit, and labor.
The Contractor shall determine the quantities to complete the work shown on the plans. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the quantities and values. No adjustment in compensation will be made in the contract lump sum prices paid for the various electrical work items due to any differences between the quantities shown in the cost break-down furnished by the Contractor and the quantities required to complete the work as shown on the plans and as specified in these special provisions. At the Engineer’s discretion, the approved cost break-down may be used to determine partial payments during the progress of the work and as the basis of calculating the adjustment in compensation for the items of electrical work due to changes ordered by the Engineer. When an ordered change increases or decreases the quantities of an approved cost break-down, the adjustment in compensation may be determined, at the Engineer’s discretion, in the same manner specified for increases and decreases in the quantity of a contract item of work in accordance with Section 9-1.06, “Changed Quantity Payment Adjustments”, of Caltrans Standard Specification. The cost break-down submitted by the responsive qualified low bid Contractor shall be approved by the Engineer before any partial payment for the items of electrical work shall be made based on the cost break-down. The cost break-down shall include, but is not limited to: type of equipment, estimated quantity, and unit price ($/LF or each). See below for sample items. Some items from the list may not apply to the project, and other items may need to be included. Contractor shall submit break-down in a spreadsheet format.
Conduit – list each size (2”, 3”, etc.), installation method, quantity (LF), unit price ($/LF).
Conductor – list each size (#6, #8, etc.), quantity (LF), and unit price ($/LF).
Pull Box – list type (#5, #6, etc), quantity, and unit price ($/EA).
Electrical Service – type (metered or unmetered), quantity, and unit price ($/EA).
Traffic Signal and Streetlight Standards with Foundation – list each standard (such as 1-B, Type 16, post top, mast arm, ornamental, etc), quantity, and unit price ($/EA).
Luminaires – type (200 watt fixture, etc.), quantity, unit price ($/EA).
Traffic Signal and Pedestrian Displays – quantity and unit price ($/EA).
135
Pedestrian Push Button – quantity and unit price ($/EA).
Detector Loop – type (5’x5’, 6’x6’, etc), quantity and unit price ($/EA).
Detector Lead-In Cable – quantity and unit price ($/LF).
Detector Handhole – quantity and unit price ($/EA).
Emergency Vehicle Detector System – quantity and ($/EA).
Traffic Signal Controller and Cabinet – quantity and unit price ($/EA).
Battery Back-Up System – quantity and unit price ($/EA).
Interconnect Cable – quantity and unit price ($/LF).
Blank-Out Signs – quantity and unit price ($/EA).
11. 2 CITY EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND SALVAGED
All City of Sacramento equipment to be salvaged shall be returned to the City of Sacramento Corporation Yard. The City has two corporation yards: Corporate Center South, 5730 24th Street, B
uilding 11, Sacramento, California and the Corporate Center North, 918 Del Paso Road, Sacramento, California. Contractor is responsible to provide machinery and manpower to unload and load all salvaged equipment. Loading, unloading, pick-up, and delivery of these items will be considered included in the price bid for various items and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
The Contractor shall schedule the delivery of salvaged equipment with the City Inspector.
Equipment drop-off shall be done in the presence of the City Inspector or his designated representative. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages that occur in connection with the care and protection of all City salvaged equipment.
11.3 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION
The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the traffic signal modification as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Specifications.
Contractor shall provide and install new pull boxes, conduit, conductors, pull rope, CCTV Camera System, GPS emergency vehicle detection system, video detection system, metered service pedestal, and network switch communication equipment.
Contractor shall also provide and install traffic signal poles with anchor bolts and foundations, luminaires, pedestrian pushbuttons and posts, traffic signal and pedestrian displays, louvers, mounting brackets, signs on traffic signal poles and signal mast arms, and all appurtenances shown on the Plans and called for in these Special Provisions to ensure a complete installation and functioning traffic signal system. Potholing shall be included in the bid price for this item.
Contractor shall provide and install the following video detection equipment: Autoscope Vision Video Detection Camera, Econolite 28” riser pole and mounting hardware, Econolite Video Detection Cable (3-wire), Vision Comm Manager, SDLC Cables, and Ethernet Cables. An Econolite Representative shall be onsite for the installation and configuration of the Video Detection System
136
a
t no additional cost to the City. The video detection system shall be configured by the Contractor to detect vehicles and bicycles. The system shall be programmed to provide stopbar detection. All channels shall be configured per the City’s detector programming sheet and the Contractor and Econolite Representative shall work with City of Sacramento Traffic Signal Maintenance Shop to ensure the detection calls are being inputted into the controller. In general, the Contractor shall perform the following, in addition to the work shown on the planset and these specifications: a) Provide and Install the video detection camera on the traffic signal mastarms with the 28” riser pole and mounting hardware, b) Provide and Install the video detection cable from the video detection camera thru the mastarm, conduits, pull boxes, to traffic signal controller. No splices between the camera and traffic signal controller, c) Provide and Install the Vision Comm Manager. Contractor to install power to all equipment, d) Terminate the video detection cable on the Vision Comm manager, e) Provide and Install Cat 5 Ethernet cable between the Vision Comm Manager and network switch and traffic signal controller, and f) Provide and Install SDLC cable between the Vision Comm Manager and traffic signal controller.
Contractor to provide, install, and configure the GPS emergency vehicle detection system.
Contractor shall provide and install a new CCTV Camera system and all components as specified in these Specifications and Plans. Contractor to provide and install new Category 6 outdoor rated communication cable thru new and existing conduits, pull boxes, and into the traffic signal cabinet.
Contractor to provide and install new mounting hardware for the CCTV. CCTV camera shall be installed on the mastarm or shaft of the traffic signal standard, as specified in the Planset. CCTV camera system shall include the PTZ Dome Network Camera, High Power PoE Mid-Span power injector, outdoor rated Cat 6 cable, mounting brackets for the traffic signal shaft and mastarm applications, and all connectors.
Final termination of CCTV shall occur when the replacement traffic signal is fully operational.
Contractor shall provide and install fiber optic cable and termination and equipment per Plans and Specifications. Contractor to make all fiber optic cable terminating connections.
Work also includes extending new conductors and conductors to existing pull boxes.
Construction work also includes removing conductors, cables, and pull boxes, abandoning conduits, and removing existing fiber optic cable.
Work also includes removing all project related Underground Service Alert (USA) marks from the project site. Contractor shall also remove all tire marks, equipment marks, machinery marks, and other liquids, such as oil and machinery coolant, on the sidewalk, driveway, curb ramp areas that was caused by the contractor during construction.
Contractor shall pothole proposed locations for all new signal mast arm pole foundations prior to ordering poles.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
137
1 1.4 STREETLIGHT INSTALLATION
The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for a new streetlight system as indicated on the Plan sheets and these Special Provisions.
Included in the work shall be furnishing and installing conduits, conductors, pull boxes, foundations, traffic control measures, incidentals, and all appurtenances shown on the Plans and called for in these Special Provisions. Contractor shall supply and install lockable lids for the pull boxes. See Special Provisions for details. Potholing shall be included in the bid price for this item.
Contractor shall make all coordination with SMUD for service point location and power hookup.
Contractor shall take preconstruction photographs prior to starting construction. Preconstruction photographs shall conform to Section 11 of the Standard Specifications and be included in the bid price for this item.
Work also includes removing all project related Underground Service Alert (USA) marks from the project site. Contractor shall also remove all tire marks, equipment marks, machinery marks, and liquids, such as oil and machinery coolant, on the sidewalk, driveway, and curb ramp areas that was caused by the contractor during construction.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved with installing the new streetlights as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
11.5 FIBER OPTIC INTERCONNECT INSTALLATION
The work to be performed for this item, in general, includes furnishing and installing all necessary equipment and materials for the fiber optic interconnect installation as indicated on the Plan sheets and these specifications.
Included in the work shall be furnishing and installing conduits, conductors, fiber optic interconnect cable, and all appurtenances shown on the Plans and called for in these Provisions to insure a complete installation.
Payment shall be at the lump sum price bid and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, for doing all work involved with this line item as shown on the Plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
11.6 POTHOLING BY DRILLING
Potholing shall consist of drilling where directed by the Engineer to fully expose underground utilities and facilities so that their exact horizontal and vertical alignment can be determined.
138
P
otholing may be performed by drilling a hole in concrete or asphalt and excavating material as to not damage utilities or another approved method may be used. The maximum depth of pothole will be determined by the depth of utility. The diameter of the pothole shall not exceed 6 inches unless approved by Engineer.
The exact location and final number of potholes shall be determined in the field by the Engineer after the underground facilities have been marked in the field through Underground Service Alert (USA).
As a first order of work the Contractor shall pothole the proposed location of the signal poles and notify the Engineer if any conflicts exist.
The Engineer will request potholing where potential conflicts exist between existing facilities identified through USA in the field and the proposed improvements. In the event existing and proposed facilities are found to be in conflict after potholing, the Engineer reserves the right to change the alignment and grade of the proposed improvements. The Contractor shall not commence work on the proposed improvements until the Engineer has determined the need for potholing and gives the Contractor clearance to proceed with the proposed improvements.
In the event lowering, raising or realignment of the proposed improvements are necessary because of conflicts, and the realignment materially changes the character of the planned work, increases or decreases in the unit cost of the work shall be established per the provisions of the City Standard Specifications.
A total of ten (10) non-consecutive working days shall be planned for in the Contractor’s schedule for potholing work as specified in this item. The Contractor shall schedule the work such that potholing does not affect any critical path activities. No contract working day extensions shall be granted to the Contractor for potholing work.
Backfilling of potholing excavations shall be per Sections 13-4 and 14-3 of the Standard Specifications. The cost for backfilling and street surface restoration shall be included in the unit price bid for this item and no additional compensation shall be made. Surface restoration in paved areas not planned to be reconstructed with this project shall match the existing pavement section or be a minimum of 4” AC on 12” Class 2 AB.
Payment: No additional compensation shall be made for potholing. Potholing costs shall be included in Traffic Signal Modification and Streetlight Installation bid items and will be included in the lump sum for those items.
11.7 PLACE SIGNS ON MASTARMS
New signs on mast arms shall be installed at the locations shown on the Plans or where designated by the Engineer and in conformance with the provisions in Section 56-2, "Roadside Signs," of the State Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Contractor shall place a two individual raps of 3/4 inch stainless steel banded strap and appropriate hardware both top and bottom of each sign. See City Standard Specifications sheet T-301.
139
S
ign panels shall be not less than 0.080 inches thick aluminum panels with the exception of street names signs which shall be 0.125 inches thick. All panels must be 5052 H38 material. Sign facings shall be manufactured with Type IV or better grade reflective gsheeting. Signs shall meet the standards set forth in the MUTCD (Federal standards) California Department of Transportation Traffic Manual. A 3-inch by 1 1/2-inch "City of Sacramento" logo box with 1/2-inch white, red or black letters shall be centered and printed on the lower border of each sign blank prior to application of the reflective sheeting. As an alternative, the "City of Sacramento" logo with 1/2" letters may be placed in the border area.
Each sign shall have the date of manufacture and a location number stenciled on the back side.
Location information shall consist of each sign having an individual number which will be recorded on a clean set of Plans during the sign installation. This procedure will be in accordance with the "Record Drawings" section of these Special Provisions.
The Contractor shall use the sign sizes as shown in the MUTCD (Federal Standards) State of California, Department of Transportation Traffic Manual, unless specified otherwise on the drawings. Contractor shall provide new hardware to hang sign on traffic signal. Install new two individual raps of 3/4 inch stainless steel banded strap and appropriate hardware both top and bottom of each sign.
Payment shall be included in the lump sum price bid per each intersection and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in placing signs on mastarms as shown on the plans and as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
11.8 TRAFFIC SIGN TO PLACE
This item shall consist of manufacturing, furnishing and installing traffic signs on existing posts or new posts shall be placed where shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer and shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 32 and 38 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. New posts will be paid by a separate item.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer two (2) working days prior to the placement of the signs.
The Contractor shall review the proposed sign location with the Engineer and a supervisor from the City’s Traffic Signs and Markings section prior to installation of the sign. The Engineer may make adjustments to the proposed sign location in the field.
The Contractor shall use the sign sizes as shown in the MUTCD (Federal standards) California Department of Transportation Traffic Manual, unless specified otherwise on the drawings.
Signs located at the side of the roadway shall have a minimum height of seven feet (7’) from the adjacent ground to the bottom of the sign, unless specified otherwise. The height of a combination of signs in the median, such as an R7 with an R10, shall be 18 inches from the top of the island to the bottom of the lowest sign (R10) with a maximum one-inch separation between the two signs.
Each sign shall have the date of manufacture and a location number stenciled on the backside.
Location information shall consist of each sign having an individual number which will be
140
r
ecorded on a clean set of Plans during the sign installation and shall be turned in as part of the “Record Drawings”.
A. Sign Posts
A 5/16-inch diameter cap screw with a plated rubber backwasher against the face of the sign and elastic stop nuts shall be placed through the sign and post at both top and bottom of each sign. A “V” notched piped saddle, to support the sign, shall be placed between the sign and the post.
B. Signal and Street Light Poles
Contractor shall provide new hardware to hang sign on traffic signal. Install new two individual raps of 3/4 inch stainless steel banded strap and appropriate hardware both top and bottom of each sign. See City Standard Specifications sheet T-301.
C. Sheeting Grade
Sheeting Grade shall use ASTM Type 11 or 3M DG Cubed specifications designed to enhance nighttime visibility of traffic control signs and objects. Type 11 or 3M DG Cubed sheeting shall have a precoated adhesive protected by an easily removable liner.
Sign panels shall be not less than 0.080 inches thick aluminum panels. All panels must be 5052 H38 material. Sign facings shall be manufactured with Type IV or better grade high intensity grade (encapsulated lens type with no heat activated adhesive or pressure sensitive only ) reflective sheeting. Signs shall meet the standards set forth in the MUTCD (Federal standards) California Department of Transportation Traffic Manual. A 3-inch by 1 1/2-inch "City of Sacramento" logo box with 1/2-inch white, red or black letters shall be centered and printed on the lower border of each sign blank prior to application of the reflective sheeting. As an alternative, the "City of Sacramento" logo with 1/2" letters may be placed in the border area.
Payment for signs installed on traffic signal poles shall be included in the lump sum price bid per each intersection and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing traffic signs on existing posts or new post as shown on plans, as specified in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
11.9 CONDUIT MATERIAL
JM Eagle and PW Eagle are not acceptable conduit materials.
A. General – Schedule 40
Conduit to be installed underground shall be Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or Schedule 40 polyethylene conduit as described herein unless otherwise indicated or specified. PVC conduit shall comply with the specifications in Section 34-11 of the City Standard Specifications. High- density polyethylene conduit shall comply with the following specifications:
Conduit shall be fabricated from polyethylene shall be in conformance with applicable ASTM and NEMA standards and Article 347 of the National Electrical Code. Non-black polyethylene conduit shall contain not less than 2500 parts per million (ppm) of a hindered amain ultraviolet light stabilizer. Ultraviolet stabilization additive for black polyethylene conduit shall consist of a carbon
141
b
lack loading of 2.5% ± 0.5% by weight.
Co
nduit shall be manufactured from high-density polyethylene resin designated as Type III, Category 5, Class C, Grade P34 material in accordance with ASTM D1248.
Duct seal shall be installed on all conduits.
All new conduits starting/terminating in pull boxes shall have End Bells.
B. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit
HDPE conduit shall be manufactured to UL 651A specifications, compliant with NEC Article 353, and Schedule 40, unless otherwise specified. HDPE conduit shall have high tensile strength-to- weight ratio, crush resistance, low coefficient of friction for directional drilling.
11.10 CONDUIT INSTALLATION
Conduit installation shall be in accordance with Section 34-11 of the Standard Specifications and as modified by these Special Provisions. “Jet-rodding” is not permitted.
Conduits terminating in pull boxes, standards, pedestals and cabinets shall rise vertically and shall not slope in any direction. Conduits terminating in standards, pedestals, and cabinets shall terminate one and one-half inches (1½") above finished grade. Conduits shown on the Plans to be adjacent and parallel to each other shall be installed in the same trench or drill hole unless otherwise specified or directed by the Engineer. Under the sidewalk, conduit shall be laid to a depth of not less than eighteen inches (18”) below the sidewalk grade.
Conduits shall be installed by trenching or directional drilling method.
All applicable requirements in these Special Provisions to locate, and to protect existing utilities, utility laterals, obstructions, and other facilities in the area shall be conformed to and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Contractor is responsible for any damage and the repair of any existing facilities damaged by his/her trenching or drilling operations. Contractor is responsible for any potholing necessary and cost for potholing shall also be included in price paid for applicable items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. All trenching or drilling work shall be contained within the City right-of-way. If utilities or other obstacles are encountered at the specified conduit depth, any additional drilling required to avoid the obstacle shall be made at the Contractor’s expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Location of trenching and drill holes shall take into consideration minimal impact to the street pavement while still meeting the requirements of these Special Provisions.
Contractor shall replace roadway striping and markings with same material if damaged by directional drilling, bore pits, potholes, or trenching. Replacement striping and markings shall be thermoplastic or paint, per the City of Sacramento Standards.
Contractor shall use the following PVC pipe cement to join conduits and fittings: Premier Cement PVC All Temperature One Step Blue or Christy’s Red Hot Blue Glue for Schedule 80 thru 4” diameter.
142
A
. Trenching Method
Installation of conduit by trenching shall be in conformance with the Plans and these Special Provisions. See plan sheets for trench details. Trenches shall be backfilled or covered at the end of each work day. All conduit installed by trenching shall be anchored every 15 feet to the bottom of the trench, with an approved method, so as to prevent the conduit from floating when the concrete is backfilled into the trench.
1. Trenches in reconstructed roadways shall be backfilled with slurry portland cement per cubic yard and fine type aggregate as defined in the Standard Specifications Section 10-5. A red oxide in the amount of 5 lbs. per cubic yard shall be mixed uniformly throughout the slurry cement. See plan sheets for amount of sack slurry and depth of conduit(s).
2. Trenches in existing roadways shall use the “T-Trench” method. The portion over the trench shall be paved with asphalt concrete, Type A with ¾” aggregate (coarse); except on residential streets where the base course shall be Type A, ¾” aggregate (coarse) and surface coarse shall be Type B, ½” aggregate, (medium), per Section 22 of the City Standard Specifications, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
See plan sheets for width and thickness of asphalt concrete over trench. Trenches shall be backfilled with slurry portland cement per cubic yard and fine type aggregate as defined in the Standard Specifications Section 10. A red oxide in the amount of 5 lbs. per cubic yard shall be mixed uniformly throughout the slurry cement. See plan sheets for amount of sack slurry.
B. Directional Drilling Method
Installation of conduit by directional drilling shall be in conformance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
Conduits shall be installed such that the top of the conduit(s) are not less than eighteen inches (18”) below the finished grade in sidewalk areas and not less than thirty inches (30”) in all other areas except as otherwise specified or directed by the Engineer.
Prior to the start of directional drilling, the Contractor shall submit a plan which identifies location and size of proposed drill holes, describes process for identifying/locating existing utility services and other underground utilities or obstructions, identifies a proposed “drilling corridor” to avoid conflicts with existing utilities, services and other facilities. This plan shall be submitted to the Engineer a minimum of ten (10) working days prior to the start of work. The Contractor will not be allowed to directional drill until an approved plan is on file with the Engineer
Directional drilling shall be performed by the technique of creating and directing a bore hole along a predetermined path to a specified targeted location where indicated on the plans to install conduits. The technique shall involve the use of mechanical and hydraulic equipment to change the boring course and shall use instrumentation to monitor the location and orientation of the boring head assembly along the predetermined course. Drilling shall be accomplished with fluid-
143
a
ssisted mechanical cutting. Unless otherwise approved, boring fluids shall be a mixture of bentonite and water or polymers and additives. Bentonite sealants and water will be used to lubricate the drilling head. It is mandatory that minimum pressures and flow rates be used during drilling operations so as not to fracture the subgrade material around and/or above the bore.
Uncontrolled jetting (where the primary purpose is to use fluid force to erode soil for creation of the final bore hold diameter) is prohibited. The drilling system shall utilize small-diameter fluid jets to fracture, and mechanical cutters to cut and excavate the soil as the head advances forward.
All drilling shall be located a minimum of three feet (3’) from the center of all existing maintenance holes. Drilling that run parallel to any sanitary sewer or storm drainage lines shall maintain a minimum clearance of three feet (3’) measured from the centerline of the sewer or drainage line to the adjacent side of the drill hole. Drilling that crosses any sewer or drainage line shall cross at 90 degrees to the line or at a minimum of 45 degrees if a 90 degree crossing is not possible.
11.11 CONDUCTORS
Conductors shall be in accordance with Section 34-13 of the Standard Specifications, except for the following:
1. If the existing ground wire (green 1#10 THW) is used as a pullwire, a new ground wire shall be pulled with the new conductors or cables, unless otherwise specified.
2. Unless otherwise noted, insulation Types THHN and THWN are not approved for installation.
3. The electrolier leads from base to lamp socket shall be No. 12 THW solid wire with 45 mils insulation suitable for 600-volt service for historic decorative, post top and mast arm electroliers.
4. All conductors of AWG #10 or larger shall be identified by printed and embossed labels. #1, #6, #8, #10 conductors shall be printed and embossed. a. Both printed and embossed labels shall clearly identify the UL listing, insulation type, voltage rating, AWG number, and the City of Sacramento. b. The printed label and the embossed label shall be placed at approximately 90 degrees separation around the center of the conductors.
c. Labels shall appear every one foot interval. Embossed labels shall be between 0.002” to 0.003” in depth and shall not damage the conductors. Label heights shall be no less than 3/32” for AWG #8 or larger, and shall be no less than 2/32” for AWG #10.
11.12 COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT
The following communication equipment shall be provided, installed and configured per the Plans and Special Provisions.
A. Fiber Network Switch with Power Supply
Network Switch shall be manufactured by Cisco, Model IE-2000-8TC-G-B or approved equal.
144
A
ll Cisco hardware, software, licensing, and SmartNet must be new and procured through a Cisco Gold authorized reseller and validated by the Cisco Account Manager for the City of Sacramento. Jason Kaiser is our local representative and can be reached at [email protected] or (408) 895-2841. All purchases must be registered with Cisco under the City of Sacramento Traffic Engineering name and contracts associated with City of Sacramento Traffic Engineering department’s CCO ID’s upon 30 days of procurement.
CCO ID = City of Sacramento-DOT (35036) 1019538262
Address = 915 I Street, Room 2117, Sacramento, CA 95814
Th
e network switch shall have the following:
• Model IE-2000-8TC-G-B
• Power Supply shall be Cisco, PWR-IE50W-AC-IEC.
• Two (2) GLC-LX-SM-RGD – Small Form Factor Pluggable Module • 19” DIN Rail mount kit STK-RACK-DINRAIL
Ne
twork Switch shall meet the following requirements:
• Industrial grade
• DIN rail mountable
• Ethernet connectivity
• Operate under 14 degrees Fahrenheit to 140 degrees Fahrenheit, and under vibration and s
hock
• Eight (8) 10/100 Base-T Ethernet ports and 2 Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) ports • Two (2) gigabit combo ports: SFP
• Swappable SD flash card and mini-USB connector
• LAN base (OS) Software license
• Switch shall have MAC address security function for each port • Switch shall have Vlan function for each port
• 5-year warranty
P
ower Supply for Network Switch shall meet the following requirements:
• Compatible with Cisco IE 2000 Series industrial grade switch • DIN rail mountable
• Input: 100-120 VAC or 200-240 VAC, manually selected AC, 50-60 Hz • Operate under 14 degrees Fahrenheit to 140 degrees Fahrenheit, and under vibration and s
hock
• 5-year warranty
• Power Supply for Network Switch shall be installed in cabinet.
S
mall Form Factor Pluggable Module Cisco 100Base – X small Form Factor Pluggable Module - Two (2) GLC-LX-SM-RGD – Cisco device hot-swappable I/O device that plugs into Fast Ethernet ports, dual-rate Fast/Gigabit Ethernet ports, or Gigabit Ethernet ports of Cisco Switch linking the port with the fiber cabling network or approved equal
Functional Test
145
Th
e Fiber Network Switch shall be power up and ready to be programed. City will program switch to connect to city traffic network. Switch Functional test is passed once city as preformed network test to prove network operability.
B. Surge Suppressor Power Strip
Surge Suppressors shall meet the following requirements:
For 332 Cabinet, Surge Suppressors shall be manufacturered by Tripplite, model ISOBAR12ULTRA. 12 outlet.
• 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 3,840 joule surge protection, 150,000 Max surge Amps, 15 ft cord. 1 2 outlet.
Surge Suppressors are to be installed in Type R and Type 332 cabinets at locations where a network fiber or DSL switch are being installed as noted on the Plans. For the Type 332 cabinet, the Surge Suppressor shall be mounted on 2” aluminum stock on the back side of the cabinet near the top using the 19” rack. The Surge Suppressor must be plugged into the equipment receptacle on the back of the power assembly of the 332 cabinet. See Plans for further details.
11.13 CCTV CAMERA SYSTEM
A. General
The CCTV Camera shall be AXIS Q6315-LE PTZ Dome Network Camera or pre-approved equal. System shall include PoE mid-span power injector, mounting brackets and cat 6 cabling.
The CCTV system for traffic monitoring shall connect to the city network through the Ethernet switch in the traffic signal cabinet. All cabling between the camera and the traffic signal cabinet shall be Category 6 (CAT6) outdoor rated communication cable. Camera shall be powered over the data cable via a mid-span high Power over Ethernet (PoE) injector. The Camera shall be rated commercial/industrial 24/7/365 outdoor uses. The camera shall be able to be tilted above horizon. The camera shall have an open and published API (Application Programmers Interface), allowing for integration with third party applications and it shall conform to the network video standard as defined by the ONVIF organization. Camera shall be equipped with a HTTP accessible web server to allow for programing, configuration, video streaming and PTZ controls, without the need for additional software.
B. Components
The camera system shall have following components:
Manufacture
Model
Number
Description
AXIS Q6315-LE PTZ Dome Network Camera
AXIS T8134 High power PoE Mid-Span power
Injector
Belden 7927A Outdoor Rates Cat6 Cable
146
P
elco AB-3034 Astro-Brac for Mastarm, Luminair Arm
mounting
AXIS TQ6501-E Parapet Mount
AXIS 39680 RJ45 PushPull connector
Belden 7927A Category 6
C. Camera
The camera enclosure shall meet IP66 and NEMA 4X -. The dome shall be clear acrylic (PMMA) and include a sunshield (PC/ASA). The camera shall be IP based and support Motion JPEG and H.264 encoding, providing at least three individually configured video streams capable of 30 frames per second at resolution between 176x120 and (D1) 1920x1080 pixels or higher, using both Constant (CBR) and Variable (VBR) Bit Rates. It shall have high-speed pan and tilt control with a 360° endless pan range and a 220° tilt range and speeds be
tween 0.05° - 450°/sec. The lens shall be least a 30x optical providing a horizontal angle of view between 60° and 2° at tolerance of ±3°and be capable of 12x digital zoom. The camera sh
all have the ability set up to100 pre-set positions. The lens shall have aperture capable of F1.4 – F4.6. It shall be equipped with Day/Night functionality, using a high quality IR- sensitive progressive scan CCD sensor. CCD sensor shall be able to provide pictures in lighting conditions down to 0.2 lux at F1.4 while in day mode (with IR-filter in use) and down to 0.04 lux while in night mode (with IR-filter removed). It shall incorporate automatic and manual white balance wide dynamic range functionality. It shall be capable of uploading and storing images and video recording via FTP, SMTP or HTTP or to local storage and shall include an expansion slot for a SD/SDHC memory card. Camera shall be powered with a PoE mid-span injector that meets high Power over Ethernet IEEE 802.3at standard.
D. Camera Interface
The camera shall connect to the traffic signal cabinet with Category 6 (CAT6) outdoor rated communication cable. All cable connections shall be CAT6 rated.
Camera power shall be over the data cable via PoE injector. All data ports shall be 100BASE-TX Fast Ethernet-port, support auto negotiation of network speed (100 MBit/s and 10 MBit/s) and transfer mode (full and half duplex). The Camera shall be automatically detected using UPnP and Bonjour standards and provide support for both IPv4 and IPv6.
The camera shall support both fixed IP addresses and dynamic IP addresses.
Camera shall connect through the network to the City’s existing Milestone 2016 video management control software. The camera shall be fully capable of working with Milestone software and shall allow full control of PTZ, focus, iris, and be able to present and display all video streams
E. Mid-Span High Power over Ethernet (PoE) injector
The PoE injector shall power the camera and provide RJ-45 sockets for data passing through at 10/100/1000 Mbits per second. The injector shall have an input power of 100-240 Vac and be able to output at 55 Vdc at 1.35 amps. The injector shall meet the following
147
s
tandards IEEE 802.3af, IEEE 802.3at. The PoE injector shall be located in the traffic signal cabinet.
F. Communication- Power Cable and connectors
The camera shall connect PoE injector with Category 6 cable. The cable shall be Belden 7927A Multi-Conductor - Category 6 DataTuff® cable. See Outdoor Ethernet Communication cable section of these special provision. The cable shall connect to the camera with a RJ45 PushPull connector meeting IP66 environmental requirements and to the PoE injector with a standard RJ-45 connector.
G. Camera Mounting Option
H. Functional Test
The camera shall be installed and wired per the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall power up and have a viewable video feed. Camera shall be fully controllable.
11.14 CATEGORY 6 OUTDOOR ETHERNET COMMUNICATION CABLE
All Ethernet communication cable placed in pole and conduits shall be Belden Part 7927A DataTuff Cat 6, 4 pair, 23awg Solid BC, PO/PVC, CMR. The cable shall have 23 AWG Bonded-Pair solid bare copper conductors, polyolefin insulation, E-Spline center member, industrial grade sunlight- and oil-resistant PVC jacket, rip cord. Sequential marking at two foot intervals. Connection for the cable it shall use Cat6 approved connectors. Cable shall meet NEC Specifications CMR, UL444, TIA 568.C.2 and NEMA WC-63.1, Category 6.
11.15 CATEGORY 6 COMMUNICATION CABLE CONNECTOR
CATEGORY 6A FIELD MOUNT PLUG, 568A/B, UTP, LARGE AWG 22-24 (0.043 - 0.063 IN.) CAPFMUL-S1 Modular Connectors - FIELD MOUNT PLUG CAT6A UTP, LARGE AWG 22-24
11.16 DETECTOR CONDUCTOR LOOP
A. Loop Conductors
Each loop conductor shall be continuous, unspliced, Type RHW-USE neoprene-jacketed or Type USE c
rosslinked polyethylene insulated No. 12 stranded copper wire. Conductor insulation thickness shall be 40 mils minimum.
B
. Loop Conductor Installation
Detector loop installation shall conform to these Special Provisions and the State Standard Plans, Sheet ES-5A.
148
U
nless otherwise specified, each loop shall be three (3) turns of conductors for each detector loop.
Unless otherwise shown or noted on the Plans, each new detector loop shall be 6' x 6' and centered in the travel lane.
Slots cut in the pavement shall be blown out with compressed air and dried and inspected for any sharp objects or corners which shall be removed prior to installation of loop conductors.
The loop conductors shall be installed in the slots using a 5/16" to 1/4" wooden paddle. As it is installed, the wire shall be kept under slight tension and shall be kept in the slots with suitable cardboard wedges. The cardboard wedges shall not be removed until the loop sealant operation requires removal.
Loop conductors shall be installed without splices and shall terminate in the Nearest pull box. The detector loops shall be joined in the nearest pull box in combination of series and parallel so that optimum sensitivity is obtained at the sensor unit. Final splices between loops and lead-in cable shall not be made until the operation of the loops under actual traffic conditions is approved by the Engineer. Each detector loop shall be identified and tagged by loop number, start (S), and finish (F).
For example: Phase 4D1-1S & Phase 4D1-1F; Phase 4D1-2S & Phase 4D1-2F.
All loop conductors for each direction of travel for the same phase of a traffic signal system in the same pull box, shall be spliced to a cable which shall be run from the pull box adjacent to the loop detector to a sensor unit mounted in the controller cabinet. Splices to the cable shall be made in pull boxes only. All splices to the lead in cable and between loops and the lead in cable shall be soldered as specified in State Specifications in Section 86-2.09C, "Connectors and Terminals".
Open flame soldering will not be permitted.
Each detector loop circuit shall be tested for continuity, circuit resistance, and insulation resistance at the c
ontroller location. The loop circuit resistance shall not exceed 0.50 ohms plus 0.35 ohms per 100 feet of lead-in cable. The insulation resistance shall be performed between each circuit conductor and ground.
The meggared insulation resistance shall not be less than 200 megohms. The Contractor shall replace any detector loop that fails this requirement at the Contractor's expense.
1 . Depth of Loops and Conductors in the Traveled Way
All conductors and conductor loops installed in the traveled way shall be installed so that the top of the conductor is a minimum of one-inch (1") below the surface grade of the street.
2. Inductive Loop Sealant
Only the following methods may be used for inductive loop sealant:
Asphaltic Emulsion and Sand Method
1) Immediately after the loop wires have been installed, the slot shall be filled with an anionic asphaltic emulsion conforming to the State Standard Specifications for Rapid Setting No. 1 (RSI).
149
2 ) Dry 20 mesh sandblasting sand shall then be poured in and around the slot. A suitable and approved tool shall then be used to work the asphaltic emulsion up through the dry sand. The slot will then be inspected for any dry spots in the sandfill. Any dry sand spots will then be wetted with more asphaltic emulsion. More dry sandblasting sand shall then be added to the slot and the asphalt emulsion will again be worked up through the sand until a uniform mix of asphaltic emulsion and sand with no voids completely fills the slot to the level of the surrounding road surface. A final thin layer of sand will then be added to surrounding surface to absorb the excess asphaltic emulsion. The traveled way may be opened to vehicular traffic immediately after installation of the asphaltic emulsion and sand loop sealant.
Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant Method
Hot-melt rubberized asphalt sealant shall conform to, and be installed in accordance with State Specifications Section 86-5.01A(5) and as directed by the Engineer.
Sackrit Method
After conductors are installed in the slots cut in the pavement, paint binder shall be applied to all vertical surfaces of slots in accordance with the provisions in Section 94, "Asphaltic Emulsions", of the State Standard Specifications. The slots shall then be filled with asphaltic concrete sealant.
Asphaltic concrete sealant shall be a mixture of sand and liquid asphalt. The percentage of sand in the asphaltic concrete sealant shall conform to the following:
Screen Size Percentage Passing
#4 100%
#8 91%
#16 63%
#30 39%
#50 24%
#100 10%
#200 7%
The sand shall be uniformly mixed with six percent (6%) SC800 liquid asphalt conforming to Section 93 of the State Standard Specifications.
Temperature of sealant material during installation shall be above 70 degrees F. Air temperature during installation shall be above 50 degrees F. Sealant placed in the slots shall be compacted by use of an eight-inch (8") diameter 1/8" thick steel hand roller or other tools approved by the Engineer. Compacted sealant shall be flush with the pavement surface. Excess sealant remaining after rolling shall be reused. Traffic may be released immediately over compacted material.
150
C
. Abandonment of Loop Conductor
Each detector loop shall be saw-cut in a minimum of two places.
11.17 DETECTOR HANDHOLES
Where shown on the Plans, detector loops shall be sawcut into detector handholes. Detector handholes shall be Type B and shall be installed as shown in Traffic Signals/Street Lighting Standard Details in the Plans sheets, unless otherwise noted or directed by the Engineer. No splicing will be allowed in the detector handholes. For detector handholes to be removed, holes or depressions resulting from the removed handhole shall be filled, compacted, brought to grade, and filled to match surrounding materials.
11.18 DETECTOR LEAD-IN CABLE
Detector lead-in cable shall be "Canoga" Type 30003, or approved equal. Detector lead-in cable shall conform to the following Special Provisions:
Lead-in cable shall consist of four (4) No. 18 A.W.G. stranded copper conductors insulated with nine (9) mils minimum of polypropylene, color coded, parallel laid, twisted together with four to six turns per foot. An amorphous interior moisture penetration barrier shall be provided to prevent hosing, siphoning, or capillary absorption of water along cable interstices. The outer jacket shall be thirty (30) mils minimum in thickness, high density polyethylene conforming to ASTM Designation:
D-1248, 65T for Dielectric Material, Type I, Class C, Grade 5, J3. The diameter of the cable shall be approximately .25 inch.
Aluminum-polyester shielding shall be applied around the conductors.
The detector lead-in cable shall be continuous from the pull box adjacent to the conductor loops to the controller unless otherwise shown on the Plans.
Splicing of detector lead-in cables to loop conductors and splicing of detector cables when called for on the Plans shall be as follows:
1. Splices shall be made in pull boxes only. All splices to lead in cable shall be soldered. The ends of the splice shall then be inserted into an approved insulated spring type connector of the correct size. When detector cables and detector loops are initially installed, precautions shall be taken to insure the cables and loops remain water tight prior to splicing. If splicing is not to be done immediately after installation, the ends of the conductors and cables shall be dipped in electrical insulating liquid which shall render them water tight. The insulating liquid shall be fast drying, resistant to oils, acids, alkalies and corrosive atmospheric conditions and shall be compatible with the insulations used in the conductors and cables. All conductors and cables shall be installed and splices shall be made in a dry environment.
3. The splice shall then be insulated by "Method B" of the State Standard Plans or as directed by the Engineer.
151
1 1.19 EMERGENCY VEHICLE DETECTOR SYSTEM – GPS PRIORITY CONTROL SYSTEM
The GPS Emergency Vehicle Detector System shall be fully compatible with the City’s existing GPS system. The Contractor shall provide and install the following GPS Emergency Vehicle Detector System equipment manufactured by Global Traffic Technologies (GTT) or approved equal.
A. Intersection GPS Emergency Vehicle Detector System Components
Intersection GPS Emergency Vehicle Detector System components shall include the following:
• Opticom GPS Phase Selector – Model 764
• Opticom GPS Radio Unit (shaft mount) – Model 3100
• Opticom GPS Auxiliary Interface Panel – Model 768
• Opticom GPS Card Rack with power supply kit – Model 760 • Opticom Intersection Cabling, Model 1070
• Opticom Mounting Hardware
B
. Installation
The Contractor shall provide, fully install, and configure the GPS Emergency Vehicle Detector System per the Plans and Special Provisions. The Contractor shall terminate all wiring and provide all necessary programming software and electronic manuals. The Contractor shall map approaches, program and configure input/output of all GPS phase selector cards per manufacturer’s recommendation and City standards. The Contractor shall install the Auxiliary Interface Panel in the controller cabinet and terminate all wiring connections.
The GPS unit shall be mounted to the shaft of the traffic signal mast arm pole using a Pelco Astro Mini Bracket with 90-degree sweep or approved equal. See Plans for further mounting details. All GPS cabling and mounting hardware which includes NPT mounts, nipple/pipe, cable retainers, cover screws, wiring covers, etc. shall be included in the bid price. The GPS unit shall be mounted to allow the maximum GPS signal strength reception from GPS satellites and shall meet manufacturer’s recommendations. The mounting location of the GPS unit should be such that the cable run from the GPS unit to the phase selector in the controller cabinet is no more than 250 feet. The GPS unit shall be oriented such that the cable retainer is facing an area from which vehicles will not be approaching and/or per manufacturer’s recommendation.
Model 764 shall be programmed as follows:
Model 764 Channel Controller EV Assignment Cabinet Channel Phase Channel A 3 3 1 & 6
Channel B 4 4 2 & 5
Channel A 5 5 3 & 8
Channel B 6 6 4 & 7
152
C
. Functional Test
GPS Phase Selector, GPS Unit, and GPS Auxiliary Interface Panel shall be installed, powered, and programmed per manufacturer’s recommendation and City standards. The GPS system shall be able to detect vehicle up to 1500 feet from the intersection. The Contractor shall conduct functional tests for all approaches to the intersection. The system shall provide phase green for the preempted approach. The 764 card diagnostic button shall call assigned phases as defined and phase green for the preempted approach. The City shall program the traffic signal controller for preemption functionality as needed.
11.20 FIBER OPTIC
Fiber Optic Cable Requirements
Fiber optic cable shall be Corning Altos All-Dielectric Gel-Free or approved equal.
The Contractor shall use the following cable types as listed below or approved equal.
Fiber Strand
Description Part Number Manufacturer Use
12 Strand 012ZU4-T4F22D20 Corning Per Plan
24 Strand 024ZU4-T4F22D20 Corning Per Plan
48 Strand 048ZU4-T4F22D20 Corning Per Plan
96 Strand 096ZU4-T4F22D20 Corning Per Plan
Fiber Patch Cable (OS2 Jumpers)
Description Part Number Manufacturer Use
1m 040402G5120001M Corning OS2 Jumpers
2m 040402G5120002M Corning OS2 Jumpers
Fiber Patch Panel for In-Cabinet Use
Description Part Number Manufacturer Description
48 strands CCH-01U Corning High density cassette
96 strands CCH-02U Corning High density cassette
144 strands CCH-03U Corning High density cassette
288 strands CCH-04u Corning High density cassette
Cable shall be all-dielectric, stranded loose-tube design with dry waterblocking for outdoor duct.
Each fiber shall be distinguishable by means of color coding in accordance with TIA/EIA-598-B, "Optical Fiber Cable Color Coding.” The fibers shall be colored with ultraviolet (UV) curable inks.
Buffer tubes shall be made from polypropylene. Each buffer tube shall contain a water swellable yarn or water blocking element for water blocking protection. The water-swellable yarn or water blocking element shall be non-nutritive to fungus, electrically non-conductive, and homogeneous. It shall also be free from dirt or foreign matter. This yarn or water blocking element will preclude the need for other water blocking material; the buffer tube shall be gel free. The optical fibers shall not require cleaning before placement into a splice tray or fan out kit. The buffer tube shall be
153
m
anufactured to a nominal diameter of 2.5mm or 3.0 mm, regardless of fiber count, to reduce the number of required installation and termination tools.
Buffer tubes containing fibers shall be color coded with distinct and recognizable colors in accordance with TIA/EIA-598-B. Buffer tube colored stripes shall be inlaid in the tube by means of co extrusion when required. The nominal stripe width shall be 1 mm. Buffer tubes in a hybrid cable (cable containing more than one type of fiber) shall contain only one fiber type. Identification of fiber types in a hybrid cable shall correspond to fiber core diameter (or mode field diameter) from smallest to largest in accordance with TIA/EIA-598-B. Buffer tubes shall be stranded around the dielectric central member using the reverse oscillation stranding process. Two polyester yarn binders shall be applied contra helically with sufficient tension to secure each buffer tube layer to the dielectric central member without crushing the buffer tubes. The binders shall be non- hygroscopic, non-wicking, and dielectric with low shrinkage. Water swellable yarn(s) shall be applied longitudinally along the central member during stranding. For dual-layer cables, a second (outer) layer of buffer tubes shall be stranded over the original core to form a two-layer core. A water swellable tape shall be applied longitudinally over both the inner and outer layer. The water- swellable tape shall be non-nutritive to fungus, electrically non-conductive, and homogenous. It shall also be free from dirt and foreign matter. Cable shall be comprised of water-swellable yarns and/or tapes, dielectric strength members (as required), ripcord(s) and an MDPE jacket containing carbon black to provide ultraviolet light protection while inhibiting the growth of fungus.
Cable jacket shall be marked with the manufacturer’s name, month and year of manufacture, sequential meter or foot markings, a telecommunication handset symbol as required by Section 350G of the National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®), fiber count, and fiber type. The actual length of the cable shall be within -0/+1% of the length markings. The print color shall be white, with the exception that cable jackets containing one or more coextruded white stripes, which shall be printed in light blue. The height of the marking shall be approximately 2.5 mm. Cable shall contain reverse oscillation lay (ROL) markings as needed. Cable shall have a storage temperature range of -40° to 70°C, an installation temperature range of -30° to 70°C, and an operating temperature range of -40° to 70°C. Cable shall have a short-term tensile rating of 2700 N. No fiber strain shall occur over the service life of the cable when subjected to a maximum, long-term tensile rating of 890 N.
Cable shall meet the functional requirements of Rural Utilities Service (RUS) 7 CFR 1755.900 and be fully compliant with ICEA S-87-640. Manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 and TL 9000 registered.
Cable manufacturer shall have a minimum of 20 years in manufacturing optical fiber cable in order to demonstrate reliable field performance. Cable and fiber manufacturer shall be the same company to ensure long-term reliability of the cabled fiber and to ensure the availability of fully integrated technical support.
Fiber Characteristics Table
Parameters SM
Type Step Index
Core Diameter 8.2 μm (nominal)
Cladding Diameter 125 μm ± 0.7 μm
Core-Clad Concentricity < 0.5 μm
Coating Diameter 245 μm ± 5 μm
Cladding Non-Circularity
Defined as: [1-(min. cladding
< 0.7%
154
dia ) max. cladding dia.)]x100
Proof/Tensile Test 100 kpsi, (0.7 GPa) min.
Attenuation
@ 1310 nm
@ 1,550 nm
< 0.35 dB/km
< 0.20 dB/km
Attenuation at the Water Peak < 0.35 dB/km @ 1383 + 3 nm Index of Refraction 1310 nm: 1.4677
1550 nm: 1.4682
Chromatic Dispersion
Zero Dispersion Wavelength
Zero Dispersion Slope
1313 nm
< 0.086 ps/(nm2*km)
Maximum Dispersion 3.3 ps/(nm*km) for 1285 - 1330 nm < 18 ps/nm*km) for 1550 nm
Cut-Off Wavelength < 1,260 nm
Mode Field Diameter
Peterman II)
9.2 ± 0.4 μm at 1310 nm
10.4 ± 0.5 μm at 1550 nm
B. Fiber Optic Cable Installation
1. Contractor shall install all fiber optic cable per manufacturer’s recommendations and the City’s Plans and Special Provisions.
2. All splice work will be performed by City Approved Contractor. All patch panels and splice materials will be provided by City Approved Contractor.
3. The Contractor shall test all fiber optic cable spans after installation (Bare Fiber Testing).
Testing results must be provided to the City Inspector. The City shall review test results and accept or reject the cable within 5 working days. If accepted by the City, and the Contractor shall submit a request to the City to perform splice work. If rejected, the Contractor shall replace the cable and retest.
4. The Contractor shall maintain a record of all sheath footage markings for each cable span.
Hard and soft copy of all records shall be provided to the City with test results along with the program to review the soft copy of the test results.
5. Existing fiber optic cable must be protected from damage. The Contractor shall contact the City Inspector twenty four (24) hours prior to working near any existing city fiber optic cabling.
6. During installation, the tensile force shall not exceed 600 lbs. The Contractor shall use a break away swivel, or a slip-clutch capstan, set for less then 600 lbs. pulling tensile strength.
7. Installation procedures shall be in conformance with the procedures specified by the cable manufacturer for the specific cable being installed.
155
8 . Fiber marking tags shall be installed on fiber optic cable in every pull box. The tags shall be non-adhesive, Hellermann-tyton 4” fiber optic marker, part number CMFO4 or approved equal.
9. During cable installation, the bend radius shall be maintained at a minimum of twenty times the outside diameter of the cable.
10. Fiber optic cable shall be installed without splices except where specifically allowed on the plans or described in these special provisions. The need and approval for unplanned splices shall be reviewed by the engineer. Unplanned splices will be done at no cost to the City.
11. The Contractor shall install Arnco Bull Line Part #WP12LC (with trace wire) or approved equal with the fiber optic cable.
C. Fiber Optic Cable Testing (Bare Fiber Testing):
All testing shall be performed according to the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) Technical Service Bulletin TSB-140, “Additional Guidelines for Field – Testing Length, Loss and Polarity of Optical Fiber Cabling Systems.”
1. The Contractor may test the fiber optic cable prior to installation, but must test fiber optic cable after installation.
2. The Contractor shall test all fibers in the cable.
3. A continuity test using a power meter shall be used for 12 strand cables less than 200 feet.
Power reading shall be provided with test results.
4. The Contractor shall use both a power meter test for continuity and an optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) to test all other cable spans greater than 12 strands and longer than 200 feet. Proof of Calibration of all fiber optic test equipment may be requested by the inspector at any time, and must be provided along with the test results.
5. The fiber cable shall meet or exceed ANSI/EIA/TIA – 568B.3 and the latest BICSI TDMM Standards.
6. Test Results shall include the following:
a. Total fiber length
b. Individual fiber traces for complete fiber length
c. Losses of all anomalies
d. Wavelength tested and measurement directions
e. Manufacturer, model number and serial number of test equipment f. Name, signature and company technician/engineer
g. Test Equipment Calibration Certificate for all fiber test equipment h. Test Date
7. The Contractor shall provide the test results to the City Inspector. If fiber cable fails to meet cable testing standards and are not approved by the City, the Contractor shall remove the
156
f
ailed fiber optic cable and replace with new fiber optic cable at no additional cost to the City. New fiber optic cable shall be tested according to cable testing requirements in these Special Provisions.
11.21 FOUNDATIONS TO BE ABANDONED
Foundations to be abandoned shall be in accordance with Section 34-9 of the Standard Specifications. The top part of the foundation, anchor bolts, and conduits shall be removed to a depth of two feet (2’) below the surface of sidewalk or unimproved ground. The resulting hole shall be backfilled with material equivalent to the surrounding material.
11.22 MASTARM STREETLIGHT
A. General
Mastarm streetlights standards, Type 15, and foundation shall be in accordance with the latest California Department of Transportation Standard Plans, unless otherwise specified in these Special Provisions and Plans. Remove concrete forms on poles upon project completion.
Remove all plywood, forms, excess and leftover concrete, and other debris as a result from construction upon project completion.
B. Luminaire
Luminaires to be installed shall be specifically designed for LED use and rated for up to 100,000 hours of operation. Luminaires shall be designed to produce asymmetric distributions conforming to the Illuminating Engineering Society light pattern Type III unless otherwise specified. Luminaire shall utilize a heat sink to efficiently draw heat away from the LED chipset.
The units shall be suitable for two-inch (2") slip filter and mounting.
All new luminaires to be installed shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to installation.
Luminaires shall be supplied without photo cell receptacles unless otherwise called for the Plans.
All luminaires supplied with photo cell receptacles that will not be used shall be required to completely bypass the receptacle and a shorting plug shall be securely installed in the receptacle.
C. LED
The following luminaires are approved products for mastarm streetlights:
• EOI eLite Star SL3x-M LED Street light – model # ESU F A01 3M 032 40 M 700 (type 3 Distribution) - for general roadway lighting at 700ma. • EOI eLite Star SL3x-M LED Street light – model # ESU FD A01 3M 032 40 M 105 (
type 3 Distribution) - for Traffic Signal Intersection lighting at 1050ma.
The luminaire shall be type III with a minimum CRI of 70 and a CCT of 4000K, unless otherwise specified.
157
S
ee “Equipment to be Supplied” section of this special provision for submitting approved equal products.
11.23 METERED ELECTRICAL SERVICE FOR STREET LIGHTING
The new metered service pedestal shall be supplied and installed as shown on the Plans and shall conform to the serving utility requirements. Service shall be wired for 120/208 volts or 120/240 volts and single phase as shown on the Plans.
4 Jaw meter for 120/240 Volts application.
5 Jaw meter for 120/208 Volts application.
The Contractor shall connect the luminaires to the circuits designated on the Plans. Contractor shall also install the service conduit and wires to the SMUD service point in accordance with SMUD’s requirements. The Contractor shall protect and lock the service pedestal during construction. After construction is completed, the Contractor shall provide for each pedestal a master lock which will accept a Type 2214 key.
The service pedestal shall be fabricated in accordance with the dimensions shown on the service pedestal detail drawing in the traffic signals / street lighting standard details in the plan sheets.
The overall dimensions of the enclosure shall be 63" high x 12" wide x 7.25" deep. The service pedestal shall consist of a separate metering section and a service section. The meter section shall have a removable cover-top, side, and front sections welded together so that it is rain tight and padlockable.
The service pedestal shall be fabricated from 14 gauge Type 304D stainless steel and as described under the following paragraph in the Caltrans Standard Specifications section 86-3.07A, "Cabinets fabricated from stainless steel shall conform to the following:". The mounting brackets shall be 10 gauge Type 304D stainless steel. All welds shall be of highest quality and ground smooth and finished so that grind marks are not visible.
The enclosure shall be rain tight and dust tight. All welds shall be ground smooth and finished so that grind marks are not visible. A hinged dead front plate with cutouts for the handles of the breakers and the switch shall be provided in addition to a hinged outside door equipped with a draw latch suitable for padlocking. Galvanized anchor bolts shall be inside or outside the service pedestal as shown on the Plans. 5/8” x 18” x 4” Anchor bolts (set of 4) shall also be provided.
The enclosure shall have no screws, nuts, or bolts on the exterior, except utility sealing screws.
All screws, nuts, bolts, and washers shall be stainless steel. All hinges and hinge pins shall be stainless steel. No surface of the pedestal shall be deflected inward or outward more than 1/16" measured from the intended plane of the surface.
A hinged dead front plate with cutouts for the handles of the breakers and the switch shall be provided. A hinged outside door equipped with a heavy duty draw latch and two (2) heavy duty hasps suitable for padlocking shall be provided for the service section. The dead front panel on the service enclosure shall have a continuous stainless steel piano hinge.
Service enclosures shall be factory wired and conform to NEMA Standards. All control wiring shall be stranded copper, No. 14 AWG THHN/THWN rated for 600 Volts. All control wiring
158
s
hall be marked with permanent clip sleeve wire markers. Felt, pencil, or stick back markers will not be acceptable. A copy of the wiring diagram for the service pedestal shall be enclosed in plastic and mounted on the inside of the service section.
The terminal lugs or strips shall be copper or alloyed aluminum. All terminals shall be compatible with either aluminum or copper conductors.
The service pedestal shall have provisions for the installation of up to a total of 16 single-pole circuit breakers, including brass links and mounting hardware. All copper wiring used for main bussing shall be No. 2 AWG THHN/THWN and rated for 125 amperes. Branch circuit panel shall use loop wiring rated for 105 amperes with THHN/THWN insulation. All circuit breakers, contactors, and wire shall be listed by UL or ETL. The pedestal shall conform to the NEMA 3-R standard.
Nameplates of a reasonable size identifying the control unit therein shall be installed on the dead front panel. Nameplates shall be black laminated with a white plastic center. All nameplates shall be fastened by screws.
The entire service pedestal shall be constructed with the highest quality workmanship and shall meet all applicable codes. Complete submittal drawings on all substitutions shall be submitted to the Engineer in accordance with Section 34-6 of the Standard Specifications. If the proposed substitute is rejected or if the submittal is not made within the specified time, the specified equipment shall be furnished.
Street light "ON" and "OFF" control will be by photo-electric cell. All conduits and wires shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor.
Mounted in each metered service pedestal shall be the following equipment:
66. Two (2) 100Amp, 2 Pole, 120/240V, 10KAIC circuit breakers. Each main breaker shall have internal common trip. Each pole shall have individual on-off control and handle tie for common operation. Breaker shall be Siemens or approved equal.
2. One (1) 15Amp, 1 Pole, 120V, 10KAIC circuit breaker for control circuitry.
Breaker shall be Siemens or approved equal.
3. Six (6) 40 Amp, 1 Pole, 120, 10KAIC circuit breakers for street lighting. Breakers shall be Siemens or approved equal. These breakers are not metered when used in Traffic Signal application.
4. Two (2) 60 Amp, 3-pole, 120/240V contactors. Normally open, mercury contactors. Contactors shall be Durakool, or approved equal.
5. Photocell 120 VAC by Tork (5001M) or approved equal.
6. One oil tight "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch.
7. One solid copper neutral bus.
159
8 . Incoming terminals (landing lugs).
9. Solid neutral terminal strip.
10. Terminal strips for conductors within the cabinet.
11.24 METERED ELECTRICAL SERVICE FOR TRAFFIC SIGNALS
The new metered service pedestal shall be supplied and installed as shown on the Plans and shall conform to the serving utility requirements. Service shall be wired for 120/208 volts or 120/240 volts and single phase as shown on the Plans.
4 Jaw meter for 120/240 Volts application.
5 Jaw meter for 120/208 Volts application.
The Contractor shall connect the luminaires to the circuits designated on the Plans. Contractor shall also install the service conduit and wires to the SMUD service point in accordance with SMUD’s requirements. The Contractor shall protect and lock the service pedestal during construction. After construction is completed, the Contractor shall provide for each pedestal a master lock which will accept a Type 2214 key.
The service pedestal shall be fabricated in accordance with the dimensions shown on the service pedestal detail drawing in the traffic signals / street lighting standard details in the plan sheets.
The overall dimensions of the enclosure shall be 63" high x 12" wide x 7.25" deep. The service pedestal shall consist of a separate metering section and a service section. The meter section shall have a removable cover-top, side, and front sections welded together so that it is rain tight and padlockable.
The service pedestal shall be fabricated from 14 gauge Type 304D stainless steel and as described under the following paragraph in the Caltrans Standard Specifications section 86-3.07A, "Cabinets fabricated from stainless steel shall conform to the following:". The mounting brackets shall be 10 gauge Type 304D stainless steel. All welds shall be of highest quality and ground smooth and finished so that grind marks are not visible.
The enclosure shall be rain tight and dust tight. All welds shall be ground smooth and finished so that grind marks are not visible. A hinged dead front plate with cutouts for the handles of the breakers and the switch shall be provided in addition to a hinged outside door equipped with a draw latch suitable for padlocking. Galvanized anchor bolts shall be inside or outside the service pedestal as shown on the Plans. 5/8” x 18” x 4” Anchor bolts (set of 4) shall also be provided.
The enclosure shall have no screws, nuts, or bolts on the exterior, except utility sealing screws.
All screws, nuts, bolts, and washers shall be stainless steel. All hinges and hinge pins shall be stainless steel. No surface of the pedestal shall be deflected inward or outward more than 1/16" measured from the intended plane of the surface.
A hinged dead front plate with cutouts for the handles of the breakers and the switch shall be provided. A hinged outside door equipped with a heavy duty draw latch and two (2) heavy duty
160
h
asps suitable for padlocking shall be provided for the service section. The dead front panel on the service enclosure shall have a continuous stainless steel piano hinge.
Service enclosures shall be factory wired and conform to NEMA Standards. All control wiring shall be stranded copper, No. 14 AWG THHN/THWN rated for 600 Volts. All control wiring shall be marked with permanent clip sleeve wire markers. Felt, pencil, or stick back markers will not be acceptable. A copy of the wiring diagram for the service pedestal shall be enclosed in plastic and mounted on the inside of the service section.
The terminal lugs or strips shall be copper or alloyed aluminum. All terminals shall be compatible with either aluminum or copper conductors.
The service pedestal shall have provisions for the installation of up to a total of 16 single-pole circuit breakers, including brass links and mounting hardware. All copper wiring used for main bussing shall be No. 2 AWG THHN/THWN and rated for 125 amperes. Branch circuit panel shall use loop wiring rated for 105 amperes with THHN/THWN insulation. All circuit breakers, contactors, and wire shall be listed by UL or ETL. The pedestal shall conform to the NEMA 3-R standard.
Nameplates of a reasonable size identifying the control unit therein shall be installed on the dead front panel. Nameplates shall be black laminated with a white plastic center. All nameplates shall be fastened by screws.
The entire service pedestal shall be constructed with the highest quality workmanship and shall meet all applicable codes. Complete submittal drawings on all substitutions shall be submitted to the Engineer in accordance with Section 34-6 of the Standard Specifications. If the proposed substitute is rejected or if the submittal is not made within the specified time, the specified equipment shall be furnished.
Street light "ON" and "OFF" control will be by photo-electric cell. All conduits and wires shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor.
Mounted in each metered service pedestal shall be the following equipment:
1. Two (2) 100Amp, 2 Pole, 120/240V, 10KAIC circuit breakers. Each main breaker shall have internal common trip. Each pole shall have individual on-off control and handle tie for common operation. Breaker shall be Siemens or approved equal.
2. One (1) 15Amp, 1 Pole, 120V, 10KAIC circuit breaker for control circuitry.
Breaker shall be Siemens or approved equal.
2. Two (2) 60 Amp, 1 Pole, 120V, 10KAIC circuit breakers for traffic signal and shall be metered. Breakers shall be Siemens or approved equal.
4. Two (2) 60 Amp, 3-pole, 120/240V contactors. Normally open, mercury contactors. Contactors shall be Durakool, or approved equal.
5. Photocell 120 VAC by Tork (5001M) or approved equal.
161
6 . One oil tight "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch.
7. One solid copper neutral bus.
8. Incoming terminals (landing lugs).
9. Solid neutral terminal strip.
10. Terminal strips for conductors within the cabinet.
11.25 ORNAMENTAL STREETLIGHT
A. Streetlight Assembly
The streetlight manufacturer shall provide all required components to assemble a streetlight as shown in the City’s standards and as described in the following Special Provisions. The manufacturer shall guarantee that all components provided, when assembled, shall constitute a complete functioning streetlight.
The streetlight capital, globe holder, light engine base, fluted shaft, and base shall be delivered as a single unit, fully assembled and painted as described in the following Special Provisions. The luminaire assembly, Light Emitting Diode (LED) light engine, and anchor bolts, if required, may be delivered in a separate shipment or container.
Optionally, streetlight assembly shall have weatherproof UL listed GFI electrical receptacles mounted at the top of the pole shaft.
The complete streetlight assembly and anchor bolts shall be delivered to a location in the metropolitan area of Sacramento, California, as specified by the City. The City will provide the manufacturer the delivery destination within two weeks prior to the delivery date, unless otherwise specified by the City.
B. Luminaire Assembly
The luminaire assembly shall include a 424 Lexalite Acrylic Prismatic Top, GE8-9 globe, Formed Plastic FP 199, or National Lighting NL199 globe or approved equal as shown on the drawing. The luminaire assembly shall be UL listed for wet/damp locations and shall be furnished prewired.
The Lexalite 424 globe shall have IES Distribution Type III or V as specified by the City Engineer. Assembly of top and bottom parts of the globe shall be by a stainless steel band.
Globe top shall not include a factory installed Lexalite spike aluminum finial. The globe shall be provided with a neck ring so that the tightening of the screws will not damage the globe collar.
Unless otherwise specified, the lamp assembly shall be delivered with a light engine. The light engine shall be of LED manufactured by CREE, model DPT A SB FR A 40K UL UF or approved equal. SB = represents surface face. FR = represents Frost Glass lens. A = represents 34W LED. 40K = represents 4000K. UF = represents unfinished.
162
h
ttps://lighting.cree.com/products/outdoor/decorative-street-and-roadway/dpt-series
C. Cast Iron Capital and Globe Holder
The capital and globe holder shall be of the design and dimensions as shown on the drawing and shall be of cast iron per ASTM A48 CL30 standards. The globe holder shall have four (4) 5/16” stainless steel set screws (90 degrees) for mounting of the globe. Set screws shall be square head. Allen or Phillips set screws are not acceptable. The capital shall be prewired with a light engine base. The light engine base shall be of porcelain mogul type. The capital shall be attached to a 4” tenon mounted on top of the steel fluted shaft with four (4) 5/16” stainless steel screws.
D. Steel Fluted Shaft
The fluted shaft shall be of the dimensions shown on the drawing and shall be tapered 0.14” per foot. The fluted shaft shall have the chemical and physical properties of A595 grade A. The fluted shaft shall be fabricated from a single length of a minimum 11-gauge steel sheet, rolled into a fluted shaft on a steel mandrill and finished with a single longitudinal weld. No transverse or intermediate welds or joints shall be permitted.
The fluted shaft shall have sixteen (16) equally spaced Doric flutes, sharp and clear-cut throughout the entire length of the shaft. The radius of the flute's crest shall not exceed the thickness of the shaft material. Individually rolled flutes or round poles with a separate fluted sheathing are not acceptable. Shaft shall be formed true to the pattern and complete in detail.
The interior surface shall be smooth with no protrusions or sharp edges. There shall be a minimum of 2” internal clearance extending the fluted shaft’s length to permit internal wiring from an underground source.
At the top of the fluted shaft, a steel tenon shall be welded and sized to accept the capital and globe holder. The maximum difference in the diameter of the capital and the tenon shall be ½”.
A ½” steel adapter plate, of 36,000 psi minimum yield strength, shall be welded to the bottom of the fluted shaft. The adapter plate shall include three (3) tapped holes on a 4” bolt-circle to accept ½” -13 stainless steel bolts for attachment to the streetlight pole base. The stainless steel bolts shall be per ASTM F593. The bolts shall be with a minimum yield strength of 92,000 psi.
The maximum diameter offset between the bottom of the fluted shaft and the adapter plate shall be as shown in the drawing.
All welds shall meet AWS D1.1.
The complete fluted shaft shall be hot-dipped galvanized per ASTM A123 prior to painting.
E. Cast Iron Base
The streetlight base shall be of the design and dimensions as shown on the drawing and shall be of cast iron per ASTM A48 CL30 standards with a minimum thickness of ½”.
The base shall have an opening for the hand hole of the dimensions shown on the drawing with the cover cast of the same material, and attached with a ½” stainless steel, button head hex socket cap screw. The base shall have three (3) holes integrally cast into its top to be attached to the shaft. A minimum of 2” wiring access hole shall also be provided.
163
Th
e base shall be furnished with a 12”-13 UNC grounding bolt.
The base shall have four (4) reinforced lugs integrally cast into its bottom to accept ¾” anchor bolts on a 15” bolt-circle.
F. Anchor Bolts
Unless otherwise specified, each streetlight assembly shall include four (4) galvanized steel anchor bolts of the dimensions as shown on the drawing. Anchor bolts shall meet ASTM – A36 with 55,000 psi minimum yield strength. The threaded portion shall be galvanized. Each anchor bolt shall include two (2) galvanized hex nuts and two (2) flat washers. All galvanized parts shall meet ASTM A153.
G. Surface Coating
The exterior and interior surfaces of the streetlight base, fluted shaft, and capital shall have surface preparation, primer coating, and two coats of paint. The surfaces of the base, fluted shaft, and capital shall have a smooth finish that shall be uniform along the entire length of the streetlight pole assembly. All surface preparation, primer coating, and painting application shall be performed inside a shop or plant before shipment to jobsite.
The manufacturer shall provide Manufacturer Certification that all primer coating and paint application was performed per coating manufacturer specifications for the selected coating, prior to delivery of streetlight pole. Minor field coating touch-up may be permitted at the City’s discretion.
All work shall be performed in strict accordance with these specifications and the manufacturer's directions for the materials to be used on this project.
1. Surface Preparation
The exterior and interior surfaces of the pole shall be prepared as follows:
a) All sharp edges shall be removed or rounded.
b) Contaminants such as oil, grease, dirt, etc., shall be removed by solvent cleaning per SSPC-SP1 (solvent cleaning).
c) All non-galvanized surfaces shall be blasted per SSPC-SP10 (Near White Metal Blast) to remove all rust, mill scales, slags, and foreign matters. d) Streetlight base, fluted shaft, and capital shall be primed on the same day the surface preparation is completed.
2. Primer Coating
After surface preparation is completed, the cast iron streetlight assembly shall have a primer coating as follows:
a) Use Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646 Fast Cure Epoxy - Black (OR Mill White primer if Sacramento Green is specified as the paint color) or approved equal.
164
b
) Mix Macropoxy per manufacturer directions.
c) Apply primer to the entire streetlight assembly, including the interior and exterior surfaces.
d) Apply a fog coat of primer of 1.0 - 2.0 mils, approximately 1 hour prior to full prime coat.
e) Apply full prime coat at the recommended spreading rate per coat for the Macropoxy 646 Primer; wet mills (7 minimum, 13.5 Maximum), dry Mills (5 minimum, 10.0 Maximum). See manufacturer product information for drying schedule and application conditions.
3. Paint Application
After primer coating, the streetlight assembly shall be painted as follows:
a) Use Sherwin Williams Hi-Solids Polyurethane 100 - Gloss Black (OR Sacramento green color if specified on the drawing) or approved equal. b) Apply two (2) coats of paint to the entire streetlight assembly, including the interior and exterior surfaces.
c) Apply the paint at the recommended film thickness and spreading rate per coat; wet mills 3.6 minimum, 4.8 maximum; dry mills 3.0 minimum, 4.0 maximum. See manufacturer product information for drying schedule and application conditions.
Paint application shall be in accordance with the principles of good workmanship described in SSPC-PA1, Paint Application Specification No. 1, Shop Field and Maintenance Painting. The Quality Control/Specifications are as follows: Dry Film test per ASTM D7378-07, Holiday Porosity Test per ASTM D5162-01, Cross Hatch Adhesion per ASTM D6677-01, Pencil Hardness test per ASTM D3363, Impact Resistance per ASTM D2794, Visual Gloss Inspection, and Final Visual Inspection.
H. Design Standards
Streetlight assembly and all materials used in its manufacture shall meet the requirements of the most current adopted version of the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) “Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals” and this specification.
In addition to the requirements of the AASHTO Specification, the post and anchorage shall be designed with a minimum safety factor of two (2) and shall not deflect more than five (5%) percent of the above ground height at full wind loading.
I. Factory Certification
Each streetlight assembly shall be certified by the manufacturer to meet all requirements specified herein. The manufacturer shall make factory and all manufacturing processes open for City Quality Control Inspection if requested by the City Engineer. City shall incur all inspection cost.
J. Identification
Each pole shall bear an identification tag which shall list the manufacturer model number of the pole and year and location of manufacture. The identification tag shall be placed inside of the
165
b
ase, facing the hand hole, and clearly visible from the outside when installed and the hand hole cover is removed.
K. Material Availability
Pole manufacturer shall certify to the City that the accepted pole base, capital, shaft, and luminaire is or will become a stock item, readily available with replacement parts for a minimum ten (10) year.
L. Material Certification
Material certifications shall be provided for all components referred to in the drawing and these Special Provisions.
M. Packaging
Each streetlight assembly and luminaire shall be individually packaged to prevent damage with sufficient packaging strength for protection during shipping and storage. Small parts shall be packaged in boxes. Individual components shall be packaged in the same manner as the poles and luminaries. All handling shall be done with rope or nylon slings to prevent surface damage.
Use of chains, wire slings or unprotected forks or hooks is prohibited.
Packing list and assembly instruction sheet shall be included.
N. Acceptance
After packaging is removed and prior to installation, each streetlight assembly shall be inspected for manufacturing or paint defects by the City Engineer. No streetlight assembly is to be installed without the expressed approval of the City.
O. Testing
Factory testing shall be provided at the request of the City Engineer in accordance with manufacturer's testing procedures.
P. Warranty
The streetlight manufacturer shall warrant against any defects and shall replace all defective parts or streetlight assemblies for a period of five (5) years from the date received by the City.
Pole manufacturer shall provide written warranty with shipment of poles.
Q. Welding
Welding shall be conducted by certified welders in compliance with the latest edition of the American Welding Society D1.1, Structural Welding Code - Steel. All parts shall be cleaned prior to welding by an approved industry standard method.
R. Wind Resistance
Entire pole and luminaire to be rated to withstand AASHTO requirements for a minimum 70 mile and hour wind load with a 30% gust factor.
S. Sealing of Streetlight Pole Foundation
The concrete for the foundation shall be finished so that the top surface is straight and smooth with a 2% grade conforming to the adjoining sidewalk.
166
R
emove concrete forms on streetlight foundation upon project completion. Remove all plywood, forms, excess and leftover concrete, and other debris as a result from construction upon project completion.
Once the pole is installed and leveled on the anchor bolts, the gap between the base of the pole and the top of the foundation shall be sealed using the following procedure:
The bottom surface of the pole base shall be primed using Pecora P-120 or approved equal and the top of the foundation shall be primed using a Pecora P-150 or approved equal. The curing of the concrete used for the foundation or pavement and the application of the primer shall follow the guidelines provided by the manufacturer of the primer and sealant.
The gap to be sealed shall be partially filled by pushing in a 1.5” diameter Bi-Cellular Backer Rod (SOF Rod), cut to size, and installed around the bottom perimeter of the pole base, pushed against the anchor bolts. The backer road product shall be made by Construction Foam Products or approved equal.
A one half-inch (1/2”) inside diameter drain tube shall be placed in the gap between the base of the pole and its foundation to prevent standing water. The drain tube shall be placed under the backer rod, flush with the finished surface of the concrete, and extending about 2.25” toward the center of the pole base. It shall be placed so that it is following the downward slope of the surrounding sidewalk and top of foundation (about 2%). The drain tube shall be made of PVC with a wall thickness of 1/16” or as approved by the engineer.
Once the primer is dry as recommended by the manufacturer, and the backer rod is installed, the Contractor shall apply a silicone sealant, with a minimum thickness of 0.5inch. Use a pre-tinted black color silicone, model number Pecora 890NST or approved equal. Completely seal the gap between the base of the pole and the top of the foundation with the silicone sealant. Use a masking tape when applying the sealant, in order not to smear the outside of the pole, and the surrounding pavement with the sealant material. The sealant shall be smoothed out around the base of the pole, and any excess material removed before it is set to cure as required by the sealant manufacturer.
The sealant shall be smoothed out around the base of the pole, and any excess material removed before it is set to cure as required by the sealant manufacturer.
11.26 PULL BOXES
Shall be in accordance with Section 34-12 of the Standard Specifications, except for the following:
a
. All new pull boxes shall be set in place prior to pouring any new sidewalk.
b. E xisting pull boxes damaged by the installation of new conduits shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense as directed by the Engineer.
c. All pull boxes shall be placed in sidewalk areas unless otherwise specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and shall not be placed in driveways, in vehicular traveled lanes, or in any part of
167
the new sidewalk handicap ramp areas. Unless otherwise specified, pull boxes shall be placed a m
inimum of 5 feet from existing driveways.
d. Contractor shall cut, remove and replace the concrete to the nearest joint when installing new pull boxes.
e. New pull boxes shall have a minimum of 6” of new concrete around all sides in sidewalks.
f. For pull boxes to be removed, holes or depressions resulting from the removed pull box shall be filled, compacted, brought to grade, and filled to match surrounding materials.
g. Pull boxes shall be placed as shown according to the details shown on the Plans and according to these Special Provisions.
h
. Install pull box on top of crushed rock foundation. Adjust pull box to grade. The crushed rock foundation shall have a minimum of 12” in depth and continue to extend a minimum of 6” beyond the outside edge of the pull box. Compact crushed rock while maintaining integrity of conduit. Conduit and pull boxes shall not be damaged nor cracked.
i. In instances where the pull box is installed in a planter box or dirt areas, the pull box shall be set to grade with a concrete ring, as shown in the standard detail drawings.
Locking Pull Box Security Lids for Street Lighting
1. No locking Security Lids shall be use on Pull Boxes containing traffic signal wiring.
2. All No. 5 and No. 6 Pull Boxes containing street light wiring shall have steel security lids with locking key bolts.
3. Security Bolts shall be Bryce Fastener #50 Penta-Plus approved equal.
4. Security Keys shall be Bryce Fastener 1GBP50 or approved equal.
5. Lid shall be ¼” thick minimum galvanized steel.
6. Lid shall be manufactured with slip resistant surface.
7. Lid shall be non-traffic rated, unless otherwise specified.
8. Lid shall be equipped with a lock mechanism which can be secured from the top of lid.
9. Lock bolt shall be recessed in 1 inch diameter circle
10. Lid shall be flush with top of pull box when the lid is completely secured and locked to the pull box.
11. No. 5 pull boxes shall have a single cam locking system, or approved equal.
12. No. 6 pull boxes shall have a double cam locking system, or approved equal.
13. Lid shall have a grounding lug.
14. Supply five sets of keys for the locks.
15. Supply two sets of lifting tools for the lid.
16. Lid shall be free of scratches, defects, and debris. Provided Lids shall be installed new.
168
1 7. Pull Box Lid shall be manufactured by LockLid Secure Utility Enclosure Lids manufactured by Jensen MetalTech or approved equal. Approved equal includes Sipra Corp and Wesco Mr Steel.
o #5 PB - Locklid 1324 Lid LL K-S TrxPlt Sac Glv;
o #6 PB – LockLid 1730 Lid LL K-SD TrxPlt Sac Glv).
o #5 PB Sipra Corp’s Lockjaw! Security lids
o #6 PB Sipra Corp’s Lockjaw! Security lids
o #5 PB WESCO’s Mr. Steel Security Security lids
o #6 PB WESCO’s Mr. Steel Security Security lids
1 8. A steel welding plug shall be provided by the manufacturer to be inserted into the 1 inch diameter recessed lock
11.27 RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON (RRFB)
Th
e Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon (RRFB) system shall be manufactured by Carmanah Traffic. The model is SC315-G RRFB.
The RRFB system shall be provided with the following equipment:
• AC-Powered
• Dual Light Bar,
• Polara Bulldog Pushbutton,
• Carmanah Control Box Enclosure
• Signage and Placards
Th
e RRFB shall be installed per Planset with manufactured approved mounting hardware.
11.28 TRAFFIC SIGNALS AND FITTINGS
Traffic Signal Standards and Lighting Standards shall be in accordance with the latest California Department of Transportation Standard Plans, unless otherwise specified in these Specifications or Plans.
A. Forms and Concrete and Debris
Remove concrete forms on traffic signal standards and service pedestals upon project completion. Remove all plywood, forms, excess and leftover concrete, and other debris as a result from construction upon project completion.
B. Vehicle Signals
All signal heads, louvers, backplates, and framework shall come in black color.
Each mast arm mounted signal head shall be all 12" diameter sections.
Vehicle signal housings shall be either die cast or permanent mold cast aluminum conforming to ANSI Standard D-10.1. Vehicle signal faces shall conform to Section 86-4.01, "Vehicle Signal Faces", of the State Standard Specifications.
169
M
etal backplates shall have a 2-inch yellow retroreflective boarder for the 12” signal heads. The retroflective tape shall be manufactured by 3M for vertical mounting.
Model: 3M 3990 Series Diamond Grade VIP Reflective Sheeting.
Metal Backplate shall be louvered and painted black.
Traffic signals shall utilize tunnel visors.
All traffic signal lamps shall be accessible from the front of the traffic signal head and shall be directly accessible for removal and replacement by the opening of the hinged front lens section and hood. Backplates for MAS mounted vehicle signal heads shall have approved filler plates to prevent light from showing through at the elevated plumbizers.
C. Light Emitting Diode (LED) Signal Modules
LED modules shall be 12” in diameter, clear lens, and manufactured by Dialight, Leotek, Duralite, or EOI. No exceptions.
LEDs shall have full ball appearance.
Front shell shall be Clear, not Tinted.
Contractor shall warranty the LED module for a minimum of 3 years. Contractor is responsible to immediately replace the failed LED module at no cost to the City during the warranty period of 3 years.
D. LED Countdown Pedestrian Signals
LED modules shall be manufactured by Dialight, Leotek, Duralite, or EOI. No exceptions.
All pedestrian display shall be the combination Raised Hand/Walking Person figure and Countdown timer only. All pedestrian heads and framework shall come in black color.
Pedestrian signal face modules shall be designed to mount behind or replace the existing faceplate of Type A Pedestrian housings as specified by the requirements of the ITE Standards, “Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications”, and the MUTCD. The pedestrian signal shall have an operating range of 80VAC to 135VAC. The pedestrian signal shall be fused and provide transient suppression for protection of line and load. The pedestrian signal shall have a high power factor > 0.9. The pedestrian signal shall have < 20% harmonic distortion.
The design of the modules shall require a specific mounting orientation. Each module shall provide an average luminous intensity of at least 3,750 candela/m2 for Upraised hand and 5,300 candela/m2 for the Walking person symbol throughout the useful life over the operating temperature range.
170
T
he uniformity ratio of an illuminated symbol shall not exceed 4 to 1 between the highest luminance area and the lowest luminance area in the module.
The color output of the module shall conform to the requirements of the ITE: ”Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications” and the MUTCD.
The Hand Man symbols shall conform to all applicable ITE and CalTrans requirements.
Raised Hand shall be Portland orange. Walking figure shall be lunar white. The module shall not require special tools for installation. The module shall fit securely into existing pedestrian signal section housings built to the PTCSH specifications without modification to the housing.
The pedestrian signal face shall be no less than 16” high. Aluminum housing.
The modules shall be a self-contained device, not requiring on-site assembly for installation into an existing Type "A" housing. The pedestrian signal shall be capable of displaying the LED “Raised Hand” legend. The numeral portion shall consist of two (2) seven segment digits, constructed of a minimum of 2 rows of LED’s, simultaneously. The pedestrian signal shall use overlays to diffuse the LED's and provide uniform light dispersion while keeping the symbols clear and distinct. The signal shall be configurable, such that the countdown timer can start at the beginning or the end of the “Walk” portion of the pedestrian phase.
Initially, the Contractor shall set the signal such that the Countdown timer starts at the beginning of the flashing “Don’t Walk/Raised Hand” portion of the phase and ends at the beginning of the solid “Don’t Walk/Raised Hand” portion of the phase.
Modules shall have filled hand/man.
E. Mounting Hardware
All slipfitters and terminal compartments shall be cast bronze. Clam shell mounting assemblies shall not be used.
No gaskets shall be used between the slipfitter and the traffic signal display. Seal connection with silicon gel.
F. Pedestrian Pushbuttons (ADA- Compliant)
The Polara Bulldog is an acceptable Pedestrian Push Button assembly.
Unless otherwise specified, pedestrian pushbuttons shall comply with the following features:
1. ADA-compliant pedestrian pushbutton, per applicable sections of the Cal MUTCD and United States Access Board recommendations.
2. Size of Button. The push buttons shall be a minimum of 2 inches (51mm) across.
3. Maximum Force. The force required to activate the push buttons shall be no greater than 3.5 pounds.
4. Operation. Push buttons shall operable with a closed fist.
171
5 . Locator Tone. Locator tone shall be provided if specified by the Plans and these Specifications.
6. Visual contrast. Push buttons shall have a visual contrast with the body background of at least 70 percent.
7. Indicator. There shall be a visible and audible indicator that the button press has occurred.
8. Tactile arrow. There shall be a tactile arrow pointing in the direction of pedestrian travel controlled by the button.
9. Mounting Height. The centerline of the push button shall be mounted 42 inches above the clear ground space for approach.
10. Direction of control face. The control face of the push button shall be parallel to the direction of the crosswalk controlled by the push button.
The pedestrian button shall be heavy cast aluminum, powder-coated body and meet NEMA 250 specifications, tamper-proof design, and water resistant. The button cap and internal components shall be constructed with stainless steel components to prevent corrosion. Button shall provide a two-tone audible confirmation and visual confirmation (LED light). Wide operating temperature range of -30 degrees to 165 degrees F. Button shall require push action to activate.
G. A
ccessible Pedestrian Signal (APS)
If specified in the Plans, the Accessible Pedestrian Signal (APS) shall be manufactured b
y Polara Engineering Inc.
• Pushbutton Model: Polara, iNavigator, 2-wire iN2.
• Control Unit: iCCU-S for TS1, TS2 cabinets.
• Control Unit: iCCU-C for 332 cabinets/2070 controller • Interconnect Board: iN2-ICB for iCCU-S.
• Interconnect Board: iN2-ICB-C for iCCU-C
• Size of Sign: 9x15. Use R10-3e for Pedestrian Displays with Countdown feature. • Housing Color: Yellow button cover.
• Special Voice Message for Wait to Cross Street Name and Walk Sign is On to cross Street Name.
• No Braile.
• SDLC for TS2 Type 1 cabinets. 850-217 (50 pin harness) for TS 1 cabinets.
The main components of the MUTCD compliant APS consists of a 1) Push Button station that is installed on the traffic signal poles providing a vibrating arrow button and audible sounds , and 2) Control Unit that is installed in the traffic signal cabinet. All sounds emanate from the front and back of the push button. A sunlight-visible red LED toggles to “ON” with tactile feedback to confirm the button has been pushed. Vandal resistant designed body and pushbutton.
APS shall be installed in accordance with the City of Sacramento’s APS Implementation G
uidelines.
1. Push Button Station:
172
a
. A Push Button Station receives pedestrian crossing requests and provides visual, audio, and speech pedestrian messages to aid street crossing. The Push Button Station shall be installed per the latest requirements of the California MUTCD.
The pushbutton shall be constructed of cast aluminum or equal, painted with yellow background, black crossing logo, a tactile arrow indicating the direction of crossing it services, and an integrated two-inch diameter pushbutton. When the pushbutton is activated, the pushbutton shall confirm each activation by visual, audio, and vibrotactile feedback.
b. Audio messages shall be via integrated, sealed, and weatherproof speakers capable of emitting locator tone and speech messages. Audio output shall be up to 10 watts RMS. Each audio output shall have an automatic volume control up to 28dB. There shall be independent maximum and minimum volume settings for locator, walk, and clearance. Audible locator tone shall be at 880 Hz, 100 msec duration, 1 sec interval. Each pushbutton activation shall cause an audible click.
An extended activation on any pushbutton shall mute the entire intersection except selected crosswalk. All audible tones and sounds shall be synchronized to minimize confusion and audio clutter.
c. Vibrotactile shall be integrated into the pushbutton and shall be energized during the WALK interval.
d. The pushbutton shall be speech message capable. When activated, speech message volume shall be adjustable up to a maximum of 89 dB and up to 5 dB above the ambient noise measured at the pushbutton level. Speech messages shall include programmable pushbutton and crossing messages. Pushbutton message shall be, “Wait to cross (name of street) at (name of other street.)” Crossing message shall be, “(Name of street.) Walk signal is on to cross (name of street.)” For exclusive pedestrian phases, the crossing message shall be, “Walk signal is on for all crossings.” Speech messages shall repeat at the rate of 1 hertz from the beginning of the appropriate phase to the end of the phase.
e. The pushbutton shall operate in temperatures between -20 to +150 degrees
2. Control Unit:
A Control Unit (CU) provides the interface between the traffic signal controller and PIUs. It passes through pedestrian crossing requests from PIUs to the controller while relaying WALK and clearance timing from the controller to PIUs. The CU shall be a shelf-mounted or rack-mounted unit compatible with TS1, TS2, and Type 2070 controllers housed in Type R or 332 -series cabinets. Each CU shall be able to control up to 12 PIUs. The CU shall interface with the controller and PIUs via optically isolated input/output up to 36 volts. The CU shall maintain system settings and diagnostic data retrievable by the System Programmer described below. The CU shall operate in temperatures between -20 to +150 degrees F.
H. Traffic Signal Standards
173
All mounting hardware to be furnished by the Contractor shall be galvanized.
11.29 TRAFFIC SIGNAL TURN-ON PROCESS
Th
e traffic signal turn-on process is located at the following location in the category of “Traffic Signals and Streetlighting”:
https://www.cityofsacramento.org/Utilities/Development-Standards
11.30 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CABINET AND CONTROLLER SYSTEM – DELIVERY AND
TESTING AND INSPECTION AND GUARANTEE
The traffic signal cabinet, controller and all accessories and plug-ins shall be acquired and installed and tested by the contractor/manufacturer/distributor. The cabinet assembly shall be tested as a complete unit by the contractor/manufacturer/distributor. A fully functional and certified tested traffic signal cabinet assembly shall be delivered directly to the jobsite.
The delivery and inspection of the traffic signal cabinet and controller system is as follows:
A. Delivery
1. All traffic signal cabinets, controllers and all components, network switch, hardware, auxiliary equipment and D4 software shall be procured, tested and certified, loaded and installed by the Contractor.
2. D4 software shall be procured, tested and certified, loaded and installed by the Contractor.
3. All traffic signal cabinet and controller assemblies shall be delivered directly to the Contractor warehouse within the greater Sacramento area. The City of Sacramento is not receiving any materials nor storing any materials for this project.
4. Contractor shall validate all equipment is received from the Manufacturer/Distributor with the invoice and these Special Provisions.
B. Installation of Traffic Signal Timing
1. The City of Sacramento shall provide the signal timing digital .dat file. The contractor shall pickup the digital file at the Pre-Construction meeting.
2. The Contractor shall load and program the traffic signal timing for each controller at the Contractor facility warehouse.
C. Testing and Certification
a. The entire traffic signal cabinet and controller assembly for each intersection with phasing shown on the Plans with all plug-ins, auxiliary components, D4 software, and intersection traffic signal timing shall be tested with a traffic signal test monitoring equipment and certified by the Contractor and Manufacturer prior to field installation.
The entire assembly shall PASS all applicable tests. All plug-ins are required for Testing and Certification.
174
b
. Also, the entire traffic signal cabinet and controller assembly shall be tested and certified as a complete unit under real time intersection operation and signal load conditions for a minimum of 48 hours.
c. The entire traffic signal cabinet and controller assembly shall be licensed in the name of the City of Sacramento. Contractor shall provide license documentation that shows the Network Switch is licensed to the City of Sacramento. d. Contractor shall submit a traffic signal cabinet acceptance test record and certificate of compliance from the manufacturer. Test to include: visual inspection, cabinet power up, P.D.A test, Power Supply 24V DC, Field O/P Test, Full Operation, and includes Documentation.
e. Contractor shall submit a Controller Acceptance Test Record and Certificate of Compliance from the Manufacturer. Report shall include Model, Part, and serial number. D4 Software included in test. Test to include Diagnostic/Environmental Tests, Visual Inspection, Total EV Chamber cycle Time, and Final Functional Test (100 hour burn-in). All tests shall result in a PASS condition
D. Guarantee
1. The traffic signal controller and components/modules shall have a full warranty for manufacturer defects and workmanship, including parts and labor for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of purchase. Identification of manufacturer defects shall be determined by the city.
2. The Contractor guarantees all cabinet and all materials and devices of whatsoever nature incorporated in, or attached to the cabinets, to be free of all defects of workmanship and materials for a period of one (1) year after final acceptance of the project. The Contractor shall repair or replace any or all equipment or material, together with all or any other equipment or material which may be displaced or damaged in so doing, that may prove defective in workmanship or material within said one (1) year guarantee period without expense or charge or any nature whatsoever to the City.
3. In the event that the Contractor should fail to comply with the conditions of the foregoing guarantee within (10) days time, after being notified of the defect in writing, the City shall have the right, but shall not be obligated to repair, or obtain the repair of the defect and the Contractor shall pay to the City on demand all reasonable costs and expense of such repair. In the event that any defect in workmanship or material covered by the foregoing guarantee results in a condition which constitutes an immediate hazard to the health or safety, or any property interest, or any person, the City shall have the right to immediately repair, or cause to be repaired, such defect, and the Contractor shall pay to the City on demand all reasonable costs and expense of such repair. The foregoing statement relating to hazards to health, safety or property shall be deemed to include either temporary or permanent repairs, which may be required as determined in the sole discretion and judgment of the City.
E. Equipment Drawing
The vendor shall provide equipment drawings for each cabinet. Equipment drawings shall comply with Section 86-1.04 of the State Specifications and these specifications. The cabinet print shall be laid out on two (2) “D” size sheets. Sheet one (1) shall have the remaining panels, load bay, cables, fans and lights, power supply, maintenance malfunction unit (MMU), controller, connector wiring Power Panel, Outlet Strip, and door Maintenance Panel with police panel. The detector
175
f
ield inputs panels, detector racks, and detector programming panels shall be on sheet two (2). The operation manual for each component shall be provided. Three (3) prints o f the cabinet-wiring diagram shall be supplied with each controller cabinet in addition to an electronic copy. One copy of the cabinet print shall be enclosed in the document drawer under the controller shelf. Entire cabinet schematic wiring diagram shall also be submitted in the form of an AutoCAD Drawing (.pdf will not be accepted), either on a disk or by email to [email protected] John Matoba, City of Sacramento, 916-808-7891.
11.31 VIDEO DETECTION SYSTEM – ECONOLITE VISION
In general, the video detection system shall provide real time detection of vehicles, bicycles and motorcycles entering the camera’s field of view with an accuracy of 99% minimum, when compared to conventional inductive loops. The detection shall be reliable, consistent, and perform under all weather, lighting, and traffic congestion conditions. The video detection system consists of video sensors, a communication interface panel, mounting brackets and cabling hardware. For 33X cabinet with Model 2070 controller, the video detection system will include an input/output card mounted in th (e input file.
Video Detection System Hardware
The video detection system shall be an Econolite Autoscope Vision or approved equal.
Video Sensor
T
he video detection system shall include a video sensor that integrates a high-definition (HD) camera with an embedded processor for analyzing the video and performing detection.
Camera and Processor
The camera shall be a color CMOS imaging array.
The camera shall have HD resolution of 720p minimum (1280x720 pixels).
The camera shall include a minimum 10X optical zoom to enable stop-line and advance detections. The optical zoom shall be remotely controllable from the TMC for temporary traffic surveillance as well as for maintenance purposes.
The camera shall have direct, real-time iris and shutter speed control by the integrated processor.
The processor shall support H.264 video compression for streaming output.
Video Sensor Enclosure Assembly
The camera and processor shall be housed in a sealed IP-67 enclosure.
The faceplate of the enclosure shall be glass and shall have hydrophilic coating on the exterior surface to reduce debris accumulation and maintenance.
The faceplate shall have a thermostatically-controlled indium tin oxide (ITO) heater applied directly on the interior surface to keep the faceplate clear of condensation, snow, ice and frost.
An adjustable aluminum visor shall shield the faceplate from the sun and extraneous light sources. The visor shall not interfere with the full 360° field of view.
176
An integral aiming sight shall assist in aiming the camera for the detection objectives.
A
removable rear cap and cable strain relief shall seal the power connection.
The rear cap shall be tethered to the enclosure to avoid dropping the cap during installation.
The rear cap shall be fastened to the body of the video sensor with a single, captive bolt.
The rear cap and enclosure shall include Gore breathers to equalize internal and external pressure.
The sensor shall be self-supporting on manufacturer’s mounting brackets for ease of installation.
Power and Communications
Power and communications for the video sensor shall be carried over a single three- conductor cable of 18 AWG minimum and with a polyethylene jacket. The cable shall be of sufficient length and slag.
Termination of the three-conductor cable shall be inside the rear cap of the enclosure on a three-position, removable Phoenix terminal block. Each conductor shall be attached to the Phoenix plug via a screw connection.
The video sensor shall operate over an input voltage range of 89 to 265 VAC at 50 or 60 Hz.
Power consumption shall be no more than 16 watts maximum including heater.
No supplemental surge suppression shall be required outside the cabinet.
All communications to the video sensor shall be broadband-over-power via the same three-conductor cable that powers the unit. Coaxial cable shall not be required.
Communications Interface Panel
The video detection system shall include an interface panel in the traffic cabinet that manages communications between the video sensors, the traffic management center, a maintenance technician, and the traffic cabinet itself.
Video Sensor Connection
The communications interface panel shall provide connection points for four video sensors.
Each sensor connection shall be a 3-pole terminal block, which supplies power and broadband-over-power communications to the sensor.
The broadband-over-power communications shall provide a throughput of 70 to 90 Mbps.
The broadband-over-power connection shall support at least 1,000 feet of cabling to the video sensor.
Each video sensor connection shall include a power switch.
There shall be an LED for each video sensor to indicate the state of the power to the sensor and an LED for each video sensor to indicate the status of communications.
Each video sensor connection shall contain a resettable fuse.
177
Each video sensor connection shall provide high-energy transient protection.
T
raffic Operation Center (TOC) Communications
An Ethernet port shall be provided to connect to a TOC.
The TOC connection shall support 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet communication.
The communications interface panel shall proxy all network requests that arrive on the TOC connection to avoid unwanted network traffic from reaching the broadband- over-power network between the communications interface panel and the video sensors.
All communications to the video detection system through the TOC connection shall be to a single IP address.
Local User Communications
A wired Ethernet port shall be provided to connect the user at the cabinet to the video detection system for setup and maintenance purposes.
The maintenance port shall support 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet communication.
All communications to the video detection system through the maintenance port shall be to a single IP address.
The maintenance port shall support DHCP to automatically assign an IP address to the user’s computer, if desired.
An 802.11g Wi-Fi access point shall allow wireless connection to the video detection system at the cabinet for setup and maintenance purposes.
All communications to the video detection system through the Wi-Fi access point shall be to a single IP Address.
The Wi-Fi access point shall support DHCP to automatically assign an IP Address to the user’s computer.
The Wi-Fi access point shall include a dipole, omnidirectional antenna.
A momentary pushbutton shall allow the user to turn the Wi-Fi access point on or off.
The Wi-Fi access point shall turn itself off automatically after a period of inactivity from connected devices.
An LED shall indicate when the Wi-Fi access point is enabled.
The Wi-Fi access point shall operate simultaneously with the wired maintenance port and with the TMC connection.
Traffic Controller Connection
The communications interface panel shall provide one connection to communicate to the traffic controller through the cabinet.
The traffic controller connection shall support a TS2 Type 1 compatible SDLC interface.
The traffic controller connector shall be a 15-pin female metal shell D sub-miniature type connector to support a standard NEMA TS2 or TEES SDLC cable.
The traffic controller connection shall support a protocol interface to SDLC-capable traffic controllers (NEMA or TEES).
178
The traffic controller connection shall support the NEMA TS2 SDLC protocol to include up
to 64 detector outputs and 32 inputs.
The traffic controller connection shall be able to connect to a wired input/output card, which supports wired I/O in cabinets without a SDLC-capable controller.
The wired I/O data communications link shall support at least 24 outputs and 16 inputs.
SDLC communications and the input/output card communication shall be able to operate simultaneously.
USB Ports
The communications interface panel shall include two USB 2.0 ports to allow system and application software installation via portable media without removing the communication interface panel from the cabinet.
Power
The communications interface panel shall accept input voltage in the range of 89-265 VAC, 50/60 Hz power from the transient-protected side of the cabinet.
The communications interface panel shall be protected by two slow-blow fuses. Two spares shall be attached to the panel.
Input/Output Card
The video detection system shall support an input/output card that communicates with the communications interface panel for real-time detection states and other I/O to the traffic controller. The card may reside in a standard detector rack or shelf-mount enclosure with power module.
The input/output card shall comply with the form factor and electrical characteristics to plug directly into a NEMA type C or D detector rack or Caltrans TEES Input File.
The card shall occupy two slots of the detector rack.
The card shall provide four detector outputs on its rear-edge connector.
A front connector shall provide communication to the communications interface panel.
A front connector shall allow 16 inputs and 24 contact-closure detector outputs for wiring into the cabinet.
A front panel LED for each of the 16 inputs and 24 outputs shall indicate the state of the input or output.
The wired input/output card shall support optional expansion cards in other slots. Each expansion card shall support 4 outputs to the back edge of the card.
The input/output card shall support optional harnesses for connection to Input Files or C1, C4, C11, and C12 ports to support Type 170 or Type 2070 controllers.
System Software
The video detection system shall include management software for configuration, monitoring and d
ata collection purposes.
Management Software
Management software shall be a Windows-based application.
179
The software shall be compatible with Windows 7 and Windows 10 operating systems or t
heir later versions.
The software shall communicate with the video detection system via Ethernet.
The management software shall automatically determine all video sensors and communications interface panels available on the local network and populate a list of all devices.
The management software shall provide the user a means to name individual video sensors and communications interface panels.
The management software shall provide a means for the user to zoom the camera optics while viewing a live video stream.
The management software shall provide a means for the user to calibrate distances in the field of view.
The management software shall provide the user a means to create 4-sided detection zones in the field of view using either a still snapshot or live video.
The management software will overlay an outline of each detection zone over the background image.
The management software shall enable the user to:
• place detection zones anywhere in the field of view for stop line detection and/or a
dvance detection.
• set the desired color of both the on and off states of the detection zone overlay. • alter the size and shape of any previously created zone. • overlap zones, either partially or fully.
• name each zone uniquely.
• assign each zone to detect vehicles, to detect bicycles, or to detect both, and to s
pecify different outputs for each type.
• assign the same output to multiple zones such that the output will be on if any of t
he zones are detecting a vehicle or bicycle.
• assign a single zone to more than one output such that if a vehicle or bicycle is d
etected, all the assigned outputs shall be turned on.
• create at least 99 detection zones per video sensor.
• retrieve all configuration parameters from video sensors or communications i
nterface panels.
• save all the settings for a video sensor or a communications interface panel to a l
aptop file.
• read or import all the settings from a previously saved configuration file for a v
ideo sensor or a communications interface panel.
• download a new version of the application software into a communications i
nterface panel and its attached video sensors.
• monitor operation of a video sensor.
180
• The monitoring screen shall include a live video stream from the video sensor w
ith at least HD 1280x720 pixel resolution.
• The monitoring screen shall show indications of detection in real time by c
hanging the color of the detection zone.
• configure different indications for vehicle detections vs. bicycle detections when b
oth are configured for the same zone.
• size and position the following objects anywhere on the screen and to change the c
olor and size of text.
• An indication of when an output is on or off, along with a user-configurable name f
or that indicator.
• The current time in the video sensor.
• A user-configurable title or name.
• The version number of the video sensor software.
• turn the overlay graphics on or off with a single setting.
T
he management software shall provide a screen to monitor operation of the intersection with a quad-view video stream from the communications interface panel. The quad-view video stream shall have a resolution of at least HD 1280x720 pixels, where each of the sensor videos comprising the quad-view shall be at least 640x360 pixels.
The user shall be able to configure the order that the sensor videos appear in the quad-view.
The real-time quad-view video stream shall be capable of displaying the overlay graphics for all four sensors simultaneously.
While monitoring the video of a single video sensor or of the quad-view, the user shall be able to request a “snapshot” or single-frame image to save to a named file on a laptop.
While monitoring the video of a single video sensor or of the quad-view, the user shall be able to record a period of the video to save to a named file on a laptop.
System Functionality
Detection Performance
T
he video detection system shall detect the presence of vehicles in defined zones and turn on the assigned output when the vehicle is present in the zone.
Stop Line Detection
Stop-line detection accuracy shall be 99% minimum.
False-positive stop-line detection shall be 3% maximum.
Advance Detection
Advance detection zone shall be a minimum of 600’ from the video sensor. The video sensor’s field of view shall extend a minimum of 30’ beyond the advance detection zone.
Accuracy data shall be collected over 24-hour time intervals to avoid a single lighting condition, and a minimum of one hundred (100) vehicles per lane. The calculations of
181
detection performance will not include turning movements where vehicles do not pass t
hrough the detectors, vehicle lane-change anomalies, or where they stop short or stop beyond the combined detection zones.
Failsafe Mode
The video detection system shall provide a failsafe mode for each video sensor. If the failsafe mode is enabled, all programmed presence detection outputs for the video sensor shall be turned on, thus placing constant calls to the controller. When failsafe mode is disabled, all outputs revert to normal on/off operations.
The video sensor shall continuously monitor the overall contrast in the video. If the overall contrast falls below a preset level (such as caused by dirty faceplate, severe glare, extreme fog, or temporary ice/snow on the faceplate), the sensor shall enable the failsafe mode. When sufficient contrast is restored in the video, the sensor will disable the failsafe mode.
The communications interface panel shall continuously monitor the connectivity status of the attached video sensors. If any video sensor goes offline due to either electrical failure or internal software failure, the communications interface panel shall enable the failsafe mode for that video sensor. If the video sensor comes back online, failsafe mode shall be disabled.
Data Collection
The video detection system shall automatically collect and store traffic flow data in non- volatile memory for later retrieval and analysis. No additional hardware or software shall be necessary. The data shall include:
Vehicle counts.
Vehicle average speeds.
The management software shall be able to retrieve collected data for a specified period of time or for all currently stored data and save into a standard CSV file.
Operations Log
The communications interface panel and each video sensor shall maintain a time-stamped operations log of routine and special events in non-volatile memory for later retrieval and analysis.
Time Synchronization
The video detection system and management software shall provide three methods to synchronize the time of day clocks in the communication interface panel and the video sensors, as follows:
Manual time synchronization operation by the user, which sets the time to the current time on the laptop where the management software is running.
A configuration setting to allow the communications interface panel to automatically obtain time from the NEMA TS2 protocol on the SDLC channel and broadcast it to the video sensors.
A configuration setting to allow the communications interface panel to automatically obtain time from up to five Network Time Protocol (NTP) sources and broadcast it to the video sensors.
Video Streaming
182
In addition to the ability to view video streams in the management software, the user shall be a
ble to view video from individual sensors or to view the quad-view from the communications interface panel using a third-party video player application on a tablet, smartphone or laptop computer.
Video Detection System Hardware
Equipment shall be an Econolite Autoscope Vision, or City Traffic Engineer approved equivalent prior to s
ubmitting bid.
Qty Hardware
Per Leg
1 Autoscope Vision (AVISION) white
1 Mounting Brackets (34238G24) – 28”
FT Econolite 3-wire only cable, 18 AWG, Polyethylene jacket Model 1175-010 for 500 feet.
Model 1175-011 for 1000 feet.
Per Intersection
1 Autoscope Vision Comm Manager (AVCM)
1 SDLC cable
Model 33550G5 for Econolite ASC2/ASC3 OR McCain ATC EX
NEMA (for majority of City of Sacramento configurations).
Model 33550G3 for TS2 Cabinet with SDLC Hub 15 pin to 15 pin Model 33550G8 for TS1 Cabinet with 2070
Model 33274G2 for TS2 Cabinet without an SDLC Hub
1 Ethernet Cable RJ-45 connectors. (200-1020-501)
Three (3) years System warranty from of date of acceptance
For cabinets without SDLC hub or connections, a Vision I/O 24 Module shall be installed.
For Type R cabinet, the Autoscope Vision Comm Manager (AVCM) shall be mounted on a DIN rail attached to aluminum stock for support on the right side of the cabinet. The DIN rail and aluminum stock shall be mounted to the cabinet channel rails. The Contractor is responsible for making all connections per manufacturer recommendations.
Installation
Camera shall be placed to minimize occlusions of left turn lanes. Occlusions can be minimized by installing the camera on the signal mast arm, in line with the lane striping between the left turn lane and the through lanes. Cameras installed on signal mast arm shall use Econolite 28” extended camera mount. At intersections where the left and through movements go together as standard operation and lefts are not intended to turn separately, the camera can be mounted on a luminaire arm with standard camera mounting bracket.
Camera shall be aimed so that the area of detection is in the top half of the video image. The farthest edge of the detector shall be at the top of the image, and at least four (4) cars shall be
183
v
isible behind the stopbar, in the top half of the video image. No horizon shall be allowed in the video image.
Video detection system installed in traffic signal cabinets with network switches installed or scheduled to be installed shall use NEMA TS2 connections to controller. Contractor shall work with the Econolite Representative and the City of Sacramento Traffic Signal Maintenance Shop to ensure that all channels are programmed and detection calls are being received by the controller.
Video detection system installed in traffic signal cabinets without network switches installed shall use NEMA TS1 and logic level connections to controller. Contractor shall work with the Econolite Representative and the City of Sacramento Traffic Signal Maintenance Shop to ensure that all channels are programmed and detection calls are being inputted into the controller.
All penetration through signal poles or mastarms shall use Hayco Liquid \Tight Cordgrips or approved equal. Penetration HAYHm of the mast arm.
Software and Programming
An Econolite Representative shall be onsite for the installation and configuration of the Video Detection System at no additional cost to the City. The system shall be programmed to provide stopbar detection. All channels shall be configured per the City’s detector programming sheet and the Contractor and Econolite Representative shall work with City of Sacramento Traffic Signal Maintenance Shop to insure the detection calls are being inputted into the controller.
General Aiming and Programming Notes for Video Detection
1. No horizon shall be allowed in video.
2. Camera shall be aimed such that the farthest edge of the detector is at the top of the image.
Four to Five cars shall be visible between the stopbar and the top of the video image.
3. The Camera shall be rotated so the stopbar is horizontal in the video image.
4. Detection Zone shall be approximately 65’ long or 2 cars.
5. Maximum detectable width is 6 lanes and bike lane.
6. Detector labels shall include assigned phase number and assigned channel number.
7. The phase status shall be displayed.
Technical Support & Warranty
1. All hardware associated with the video detection system shall be warranted for a minimum of three years.
2. The vendor shall provide all firmware and software upgrades to the City of Sacramento free of charge during the warranty period of the product.
3. Technical support shall be free of charge during the warranty period of the product.
4. Vendor shall provide 24/7 technical support.
5. Vendor shall provide training in the operation, setup, and maintenance of the video detection system, at no additional cost to the city.
11.32 WIRING
Wiring shall be in accordance with Section 34-15 of the Standard Specifications, except for the following:
184
a
. After taping, all splices shall be painted with an approved electrical coating that will resist oil, acids, alkalies, and adverse environmental conditions.
b. Pull ropes used to pull conductors in conduit shall be a minimum of three-eighths inch (3/8") in diameter.
185
S
ECTION NO. 12 - CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACTS
Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts (FHWA 1273) Final Report of Utilization of Disadvantaged Businesses (Exhibit 17-F) Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) Certification Status (Exhibit 17-O)
22 SECTION 11. FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ GENERAL.—The work herein proposed will be financed in
whole or in part with Federal funds, and therefore all of the statutes, rules and regulations promulgated by the Federal Gov- ernment and applicable to work fina nced in whole or in part with Federal funds will apply to such work. The "Required Contract Provisions, Federal-Aid Construc tion Contracts, "Form FHWA 1273, are included in this Section 14. Whenever in said required contract provisions references are made to "SHA contracting officer", "SHA resident engineer", or "authorized representative of the SHA", such references shall be construed to mean "Engineer" as defined in Section 1-1.18 of the Standard Specifications.
PERFORMANCE OF PREV IOUS CONTRACT .—In ad-
dition to the provisions in Sect ion II, "Nondiscrimination," and Section VI, "Subletting or Assigni ng the Contract," of the required contract provisions, the Contractor shall comply with the following:
The bidder shall execute the CERTIFICATION WITH RE-
GARD TO THE PERFORMANCE OF PREVIOUS CON-
TRACTS OR SUBCONTRACTS SUBJECT TO THE EQUAL
OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE AND THE FILING OF
REQUIRED REPORTS located in the proposal. No request for subletting or assigning any portion of the contract in excess of $10,000 will be considered under the provisions of Section VI of the required contract provisi ons unless such request is accompanied by the CERTIFICATION referred to above,
executed by the proposed subcontractor.
NON-COLLUSION PROVISION.—The provisions in this
section are applicable to all contracts except contracts for Federal Aid Secondary projects.
Title 23, United States Code, S ection 112, requires as a condi- tion precedent to approval by the Federal Highway Administrator of the contract for this work that each bidder file a sworn statement executed by, or on behalf of, the person, firm, association, or corporation to whom such contract is to be awarded, certifying that such person, firm, association, or corporation has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the submitted bid. A form to make the non-collusion affidav it statement required by Section 112 as a certification under penalty of perjury rather than as a sworn statement as permitted by 28, USC, Sec. 1746, is included in the proposal.
PARTICIPATION BY MINORITY BU SINESS EN-
TERPRISES IN SUBCONTRACTING .—Part 26, Title 49,
Code of Federal Regulations applie s to this Federal-aid project.
Pertinent sections of said Code are incorporated in part or in its entirety within other sections of these special provisions.
Schedule B—Information for De termining Joint Venture Eli- gibility
(This form need not be filled in if all joint venture firms are minority owned.)
1. Name of joint venture ___________________________
__________________________________________________
2. Address of joint venture __________________________ __________________________________________________
3. Phone number of joint venture _____________________ __________________________________________________
4. Identify the firms, which comprise the joint venture. (The MBE partner must complete Schedule A.) _______________ __________________________________________________
a. Describe the role of the MBE firm in the joint venture. _______________________________________________
________________________________________________
b. Describe very briefly the experience and business
qualifications of each non-MBE joint venturer: _________ ________________________________________________
5. Nature of the joint venture's business _______________ __________________________________________________
6. Provide a copy of the joint venture agreement.
7. What is the claimed percentage of MBE ownership? ___ __________________________________________________
8. Ownership of joint venture: (This need not be filled in if described in the joint venture agreement, provided by question
6.).
23 a. Profit and loss sharing.
b. Capital contributions, including equipment.
c. Other applicable ownership interests.
9. Control of and participation in this contract. Identify by name, race, sex, and "firm" those individuals (and their titles) who are responsible for day-to-day management and policy decision-making, including, but not limited to, those with prime responsibility for:
a. Financial decisions ____________________________
________________________________________________
b. Management decisions, such as:
1. Estimating ________________________________
______________________________________________
2. Marketing and sales _________________________
______________________________________________
3. Hiring and firing of management personnel ___ ______________________________________________
4. Purchasing of major items or supplies ___________
______________________________________________
c. Supervision of field operations ___________________
________________________________________________
Note.—If, after filing this Schedule B and before the comple- tion of the joint venture's work on the contract covered by this regulation, there is any significant change in the information submitted, the joint venture must inform the grantee, either di- rectly or through the prime contractor if the joint venture is a subcontractor.
Affidavit
"The undersigned swear that the foregoing statements are cor- rect and include all material information necessary to identify and explain the terms and operation of our joint venture and the intended participation by each joint venturer in the undertaking.
Further, the undersigned covenant and agree to provide to grantee current, complete and accurate information regarding ac- tual joint venture work and the payment therefore and any pro- posed changes in any of the joint venture arrangements and to permit the audit and examination of the books, records and files of the joint venture, or those of each joint venturer relevant to the joint venture, by authorized representatives of the grantee or the Federal funding agency. Any material misrepresentation will be grounds for terminating any contract which may be awarded and for initiating actio n under Federal or State laws concerning false statements."
......................................................................................................
Name of Firm Name of Firm
......................................................................................................
Signature Signature
......................................................................................................
Name Name
......................................................................................................
Title Title
......................................................................................................
Date Date
Date _______________________________________________
State of _____________________________________________ County of ___________________________________________
On this ____ day of _______________, 19 __, before me
appeared (Name) _________________, to me personally
known, who, being duly sworn, did execute the foregoing affi- davit, and did state that he or she was properly authorized by (Name of firm) __________________________ to execute the affidavit and did so as his or her free act and deed.
Notary Public ________________________________________ Commission expires ___________________________________ [Seal]
Date _______________________________________________
State of _____________________________________________ County of ___________________________________________
On this ___ day of _______________, 19 __, before me appeared (Name) _________________ to me personally known, who, being duly sworn, did execu te the foregoing affidavit, and did state that he or she was properly authorized by (Name of firm) ___________________________ to execute the affidavit and did so as his or her free act and deed.
Notary Public ________________________________________ Commission expires ___________________________________ [Seal]
1 FHWA-1273 -- Revised May 1, 2012
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
I. General
II. Nondiscrimination
III. Nonsegregated Facilities
IV. Davis-Bacon and Related Act Provisions
V. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act
Provisions
VI. Subletting or Assigning the Contract
VII. Safety: Accident Prevention
VIII. False Statements Concerning Highway Projects
IX. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water
Pollution Control Act
X. Compliance with Governmentwide Suspension and
Debarment Requirements
XI. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for
Lobbying
ATTACHMENTS
A. Employment and Materials Preference for Appalachian
Development Highway System or Appalachian Local Access
Road Contracts (included in Appalachian contracts only)
I. GENERAL
1. Form FHWA-1273 must be physically incorporated in each construction contract funded under Title 23 (excluding
emergency contracts solely intended for debris removal). The contractor (or subcontractor) must insert this form in each subcontract and further require its inclusion in all lower tier subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services).
The applicable requirements of Form FHWA-1273 are
incorporated by reference for work done under any purchase order, rental agreement or agreement for other services. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor, lower-tier subcontractor or service provider.
Form FHWA-1273 must be included in all Federal-aid design- build contracts, in all subcontracts and in lower tier
subcontracts (excluding subcontracts for design services, purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services). The design-builder shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor, lower-tier subcontractor or service provider.
Contracting agencies may reference Form FHWA-1273 in bid proposal or request for proposal documents, however, the Form FHWA-1273 must be physically incorporated (not
referenced) in all contracts, subcontracts and lower-tier subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services related to a construction contract).
2. Subject to the applicability criteria noted in the following sections, these contract provisions shall apply to all work performed on the contract by the contractor's own organization and with the assistance of workers under the contractor's immediate superintendence and to all work performed on the contract by piecework, station work, or by subcontract.
3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions may be sufficient grounds for withholding of progress payments, withholding of final
payment, termination of the contract, suspension / debarment or any other action determined to be appropriate by the contracting agency and FHWA.
4. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract, the contractor shall not use convict labor for any purpose within the limits of a construction project on a Federal-aid highway unless it is labor performed by convicts who are on parole, supervised release, or probation. The term Federal-aid highway does not include roadways functionally classified as local roads or rural minor collectors.
II. NONDISCRIMINATION
The provisions of this section related to 23 CFR Part 230 are applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more. The provisions of 23 CFR Part 230 are not applicable to material supply, engineering, or architectural service contracts.
In addition, the contractor and all subcontractors must comply with the following policies: Executive Order 11246, 41 CFR 60, 29 CFR 1625-1627, Title 23 USC Section 140, the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 USC 794), Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 200, 230, and 633.
The contractor and all subcontractors must comply with: the requirements of the Equal Opportunity Clause in 41 CFR 60-
1.4(b) and, for all construction contracts exceeding $10,000, the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity
Construction Contract Specifications in 41 CFR 60-4.3.
Note: The U.S
. Department of Labor has exclusive authority to
determine compliance with Executive Order 11246 and the policies of the Secretary of Labor including 41 CFR 60, and 29 CFR 1625-1627. The contracting agency and the FHWA have the authority and the responsibility to ensure compliance with Title 23 USC Section 140, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 USC 794), and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 200, 230, and 633.
The following provision is adopted from 23 CFR 230, Appendix A, with appropriate revisions to conform to the U.S.
Department of Labor (US DOL) and FHWA requirements.
1. Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment
opportunity (EEO) requirements not to discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth under laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35, 29 CFR 1630, 29 CFR 1625-1627, 41 CFR 60 and 49 CFR 27) and orders of the Secretary of Labor as modified by the provisions prescribed herein, and imposed pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO and specific affirmative action standards for the contractor's project activities under 2 this contract. The provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) set forth under 28 CFR 35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this contract. In the execution of this contract, the contractor agrees to comply with the following minimum specific
requirement activities of EEO:
a. The contractor will work with the contracting agency and the Federal Government to ensure that it has made every good faith effort to provide equal opportunity with respect to all of its terms and conditions of employment and in their review of activities under the contract.
b. The contractor will accept as its operating policy the following statement:
"It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during
employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, national origin, age or disability. Such action shall include:
employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship, pre-apprenticeship, and/or on-the- job training."
2. EEO Officer: The contractor will designate and make known to the contracting officers an EEO Officer who will have the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively administering and promoting an active EEO program and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do so.
3. Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor's staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who are substantially involved in such action, will be made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the contractor's EEO policy and contractual responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade and classification of employment. To ensure that the above agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a minimum:
a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before the start of work and then not less often than once every six months, at which time the contractor's EEO policy and its implementation will be
reviewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer.
b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering all major aspects of the contractor's EEO obligations within thirty days following their reporting for duty with the contractor.
c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the EEO Officer in the contractor's procedures for locating and hiring minorities and women.
d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO policy will be placed in areas readily accessible to employees, applicants for employment and potential employees.
e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to
implement such policy will be brought to the attention of employees by means of meetings, employee handbooks, or
other appropriate means.
4. Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the
contractor will include in all advertisements for employees the notation: "An Equal Opportunity Employer." All such
advertisements will be placed in publications having a large circulation among minorities and women in the area from which the project work force would normally be derived.
a. The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid
bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct
recruitment through public and private employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minorities and women. To meet this requirement, the contractor will identify sources of potential minority group employees, and establish with such identified sources procedures whereby minority and women applicants may be referred to the contractor for employment consideration.
b. In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining
agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals, the contractor is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent that the system meets the contractor's compliance with EEO contract provisions. Where
implementation of such an agreement has the effect of
discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the contractor to do the same, such implementation violates Federal nondiscrimination provisions.
c. The contractor will encourage its present employees to refer minorities and women as applicants for employment.
Information and procedures with regard to referring such applicants will be discussed with employees.
5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and
employee benefits shall be established and administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. The following procedures shall be followed:
a. The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working conditions and employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel.
b. The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each classification to determine any
evidence of discriminatory wage practices.
c. The contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence of discrimination. Where evidence is found, the contractor will promptly take corrective action. If the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such corrective action shall include all affected persons.
d. The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the contractor in connection with its obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints, and will take appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant, such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform every complainant of all of their avenues of appeal.
6. Training and Promotion:
a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minorities and women who are
3 applicants for employment or current employees. Such efforts should be aimed at developing full journey level status employees in the type of trade or job classification involved.
b. Consistent with the contractor's work force requirements and as permissible under Federal and State regulations, the contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on-the-job training programs for the geographical area of contract performance. In the event a special provision for training is provided under this contract, this subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the special provision. The contracting agency may reserve
training positions for persons who receive welfare assistance in accordance with 23 U.S.C. 140(a).
c. The contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available training programs and entrance
requirements for each.
d. The contractor will periodically review the training and promotion potential of employees who are minorities and women and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training and promotion.
7. Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the contractor will use good faith efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities for minorities and women. Actions by the contractor, either directly or through a contractor's association acting as agent, will include the procedures set forth below:
a. The contractor will use good faith efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint training programs aimed toward qualifying more minorities and women for membership in the unions and increasing the skills of minorities and women so that they may qualify for higher paying employment.
b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into each union agreement to the end that such union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability.
c. The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor union except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such labor union refuses to furnish such information to the contractor, the contractor shall so certify to the contracting agency and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain such information.
d. In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the contractor will, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable minorities and women. The failure of a union to provide sufficient referrals (even though it is obligated to provide exclusive referrals under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement) does not relieve the contractor from the requirements of this paragraph. In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these special provisions, such contractor shall immediately notify the contracting agency.
8. Reasonable Accommodation for Applicants /
Employees with Disabilities: The contractor must be familiar with the requirements for and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act and all rules and regulations established there under. Employers must provide reasonable accommodation in all employment activities unless to do so would cause an undue hardship.
9. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials and Leasing of Equipment: The contractor shall not
discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable steps to ensure nondiscrimination in the administration of this contract.
a. The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and suppliers and lessors of their EEO obligations under this contract.
b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their EEO obligations.
10. Assurance Required by 49 CFR 26.13(b):
a. The requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 and the State
DOT’s U.S. DOT-approved DBE program are incorporated by reference.
b. The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the contracting agency deems appropriate.
11. Records and Reports: The contractor shall keep such records as necessary to document compliance with the EEO requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of three years following the date of the final payment to the contractor for all contract work and shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized representatives of the contracting agency and the FHWA.
a. The records kept by the contractor shall document the following:
(1) The number and work hours of minority and non-
minority group members and women employed in each work
classification on the project;
(2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation
with unions, when applicable, to increase employment
opportunities for minorities and women; and
(3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading minorities and women;
b. The contractors and subcontractors will submit an annual report to the contracting agency each July for the duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and non-minority group employees currently engaged in each work classification required by the contract work. This information is to be reported on Form FHWA-1391
. The staffing data should
represent the project work force on board in all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of July. If on-the-job training is being required by special provision, the contractor 4 will be required to collect and report training data. The employment data should reflect the work force on board during all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of July.
III. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more.
The contractor must ensure that facilities provided for employees are provided in such a manner that segregation on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin cannot result. The contractor may neither require such segregated use by written or oral policies nor tolerate such use by employee custom. The contractor's obligation extends further to ensure that its employees are not assigned to perform their services at any location, under the contractor's control, where the facilities are segregated. The term "facilities" includes waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, restrooms, washrooms, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing provided for employees. The contractor shall provide separate or single-user restrooms and necessary dressing or sleeping areas to assure privacy between sexes.
IV. DAVIS-BACON AND RELATED ACT PROVISIONS
This section is applicable to all Federal-aid construction projects exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts and lower-tier subcontracts (regardless of subcontract size). The requirements apply to all projects located within the right-of- way of a roadway that is functionally classified as Federal-aid highway. This excludes roadways functionally classified as local roads or rural minor collectors, which are exempt.
Contracting agencies may elect to apply these requirements to other projects.
The following provisions are from the U.S. Department of Labor regulations in 29 CFR 5.5 “Contract provisions and related matters” with minor revisions to conform to the FHWA- 1273 format and FHWA program requirements.
1. Minimum wages
a. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work, will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the
Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics.
Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph 1.d. of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period.
Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each
classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed.
The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under paragraph 1.b. of this
section) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH–1321) shall be
posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers.
b. (1) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met:
(i) The work to be performed by the classification
requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and
(ii) The classification is utilized in the area by the
construction industry; and
(iii) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide
fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination.
(2) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their
representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount
designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor,
Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
(3) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount
designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Wage and Hour Administrator for determination. The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an
authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or 5 will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
(4) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where
appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs 1.b.(2) or
1.b.(3) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification.
c. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the
contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof.
d. If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program.
2. Withholding
The contracting agency shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the
Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract, or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally- assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be
considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics,
including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the contracting agency may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased.
3. Payrolls and basic records
a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the
Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis- Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs.
b. (1) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the contracting agency. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee ( e.g. , the last four digits of the employee's social security number). The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH–347 is
available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm or its successor site. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors.
Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the contracting agency for transmission to the State DOT, the FHWA or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission to the contracting agency.. (2) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a
“Statement of Compliance,” signed by the contractor or
subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following:
(i) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under §5.5 (a)(3)(ii) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, the appropriate information is being maintained under §5.5 (a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and
complete;
(ii) That each laborer or mechanic (including each
helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than
permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3;
(iii) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not
less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination
incorporated into the contract.
6 (3) The weekly submission of a properly executed
certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH–347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the “Statement of Compliance” required by paragraph 3.b.(2) of this section.
(4) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code.
c. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph 3.a. of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized
representatives of the contracting agency, the State DOT, the FHWA, or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the FHWA may, after written notice to the contractor, the contracting agency or the State DOT, take such action as may be necessary to
cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12.